350

MODEL: A350-941

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ALL FLIGHTS MUST BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE

WITH THE LIMITATIONS INCLUDED IN THIS MANUAL.

APPROVED BY: EASA

 
Date: 30 SEP 14
Reference: EASA.A.151

AIRBUS SAS
CUSTOMER SERVICES DIRECTORATE
31707 BLAGNAC CEDEX
FRANCE

Reference: STL 35000

Intentionally left blank
 TRANSMITTAL LETTER

350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Issue date: 05 NOV 15

This is the AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL at issue date 05 NOV 15 for the 350-941 and replacing
last issue dated 01 OCT 15

THA 350-941 FLEET TRL P 1/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 TRANSMITTAL LETTER

350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET TRL P 2/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 FILING INSTRUCTIONS

350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Please incorporate this revision as follow:

Localization Insert
Remove
Subsection Title Rev. Date
PLP-TOC
ALL 05 NOV 15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PLP-LESS
ALL 05 NOV 15
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
PLP-LEDU
ALL 05 NOV 15
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
PLP-LETR
ALL 05 NOV 15
LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY REVISIONS
PLP-LOM
ALL 05 NOV 15
LIST OF MODIFICATIONS
APPRO-PLP-TOC
ALL 05 NOV 15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPRO-PLP-SOH
ALL 05 NOV 15
SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
APPRO-TR
ALL 05 NOV 15
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
LIM-PLP-TOC
ALL 05 NOV 15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIM-PLP-SOH
ALL 05 NOV 15
SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
LIM-PED
05 NOV 15
TRANSMITTING PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE

THA 350-941 FLEET FI P 1/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 FILING INSTRUCTIONS

350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET FI P 2/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 

PRELIMINARY PAGES
Intentionally left blank
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

PLP PRELIMINARY PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY REVISIONS
LIST OF MODIFICATIONS

APPRO APPROVAL DATA

GEN GENERAL

LIM LIMITATIONS

EMER EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

ABN ABNORMAL PROCEDURES

NORM NORMAL PROCEDURES

PERF PERFORMANCE

APP APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS

MCDL MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

SPERF SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-TOC P 1/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-TOC P 2/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
R PLP-LESS LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS 05 NOV 15
APPRO-ENV APPROVAL DOCUMENTARY UNIT 06 AUG 15
R APPRO-TR TEMPORARY REVISIONS 05 NOV 15
GEN-INTR INTRODUCTION 06 MAY 15
GEN-DESC AFM DESCRIPTION 06 AUG 15
GEN-DEF WORDING DEFINITIONS 06 MAY 15
GEN-ABB ABBREVIATIONS 06 AUG 15
GEN-UNIT UNITS 06 AUG 15
GEN-VIEW 3-VIEW DRAWING 06 MAY 15
LIM-GEN GENERAL 06 MAY 15
LIM-WGHT WEIGHTS AND LOADING 06 AUG 15
LIM-SPD AIRSPEEDS 06 AUG 15
LIM-OPS OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS 06 AUG 15
N LIM-PED TRANSMITTING PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE 05 NOV 15
LIM-09 TOWING AND TAXIING 06 AUG 15
LIM-21 AIR COND / PRESS / VENT 06 MAY 15
LIM-22-FMS Flight Management System 06 AUG 15
LIM-22-FGS Flight Guidance System 06 AUG 15
LIM-22-BTV Brake To Vacate (BTV) 06 MAY 15
LIM-22-ROPS Runway Overrun Warning / Runway Overrun Protection 06 AUG 15
(ROW/ROP)
LIM-23 COMMUNICATIONS 06 MAY 15
LIM-28 FUEL 06 AUG 15
LIM-29 HYDRAULIC 06 MAY 15
LIM-31 INDICATING / RECORDING 06 MAY 15
LIM-32 LANDING GEAR 06 MAY 15
LIM-34 NAVIGATION 06 AUG 15
LIM-46 INFORMATION SYSTEMS 06 AUG 15
LIM-49 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT 06 MAY 15
LIM-70 POWER PLANT 06 AUG 15
EMER-GEN GENERAL 01 OCT 15
EMER-21 AIR COND / PRESS / VENT 01 OCT 15
EMER-24 ELECTRICAL 06 MAY 15
EMER-26 FIRE / SMOKE 01 OCT 15
EMER-27 FLIGHT CONTROLS 06 MAY 15
EMER-29 HYDRAULIC 06 AUG 15
EMER-32 LANDING GEAR 06 AUG 15
EMER-34 NAVIGATION 01 OCT 15
EMER-36 PNEUMATIC 06 MAY 15
EMER-70 POWER PLANT 06 AUG 15
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LESS P 1/8

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
EMER-90 MISCELLANEOUS 01 OCT 15
ABN-GEN GENERAL 01 OCT 15
ABN-OEI-TO TAKEOFF 06 AUG 15
ABN-OEI-LDG APPROACH AND LANDING 06 AUG 15
ABN-21 AIR COND / PRESS / VENT 06 AUG 15
ABN-22-General General 06 AUG 15
ABN-22-CATII Failures or warnings during a CAT II approach with autoland 06 AUG 15
ABN-22-CATIIIDH Failures or warnings during a CAT III approach with DH at or 06 AUG 15
above 50 ft
ABN-22-CATIIInoDH Failures or warnings during a CAT III approach with DH below 06 AUG 15
50 ft or no DH
ABN-24 ELECTRICAL 01 OCT 15
ABN-26 FIRE / SMOKE 06 MAY 15
ABN-27 FLIGHT CONTROLS 06 AUG 15
ABN-28 FUEL 01 OCT 15
ABN-29 HYDRAULIC 06 AUG 15
ABN-30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION 06 MAY 15
ABN-31 INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEM 06 AUG 15
ABN-32 LANDING GEAR 06 AUG 15
ABN-34 NAVIGATION 06 MAY 15
ABN-36 PNEUMATIC 06 MAY 15
ABN-52 DOORS 06 MAY 15
ABN-70 POWER PLANT 01 OCT 15
ABN-90 MISCELLANEOUS 01 OCT 15
NORM-GEN GENERAL 06 MAY 15
NORM-PFLT PREFLIGHT CHECKS 06 MAY 15
NORM-TO TAKEOFF 06 AUG 15
NORM-FLT FLIGHT 06 MAY 15
NORM-LDG APPROACH AND LANDING 06 AUG 15
NORM-22-CONF Demonstrated System Configuration 06 AUG 15
NORM-22-APPR Approach Guidance 06 AUG 15
NORM-22-REQT Required equipment for approach 06 AUG 15
NORM-30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION 03 SEP 15
NORM-34 NAVIGATION 06 AUG 15
NORM-49 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT 06 MAY 15
PERF-GEN GENERAL 06 AUG 15
PERF-CAL-TO TAKEOFF 06 MAY 15
PERF-CAL-CRU CRUISE (Clean Configuration) 06 MAY 15
PERF-CAL-LDG LANDING 06 MAY 15
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LESS P 2/8

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
PERF-TO TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE 06 MAY 15
PERF-FLT IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 06 MAY 15
PERF-LDG LANDING PERFORMANCE 06 AUG 15
PERF-OCTO PERFORMANCE DATABASE 06 AUG 15
APP-NOI EXTERNAL NOISE 06 AUG 15
APP-INOP DISPATCH WITH INOPERATIVE ITEMS 06 MAY 15
APP-DTO-GEN GENERAL 06 MAY 15
APP-DTO-LIM LIMITATIONS 01 OCT 15
APP-DTO-PROC PROCEDURES 06 MAY 15
APP-DTO-PERF PERFORMANCE 06 MAY 15
APP-ETOPS EXTENDED OPERATIONS (ETOPS) 06 MAY 15
APP-HAO-GEN GENERAL 06 MAY 15
APP-HAO-PROC PROCEDURES 06 AUG 15
MCDL-GEN-INTR Introduction 06 AUG 15
MCDL-GEN-LIM Limitations 06 AUG 15
MCDL-GEN-PERF Performance 06 AUG 15
MCDL-21-01 Aft Outflow Valve 06 MAY 15
MCDL-21-02 Overboard Valve 06 AUG 15
MCDL-21-03 Forward Venturi Nozzle 06 AUG 15
MCDL-23-01 Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger 06 MAY 15
MCDL-23-02 Aileron Static Discharger 06 MAY 15
MCDL-23-03 VTP Static Discharger 06 MAY 15
MCDL-23-04 HTP Static Discharger 06 MAY 15
MCDL-23-05 VHF Antenna 06 AUG 15
MCDL-23-06 WACS Antenna 06 AUG 15
MCDL-23-08 SATCOM Antenna 06 AUG 15
MCDL-23-09 ELT Antenna 06 AUG 15
MCDL-23-10 VTP Taxi Aid Camera 06 AUG 15
MCDL-23-11 Belly Taxi Aid Camera 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-01 Droop Nose Inboard Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-02 Droop Nose Outboard Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-03 Droop Nose Lower Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-04 Droop Nose Pressure Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-27-05 Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-06 Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-07 Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-08 Slat Track Flipper Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-27-09 Slat Blade Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-10 Slat Track Pressure Seal 06 MAY 15
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LESS P 3/8

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
MCDL-27-11 Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing 06 MAY 15
MCDL-27-14 Flap Track Fairing Attachment Point Cover 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-15 Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-16 Flap Track Forward Fairing Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-17 Fixed to Moveable Fairing Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-18 Inner Flap Inner Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-27-19 Inner to Outer Flap Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-27-20 Outer Flap Outer Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-23 Aileron End Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-24 Seal of FTE Upper Panel to Aileron 06 AUG 15
MCDL-27-25 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Aileron 06 AUG 15
MCDL-28-02 External Refuel Panel Access Door 06 AUG 15
MCDL-30-01 Wiper Arm 06 MAY 15
MCDL-30-02 Wiper Motor 06 MAY 15
MCDL-30-03 Spray Nozzle 06 MAY 15
MCDL-30-04 Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator 06 AUG 15
MCDL-30-05 Ice Detector 06 MAY 15
MCDL-30-06 Ice Fence 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-01 Nose Landing Gear Tow Fitting 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-02 Nose Wheel Steering Disconnect Panel Access Door 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-03 Nose Gear Maintenance Panel Access Door 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-04 Nose Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-05 Brake Wear Pin Indicator 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-07 Main Landing Gear Brake Rod Lanyard 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-08 Main Landing Gear Axle Sleeve Button 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-09 Main Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap 06 MAY 15
MCDL-32-10 Tire Pressure Sensor 06 AUG 15
MCDL-32-11 Nose Landing Gear Torque Link Noise Cap 06 AUG 15
MCDL-33-01 HTP Logo Light 06 MAY 15
MCDL-33-02 Rear Strobe Light Glazing 06 MAY 15
MCDL-33-03 Rear Navigation Light Glazing 06 MAY 15
MCDL-33-04 Lower Beacon Light Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-33-05 Upper Beacon Light Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-33-06 Evacuation Area Light 06 MAY 15
MCDL-33-07 Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light Glazing 06 AUG 15
MCDL-33-08 Wing and Engine Scan Light 06 AUG 15
MCDL-34-01 DME Antenna 06 AUG 15
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LESS P 4/8

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
MCDL-34-02 Marker Antenna 06 AUG 15
MCDL-34-03 Radio Altimeter Antenna 06 AUG 15
MCDL-34-04 TCAS Antenna 06 AUG 15
MCDL-34-05 GNSS Antenna 06 AUG 15
MCDL-38-01 Water Waste Drain Mast 06 AUG 15
MCDL-38-02 Waste Service Panel Access Door 06 MAY 15
MCDL-38-03 Potable Water Panel Access Door 06 AUG 15
MCDL-38-04 Forward Drain Valve 06 AUG 15
MCDL-38-05 Drainage Pipe 06 MAY 15
MCDL-52-01 Passenger Door Scuff Plate 06 AUG 15
MCDL-52-02 Rain Gutter 06 MAY 15
MCDL-52-03 Passenger Door Aerodynamic Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-01 SCS Ground Service Panel Access Door 06 MAY 15
MCDL-53-02 Yellow Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door 06 MAY 15
MCDL-53-03 Green Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-04 Cargo Compartment Control Panel Access Door 06 MAY 15
MCDL-53-05 Cargo Door Operating Panel Access Door 06 MAY 15
MCDL-53-06 HP Ground Connection Access Door 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-07 Tail Strike Indicator 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-08 Interface Bolt Access Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-53-09 Aft Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-53-10 Jacking Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-53-12 Ground Door Opening Handle 06 MAY 15
MCDL-53-13 Seal of Belly Fairing to Fuselage 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-14 Seal of Belly Fairing to Overwing 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-15 Seal of Belly Fairing to Underwing 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-16 Belly Fairing to Flap Upper Surface Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-17 Belly Fairing to Flap Seal (197FL,198FR) 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-18 Belly Fairing to Flap Forward Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-19 RAT Door Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-20 MLG Door FWD Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-21 MLG Door Seal (197BL,198BR) 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-22 MLG Door Seal (197FB,198EB) 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-23 MLG Door Seal (197EL,198ER) 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-24 MLG Door Seal (197CL,198CR) 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-25 MLG Door Seal (FLX01) 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-26 MLG Door Seal (FLX02) 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-27 MLG Door Seal (FLX03) 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-28 MLG Door Seal (FLX04) 06 AUG 15
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LESS P 5/8

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
MCDL-53-29 ERAI Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-30 Water Drain Valve Extension Access Door 06 AUG 15
MCDL-53-31 NSA Adapter 06 AUG 15
MCDL-54-01 Seal between APF and RSS 06 AUG 15
MCDL-54-02 Seal between Gutter and Taco Shell 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-01 VTP Lower Rudder Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-02 VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-55-03 Rudder Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-04 Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-05 VTP Leading Edge Panel Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-06 VTP Shell Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-07 VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-08 HTP Trailing Edge Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-55-09 HTP Outboard Elevator Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-55-10 HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-11 HTP Elevator Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-12 HTP Tip Maintenance Door 06 AUG 15
MCDL-55-13 Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-55-14 VTP Lower Trailing Edge Panel Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-55-15 HTP Karman Fairing Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-01 Winglet Tip Cap 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-02 Aileron Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-03 Winglet to Wingtip Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-04 FLE Lower Panel Inspection Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-06 Spoiler End Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-07 Under-Wing Jacking Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-08 FTE Access Plug Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-09 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-10 Droop Panel End Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-11 EHA Air Duct 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-12 Aileron Hinge Fairing 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-13 Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-14 Wingtip Leading Edge Fairing Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-15 Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-16 Outer Falsework Lower Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-17 Outer Falsework Upper Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-18 FLE Slat Track Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal 06 AUG 15
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LESS P 6/8

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
MCDL-57-20 FTE Panel 1 Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-21 FTE Panel 3 Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-22 FTE to MLG Door Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-23 Hinged Door Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-24 MLG-Hinged Door Seal 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-25 Outer Falsework Seal Plate 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-26 Outer Falsework Upper Surface Corner Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-27 Wing Box Dry Bay Access Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-57-28 Slat Track Aperture Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-29 Slat Track Baffle Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-30 FTE Lower Panel 16 Chordwise Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-31 FTE Lower Panel to Belly Fairing Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-57-32 Outer Aileron to Wingtip Lower Surface Seal 06 AUG 15
MCDL-71-01 Fan Cowl HOR 06 AUG 15
MCDL-71-02 Fan Cowl Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-71-04 Fan Cowl HOR Remote Release System 06 AUG 15
MCDL-71-05 Fan Cowl Latch Access Panel 06 AUG 15
MCDL-71-06 Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser Bumper 06 AUG 15
MCDL-71-07 Air Inlet External Aerofiller 06 MAY 15
MCDL-71-08 Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover 06 MAY 15
MCDL-71-10 Fan Cowl Opening Actuator 06 AUG 15
MCDL-78-01 Thrust Reverser HOR 06 AUG 15
MCDL-78-02 Thrust Reverser Latch Access Door Lanyard 06 AUG 15
MCDL-78-04 Thrust Reverser Inhibition Pin Cover Plate 06 AUG 15
SPERF-CONT-GEN GENERAL 06 MAY 15
SPERF-CONT-LIM LIMITATIONS 06 AUG 15
SPERF-CONT-PERF PERFORMANCE 06 AUG 15
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity, M=Moved

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LESS P 7/8

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LESS P 8/8

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
APPRO-HEAD A350-941 Heading 00012317.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
APPRO-ENV Approval Documentary Unit A350-941 00012318.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
APPRO-TR x Braking System Issues 00022327.0002001 14 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 106648)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x Steering System Issue 00022328.0001001 01 DEC 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x Hydraulic Failure and Wheel SD Page 00022337.0001001 01 DEC 14
discrepAncy
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x Time to Anti-Skid loss indication during 00022338.0001001 01 DEC 14
climb and first hour of cruise
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x Erroneous trajectory during procedures 00022340.0001001 01 DEC 14
with a turn direction on a leg with an
altitude termination
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x Emergency Landing Procedure 00022387.0001001 19 DEC 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x FWS S3/4.0 ATQC v3 - ATA 28 - FUEL 00022796.0001001 01 JUN 15
T.O FUEL TEMP HI
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x FWS S3/5 00022916.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 1/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x Dual Loss of AC Emergency Bus Bars 00022989.0002001 31 AUG 15
Criteria: (XW and ((107655 and 107831) or (107655 and 107871)))
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x Performance Database in the case of 00022976.0001001 14 SEP 15
Failure
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
N APPRO-TR x Aircraft T-PED Compliance towards 00023011.0001001 04 NOV 15
ED-130/DO-307
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
APPRO-TR x Derated Takeoff Head Wind Limitation 00023019.0001001 23 SEP 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
GEN-INTR Introduction 00012325.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DESC Approved AFM Formats 00017640.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DESC Customized AFM 00017577.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DESC Organization of the Manual 00017573.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DESC Documentary Unit (DU) 00017574.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DESC Identification Strip 00017575.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DESC AFM Revision 00017576.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 2/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
GEN-DESC Temporary Revision (TR) 00017641.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DEF Warning Definition 00017578.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DEF Caution Definition 00017579.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DEF Note Definition 00017580.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DEF LAND ASAP Definition 00017581.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-DEF LAND ANSA Definition 00017582.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-ABB Abbreviations 00018129.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-UNIT Correspondence between Units 00017586.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
GEN-VIEW 3-View Drawing 00016235.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-GEN Introduction 00012270.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-GEN Kind of Operations 00012273.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-GEN Minimum Flight Crew 00012274.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-GEN Maximum Operating Altitude 00012275.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 3/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
LIM-GEN Maneuver Limit Load Factors 00012276.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-GEN Icing Conditions Definition 00012277.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-WGHT Weight Limitations 00012326.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-WGHT Center of Gravity Envelope 00016236.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-WGHT Performance Limitations 00016237.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-WGHT Loading 00016238.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-SPD VMO/MMO 00016239.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-SPD VA 00016240.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-SPD VFE 00016241.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-SPD VLO/MLO and VLE/MLE 00016242.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-SPD VMCG/VMCA/VMCL 00016243.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-OPS Environmental Envelope 00016244.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-OPS Crosswind 00016245.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 4/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
LIM-OPS Tailwind for Takeoff 00016246.0002001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 102938)
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-OPS Tailwind for Landing 00020398.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-OPS Runway Slope 00016248.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
N LIM-PED x Aircraft T-PED Compliance towards 00023010.0001001 04 NOV 15
EUROCAE ED-130/RTCA DO-307
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
LIM-09 Maneuvers on Ground 00016250.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-09 Towbarless Operations 00016251.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-21 Cabin Pressurization 00017957.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-FMS General 00020041.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-FMS Airworthiness Standards Compliance 00020045.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-FMS Navigation Performance 00020047.0002001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 106693)
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-FMS x Use of NAV Mode 00022429.0001001 01 DEC 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00020048 Use of NAV Mode
LIM-22-FMS Use of NAV Mode 00020048.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022429 Use of NAV Mode
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 5/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
LIM-22-FMS Use of FLS 00020050.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-FGS Airworthiness Standards Compliance 00018084.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-FGS Autoland 00018085.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-FGS Minimum Height for Use of the Autopilot 00018086.0003001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 106693)
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-FGS CAT II / CAT III Operations 00022662.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-BTV Brake To Vacate (BTV) 00018197.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-22-ROPS Runway Overrun Warning / Runway 00018199.0001001 20 JUL 15
Overrun Protection (ROW/ROP)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-23 SATCOM Cockpit Voice for ATC 00021143.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-28 Fuel and Additive Specifications 00017949.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-28 Usable Fuel 00017956.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-28 Fuel Imbalance 00017972.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-28 Fuel Temperature Limits 00017976.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-29 Hydraulic Fluid 00016629.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 6/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
LIM-31 Vertical Display 00018072.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-31 Operator ECAM Customization 00019166.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-32 Tire Speed 00016435.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-32 Landing Gear Gravity Extension Reset 00021056.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-32 Braked Pivot Turn 00021475.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-32 Parking Brake 00021476.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-34 Inertial Reference System (IRS) 00017750.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-34 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum 00020940.0001001 30 SEP 14
(RVSM)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-34 Terrain Awareness and Warning System 00018093.0001001 30 SEP 14
(TAWS)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-34 Mode S Transponder Enhanced 00018133.0001001 20 JUL 15
Surveillance
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-34 Airport Navigation Function (ANF) 00019111.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-34 Weather Radar 00021232.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 7/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
LIM-34 ADS-B TRAFFIC 00022645.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 106686)
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-46 Electronic Flight Bag 00017885.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-46 Fly Smart with Airbus New Generation 00017936.0001001 20 JUL 15
(FSA-NG)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-46 FANS - ATC Datalink Application 00020945.0001001 20 JUL 15
System
Criteria: (XW and 104998)
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-49 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 00014683.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-70 Main Engines 00016630.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-70 Engine Parameters 00016631.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-70 Crosswind 00016632.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-70 Reverse Thrust 00016633.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-70 Oil 00016634.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-70 Reduced Thrust Takeoff 00016635.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-70 Go-Around Soft Mode 00022642.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 107050)
Applicable to: ALL 350
LIM-70 Operations in Icing Conditions 00016636.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 8/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-GEN Introduction 00017740.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-GEN x Landing Distance Determination in the 00022974.0001001 14 SEP 15
case of In-Flight Failure
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017754 Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure
EMER-GEN Landing Distance Determination in the 00017754.0001001 20 JUL 15
case of In-Flight Failure
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022974 Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure
EMER-21 CAB PRESS - EXCESS CAB ALT 00017959.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-21 CAB PRESS - EXCESS DIFF PRESS 00017960.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-21 CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF 00017961.0001001 30 SEP 14
PRESS
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022950 CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF PRESS
EMER-21 x CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF 00022950.0001001 14 SEP 15
PRESS
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017961 CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF PRESS
EMER-21 CAB PRESS - EXCESS RESIDUAL DIFF 00017962.0001001 30 SEP 14
PRESS
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-24 ELEC - EMER CONFIG 00017233.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 General 00017604.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 9/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
EMER-26 APU FIRE 00017583.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 ENG FIRE 00017584.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 x SMOKE/FUMES 00022838.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017487 SMOKE/FUMES
EMER-26 SMOKE / FUMES 00017487.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022838 SMOKE/FUMES
EMER-26 MLG BAY FIRE 00017587.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 SMOKE - CARGO SMOKE 00017589.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 SMOKE - FLT(CABIN) REST SMOKE 00017590.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 SMOKE - IFE BAY SMOKE 00017592.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 SMOKE - L(R) AVNCS SMOKE 00017593.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 SMOKE - LAVATORY SMOKE 00017594.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-26 SMOKE - PAX BBAND SMOKE 00017595.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-27 F/CTL - FLAPS LEVER NOT ZERO 00014529.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-29 HYD - G+Y SYS PRESS LO 00016637.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 10/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-29 HYD - G SYS OVHT 00016638.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-29 HYD - Y SYS OVHT 00016639.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-32 L/G - GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN 00014335.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-32 LOSS OF BRAKING 00016438.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-34 x NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED 00022911.0001001 14 SEP 15
INDICATIONS
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017601 NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATIONS
EMER-34 NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED 00017601.0001001 30 SEP 14
INDICATION
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022911 NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATIONS
EMER-36 AIR - BLEED LEAK 00012327.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-70 ENG - ALL ENGs FLAME OUT 00016652.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-70 ENG - N1 OVER LIMIT 00016653.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-70 ENG - N2 OVER LIMIT 00016672.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-70 ENG - N3 OVER LIMIT 00016673.0002001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-70 ENG - OIL PRESS LO 00016674.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 11/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-70 ENG - THR LEVER ABOVE IDLE 00018076.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-70 ENG - TURBINE OVHT 00016675.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-90 x MISC - DITCHING 00022932.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017600 MISC - DITCHING
EMER-90 MISC - DITCHING 00017600.0002001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022932 MISC - DITCHING
EMER-90 x MISC - FORCED LANDING 00022934.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017540 MISC - FORCED LANDING
EMER-90 MISC - FORCED LANDING 00017540.0002001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022934 MISC - FORCED LANDING
EMER-90 MISC - EMER DESCENT 00017539.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-90 MISC - EMER EVAC 00017538.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-90 STALL RECOVERY 00018128.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
EMER-90 x EMERGENCY LANDING (ALL ENGINES 00022243.0001001 19 DEC 14
FAILURE)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017603
ABN-GEN Introduction 00017769.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 12/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-GEN x Landing Distance Determination in the 00022975.0001001 14 SEP 15
case of In-Flight Failure
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017770 Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure
ABN-GEN Landing Distance Determination in the 00017770.0001001 20 JUL 15
case of In-Flight Failure
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022975 Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure
ABN-OEI-TO Engine Failure Before V1 (Rejected 00016735.0001001 30 SEP 14
Takeoff)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-OEI-TO Engine Failure Between V1 and V2 00016736.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-OEI-TO Engine Failure During Initial Climb Out 00016737.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-OEI-LDG Approach and Landing 00016738.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-OEI-LDG Missed Approach (from Intermediate 00016743.0001001 30 SEP 14
Approach Configuration)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-OEI-LDG Balked Landing 00021142.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-21 AIR - PACK 1+2 FAULT 00017716.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-21 CAB PRESS SYS FAULT 00017711.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-21 COND - RAM AIR FAULT 00017855.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-21 VENT- AVNCS L+R BLOWING FAULT 00017700.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 13/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-21 VENT - AVNCS OVBD VLV FAULT 00017701.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-General General 00022663.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATII Loss of "LAND2" or "LAND3" (CAT II) 00020359.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATII One Engine Failure (CAT II) 00020298.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATII "AP OFF" Warning (CAT II) 00020305.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATII "Autoland" Light (CAT II) 00020306.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATII No "LAND" at 350 ft (CAT II) 00020308.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATII Incorrect Selected Course at 350 ft (CAT 00020309.0001001 20 JUL 15
II)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATII No "FLARE" at 30 ft (CAT II) 00020310.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIIDH Loss of "LAND3" (CAT III with DH at or 00020314.0001001 20 JUL 15
above 50 ft)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIIDH One Engine Failure (CAT III with DH at 00020319.0001001 20 JUL 15
above 50 ft)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIIDH "AP OFF" Warning (CAT III with DH at or 00020325.0001001 20 JUL 15
above 50 ft)
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 14/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIIDH "AUTOLAND" Light (CAT III with DH at 00020328.0001001 20 JUL 15
or above 50 ft)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIIDH No "LAND" at 350 ft (CAT III with DH at 00020329.0001001 20 JUL 15
or above 50 ft)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIIDH Incorrect Selected Course at 350 ft (CAT 00020330.0001001 20 JUL 15
III with DH at or above 50 ft)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIIDH No "FLARE" at 30 ft (CAT III with DH at 00020331.0001001 20 JUL 15
or above 50 ft)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIInoDH Loss of "LAND3 DUAL" (CAT III with DH 00020334.0001001 20 JUL 15
below 50 ft or no DH)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIInoDH One Engine Failure (CAT III with DH 00020339.0001001 20 JUL 15
below 50 ft or no DH)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIInoDH "AP OFF" Warning (CAT III with DH 00020347.0001001 20 JUL 15
below 50 ft or no DH)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIInoDH "Autoland" Light (CAT III with DH below 00020350.0001001 20 JUL 15
50 ft or no DH)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIInoDH No "LAND" at 350 ft (CAT III with DH 00020351.0001001 20 JUL 15
below 50 ft or no DH)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-22-CATIIInoDH Incorrect Selected Course at 350 ft (CAT 00020352.0001001 20 JUL 15
III with DH below 50 ft or no DH)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 15/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-22-CATIIInoDH No "FLARE" at 30 ft (CAT III with DH 00020353.0001001 20 JUL 15
below 50 ft or no DH)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V+115V FAULT 00017074.0001001 30 SEP 14
AC 1B BUS 230V+115V FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V+115V FAULT 00017059.0001001 30 SEP 14
AC 1B BUS 230V+115V + DC 1 BUS
FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V +AC 2A BUS 00017176.0001001 30 SEP 14
230V FAULT DC 1 + DC 2 BUS FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - AC 1B BUS 230V FAULT 00017071.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - AC 1B BUS 230V +AC 2B BUS 00017178.0001001 30 SEP 14
230V FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - AC 2A BUS 230V+115V FAULT 00017185.0001001 30 SEP 14
AC 2B BUS 230V+115V FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - AC 2A BUS 230V+115V FAULT 00017061.0001001 30 SEP 14
AC 2B BUS 230V+115V + DC 2 BUS
FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - AC 2B BUS 230V FAULT 00017073.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 x ELEC - AC EMER 1 BUS 230V+115V 00022935.0001001 31 AUG 15
FAULT AC EMER 2 BUS 230V+115V
FAULT
Criteria: (XW and ((107655 and 107831) or (107655 and 107871)))
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 16/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Impacted DU: NONE
ABN-24 ELEC - DC 1 BUS FAULT 00017196.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - DC 1 PART BUS FAULT 00017219.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - DC 1 + DC 2 BUS FAULT 00017222.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - DC 2 BUS FAULT 00017210.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - DC 2 PART BUS FAULT 00017221.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - DC 2 + DC EMER 1 BUS FAULT 00021028.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 ELEC - DC EMER 1 BUS ON BAT DC 1 + 00019202.0001001 30 SEP 14
DC 2 BUS FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-24 x ELEC - DC EMER 1 + DC EMER 2 BUS 00022987.0001001 14 SEP 15
FAULT
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
ABN-24 x ELEC - SIDE 1 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG) 00022931.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00021024 ELEC - ISOL SIDE 1 SMOKE CONFIG
ABN-24 ELEC - ISOL SIDE 1 SMOKE CONFIG 00021024.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022931 ELEC - SIDE 1 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG)
ABN-24 x ELEC - SIDE 2 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG) 00022933.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00021025 ELEC - ISOL SIDE 2 SMOKE CONFIG
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 17/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-24 ELEC - ISOL SIDE 2 SMOKE CONFIG 00021025.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022933 ELEC - SIDE 2 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG)
ABN-26 SMOKE - DET FAULT 00020377.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST) 00014579.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - DIRECT LAW (PROT LOST) 00016932.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - FLAPS LOCKED 00014594.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - FLAP RETRACTION INHIBITED 00021080.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - FLAP SYS 1+2 FAULT 00014600.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - GND SPLRs FAULT 00014628.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - INR FLAPS FAULT 00016930.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - L(R) ELEVATOR FAULT 00014645.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - L(R) INR(OUTR) AILERON 00021217.0001001 30 SEP 14
FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - LDG WITH FLAPS LEVER 00017751.0001001 30 SEP 14
JAMMED
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 18/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-27 F/CTL - LDG WITH NO SLATS AND NO 00017748.0001001 30 SEP 14
FLAPS
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - MOST SPLRs FAULT 00014631.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - PART SPLRs FAULT 00014630.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - RUDDER DOUBLE ACTUATOR 00016929.0001001 30 SEP 14
FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - RUDDER FAULT 00019288.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - RUDDER PEDAL FAULT 00016931.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - RUDDER PEDAL JAMMED 00021917.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - RUDDER TRIM RUNAWAY 00017731.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - SLATS LOCKED 00014581.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - SLAT SYS 1+2 FAULT 00014592.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - SPEED BRAKES LEVER 00017755.0001001 30 SEP 14
JAMMED
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-27 F/CTL - STABILIZER FAULT 00014608.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 19/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-28 FUEL - CTR TK L+R PMPs FAULT 00017611.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 x FUEL - FQI FAULT 00022848.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017706 FUEL - FQI FAULT
ABN-28 FUEL - FQI FAULT 00017706.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022848 FUEL - FQI FAULT
ABN-28 x FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT 00022849.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017617 FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT
ABN-28 FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT 00017617.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022849 FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT
ABN-28 FUEL - IMBALANCE CORRECTED 00017610.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK 00017708.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 x FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED 00022847.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017612 FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED
ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED 00017612.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022847 FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED
ABN-28 x FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST 00022845.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00020132 FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST
ABN-28 FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST 00020132.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022845 FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 20/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-28 FUEL - L(R) MAIN + STBY PMPS FAULT 00017709.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 FUEL - L(R) WING TK TEMP HI 00017616.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 FUEL - L(R) WING TK LEVEL LO 00017613.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 FUEL - L+R WING TK LEVEL LO 00017614.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 x FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI 00022797.0001001 01 JUN 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00021840 FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI
ABN-28 FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI 00021840.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022797 FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI
ABN-28 FUEL - TEMP LO 00017615.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 x FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE 00022846.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017567 FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE
ABN-28 FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE 00017567.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022846 FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE
ABN-28 FUEL - WINGS MAN BALANCING 00017777.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-28 FUEL - WINGS NOT BALANCED 00017571.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-29 x Abnormal Behavior - Braking NORM 00022427.0001001 01 DEC 14
indication
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 21/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Impacted DU: NONE
ABN-29 x Abnormal Behavior - TIME TO A-SKID 00022428.0001001 01 DEC 14
LOSS indication
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
ABN-29 HYD - ENG 1(2) G PMP PRESS LO 00016650.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-29 HYD - ENG 1(2) Y PMP PRESS LO 00016651.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-29 HYD - G RSVR LEVEL LO 00016646.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-29 HYD - G SYS PRESS LO 00016640.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-29 HYD - G SYS TEMP HI 00016648.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-29 HYD - Y RSVR LEVEL LO 00016647.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-29 HYD - Y SYS PRESS LO 00016641.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-29 HYD - Y SYS TEMP HI 00016649.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - ALL PROBES 1(2)(3) NOT 00014320.0001001 30 SEP 14
DE-ICED
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - ENG A-ICE CTL SYS FAULT 00014321.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - ENG VLV CLOSED 00014322.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 22/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-30 A-ICE - ICE DETECTED 00020627.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV CLOSED 00014323.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV OPEN 00017724.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV PRESS HI 00017712.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV PRESS LO 00014325.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - L+R WINDOWS HEATG FAULT 00014327.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - L+R WINDSHIELDS HEATG 00014326.0001001 30 SEP 14
FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - SEVERE ICE DETECTED 00020628.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 A-ICE - WING SYS FAULT 00014333.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF 00014334.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-31 FWS - FWS 1+2 & CPIOM FAULT 00018057.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 x Abnormal Behavior - Braking System 00022422.0002001 14 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 106648)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
ABN-32 x Abnormal Behavior - Steering System 00022423.0001001 01 DEC 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 23/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: NONE
ABN-32 BRAKES - AFT(FWD) WHEELS BRK 00014707.0001001 30 SEP 14
LOST
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 BRAKES - A-SKID FAULT on all wheels 00014698.0001001 30 SEP 14
or OFF
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 BRAKES - HOT 00014700.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 BRAKES - NORM BRK FAULT ON ALL 00014705.0001001 30 SEP 14
WHEELS
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 BRAKES - PART A-SKID FAULT 00021271.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 BRAKES - PART NORM BRK FAULT 00021254.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 BRAKES - RELEASED 00014702.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 L/G - CTL 1+2 FAULT 00014708.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 L/G - DOORS NOT CLOSED 00014709.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 L/G - GEAR NOT LOCKED UP 00014710.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL MAIN 00016442.0001001 20 JUL 15
L/G
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 24/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-32 L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL NOSE 00016441.0001001 20 JUL 15
L/G
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 L/G - RETRACTION FAULT 00014711.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION 00014712.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-34 NAV - ADR 1+2+3 FAULT 00020944.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-34 NAV - IR 1(2)(3) FAULT 00020942.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-34 NAV - IR 1+2(2+3)(1+3) FAULT 00020943.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - ABNORM BLEED CONFIG 00012940.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - APU BLEED LEAK 00017928.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - APU BLEED LIMITED TO SINGLE 00020052.0001001 30 SEP 14
PACK OPER
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - ENG 1(2) BLEED TEMP LO 00017749.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - ENG 1+2 BLEED TEMP LO 00012945.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - HOT AIR 1(2) LEAK 00017931.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - L(R) WING A-ICE LEAK 00012944.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 25/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - L(R) WING LEAK 00017932.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - PACK 1(2) LEAK 00017933.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-36 AIR - XBLEED FAULT 00017934.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - ALL POS DET FAULT 00012328.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - AVNCS NOT CLOSED 00012329.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - AVNCS POS DET FAULT 00012331.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - CARGO NOT CLOSED (FWD, 00012334.0001001 30 SEP 14
AFT or BULK)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - CARGO POS DET FAULT (FWD, 00012335.0001001 30 SEP 14
AFT or BULK)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - ESCAPE HATCH NOT CLOSED 00012332.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - ESCAPE HATCH POS DET 00012333.0001001 30 SEP 14
FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - MULTIPLE POS DET FAULT 00012570.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - NOT CLOSED (Cabin) 00012336.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 26/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-52 DOOR - POS DET FAULT (Cabin) 00012337.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-52 DOOR - RESIDUAL DIFF PRESS DET 00012338.0001001 30 SEP 14
FAULT
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - EGT OVER LIMIT 00016677.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - FADEC FAULT 00016676.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - FAIL 00016678.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - FUEL FILTER CLOGGED 00022608.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - FUEL FILTER IN BYPASS 00022609.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - FUEL LEAK SUSPECTED 00016679.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - GA SOFT FAULT 00022643.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 107050)
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - N1 DEGRADED MODE 00016680.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - OIL PRESS LO 00016681.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - OIL TEMP HI 00016682.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - RELIGHT IN FLT 00016729.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 27/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-70 ENG - REVERSER ENERGIZED 00016733.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - REVERSER UNLOCKED 00016734.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - SHUTDOWN 00016683.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - STALL 00021242.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - START VLV NOT CLOSED 00016731.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - START VLV NOT OPEN 00016730.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - STATOR A-ICE VLV CLOSED 00019874.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG - THR LEVER NOT SET 00019871.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG 1+2 - FUEL FILTER CLOGGED 00022610.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 ENG 1+2 - FUEL FILTER IN BYPASS 00022611.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-70 x ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN 00022930.0001001 14 SEP 15
BYPASS - FUEL CONTAMINATED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00022677 ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN BYPASS
ABN-70 ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN 00022677.0001001 20 JUL 15
BYPASS
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022930 ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN BYPASS
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 28/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-90 x MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER 00022912.0001001 14 SEP 15
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00017937 MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER
ABN-90 MISC - BOMB ON BOARD 00017940.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-90 MISC - CIRCLING WITH ONE ENG INOP 00021241.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-90 MISC - CKPT WINDOW CRACKED 00017938.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-90 MISC - CKPT WINDOW ELEC ARCING 00020952.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-90 MISC - OVERWEIGHT LDG 00017718.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
ABN-90 MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER 00017937.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00022912 MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER
ABN-90 TAIL STRIKE 00020154.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-GEN Introduction 00017773.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-PFLT Batteries 00020973.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-PFLT Dispatch Messages 00021007.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-PFLT Cockpit Door 00018037.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-TO Takeoff Procedure 00017753.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 29/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-FLT Buffet Onset 00016928.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-FLT Severe Turbulence 00017713.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-LDG Normal Landing 00017739.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-LDG Balked Landing (All Engines Operating) 00017747.0002001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 107050)
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-LDG Reverse Thrust 00017738.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-LDG Autobrake 00021045.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-LDG Brake To Vacate (BTV) 00018137.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-LDG Use of BTV in Low Visibility Conditions 00022664.0001001 20 JUL 15
(CAT II, CAT III)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-LDG Runway Overrun Warning / Runway 00018138.0001001 20 JUL 15
Overrun Protection (ROW/ROP)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF AP/FD, Speed Modes, Autothrust 00018111.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF Takeoff 00018112.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF Climb, Cruise, Descent 00018113.0002001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 106693)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 30/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
NORM-22-CONF Approaches 00018114.0002001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 106693)
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF CAT I ILS Approach 00019169.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF CAT II ILS Approach 00022665.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF CAT II/III ILS Approach with Autoland 00022666.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF Maximum Encountered Wind during 00022667.0001001 20 JUL 15
Flight Tests (CAT II/III)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF Go-Around 00019176.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-CONF Altitude Loss after Automatic 00019177.0001001 20 JUL 15
Go-Around Initiation
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-APPR General 00019178.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-APPR Approach with FLS 00019182.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-APPR Approach with NAV Mode 00019184.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-APPR CAT II and CAT III Automatic Approach 00019187.0001001 20 JUL 15
with or without Autoland
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-22-REQT Required Equipment for CAT II and CAT 00019190.0001001 20 JUL 15
III Approach with Autoland
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 31/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
NORM-30 Engine Ground Ice Procedure 00017714.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-30 Operations in Icing Conditions 00019763.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-30 Rain Repellent 00019764.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-34 Inertial Reference System (IRS) 00020938.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-34 Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum 00020939.0001001 30 SEP 14
(RVSM)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-34 Terrain Awareness and Warning System 00018030.0001001 30 SEP 14
(TAWS)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-34 Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance 00018060.0001001 20 JUL 15
System (TCAS)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-34 Windshear Warning 00018096.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
NORM-49 Auxiliary Power Unit 00014684.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-GEN Introduction 00017814.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-GEN Aircraft Configuration 00017819.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-GEN Maximum Demonstrated Crosswind at 00019586.0001001 20 JUL 15
Takeoff and Landing
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 32/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
PERF-CAL-TO Speed Corrections in Ground Effect 00021198.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-CAL-TO Speed Corrections out of Ground Effect 00021197.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-CAL-TO Altitude Corrections 00021199.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-CAL-CRU Speed and Mach Corrections 00021202.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-CAL-CRU Altitude Correction 00021203.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-CAL-LDG Speed Corrections 00021200.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-CAL-LDG Altitude Corrections 00021201.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-TO Speeds Definitions 00017946.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-TO Distances Definitions 00017947.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-TO Takeoff Performance 00017948.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-TO Takeoff Flight Path 00017950.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-FLT In-Flight Performance 00017951.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-LDG Approach Climb and Landing Climb 00017952.0002001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 107050)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 33/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
PERF-LDG Approach and Landing Speeds 00017953.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-LDG Landing Distances Definitions 00017954.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-LDG Landing Performance 00017955.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-LDG Autoland Landing Distance Increment 00021190.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
PERF-OCTO Performance Database 00017704.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-NOI General 00019833.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-NOI External Noise 00019841.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-INOP General 00019830.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-INOP Performance 00019831.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-DTO-GEN General 00020988.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-DTO-LIM x Limitations 00023020.0001001 23 SEP 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted DU: 00020992 Limitations
APP-DTO-LIM Limitations 00020992.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Impacted by TDU: 00023020 Limitations
APP-DTO-PROC Normal Procedures 00020993.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 34/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-DTO-PERF General 00020994.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-DTO-PERF Takeoff Performance 00021194.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-ETOPS General 00021122.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-ETOPS Limitations 00021124.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-ETOPS Procedures 00021125.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-ETOPS Performance 00021126.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-HAO-GEN General 00020920.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-HAO-PROC Takeoff from Airports with an Elevation 00020922.0001001 20 JUL 15
of 9000ft or Above
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
APP-HAO-PROC Landing on Airports with an Elevation of 00020924.0001001 20 JUL 15
9000ft or Above
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-GEN-INTR Introduction 00019114.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-GEN-LIM Limitations 00019115.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-GEN-PERF Performance Determination Method 00019116.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 35/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-GEN-PERF Performance Penalties published in the 00019117.0001001 30 SEP 14
MCDL Chapter of the AFM
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-GEN-PERF Performance Penalties Calculated with 00019118.0001001 20 JUL 15
OCTO_AFM Software
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-21-01 Aft Outflow Valve 00019440.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-21-01 Illustration Aft Outflow Valve 00019441.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-21-02 Overboard Valve 00020888.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-21-02 Illustration Overboard Valve 00020889.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-21-03 Forward Venturi Nozzle 00022680.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 100374)
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-21-03 Illustration Forward Venturi Nozzle 00022681.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 100374)
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-01 Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger 00018793.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-01 Illustration Winglet and Wingtip Static 00018794.0001001 30 SEP 14
Discharger
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-02 Aileron Static Discharger 00020354.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-02 Illustration Aileron Static Discharger 00020356.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 36/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-23-03 VTP Static Discharger 00018795.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-03 Illustration VTP Static Discharger 00019568.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-04 HTP Static Discharger 00018791.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-04 Illustration HTP Static Discharger 00018792.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-05 VHF Antenna 00019500.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-05 Illustration VHF Antenna 00019501.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-06 WACS Antenna 00019521.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-06 Illustration WACS Antenna 00019522.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-08 SATCOM Antenna 00019517.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-08 Illustration SATCOM Antenna 00019518.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-09 ELT Antenna 00019519.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-09 Illustration ELT Antenna 00019520.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-10 VTP Taxi Aid Camera 00018797.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 100349)
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 37/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-23-10 Illustration VTP Taxi Aid Camera 00018798.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 100349)
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-11 Belly Taxi Aid Camera 00021245.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 100349)
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-23-11 Illustration Belly Taxi Aid Camera 00021246.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 100349)
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-01 Droop Nose Inboard Seal 00020113.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-01 Illustration Droop Nose Inboard Seal 00020114.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-02 Droop Nose Outboard Seal 00020116.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-02 Illustration Droop Nose Outboard Seal 00020117.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-03 Droop Nose Lower Seal 00020118.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-03 Illustration Droop Nose Lower Seal 00020119.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-04 Droop Nose Pressure Seal 00020149.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-04 Illustration Droop Nose Pressure Seal 00020150.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-05 Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge Seal 00020140.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-05 Illustration Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge 00020141.0001001 30 SEP 14
Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 38/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-27-06 Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge Seal 00020142.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-06 Illustration Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge 00020143.0001001 30 SEP 14
Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-07 Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge Seal 00020144.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-07 Illustration Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge 00020145.0001001 30 SEP 14
Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-08 Slat Track Flipper Seal 00020146.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-08 Illustration Slat Track Flipper Seal 00020147.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-09 Slat Blade Seal 00020138.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-09 Illustration Slat Blade Seal 00020139.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-10 Slat Track Pressure Seal 00020152.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-10 Illustration Slat Track Pressure Seal 00020153.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-11 Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing 00019569.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-11 Illustration Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing 00019570.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 39/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-27-14 Flap Track Fairing Attachment Point 00019583.0001001 20 JUL 15
Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-14 Illustration Flap Track Fairing 00019585.0001001 30 SEP 14
Attachment Point Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-15 Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal 00020234.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-15 Illustration Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal 00020235.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-16 Flap Track Forward Fairing Seal 00020237.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-16 Illustration Flap Track Forward Fairing 00020238.0001001 20 JUL 15
Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-17 Fixed to Moveable Fairing Seal 00020239.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-17 Illustration Fixed to Moveable Fairing 00020240.0001001 30 SEP 14
Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-18 Inner Flap Inner Seal 00020241.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-18 Illustration Inner Flap Inner Seal 00020242.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-19 Inner to Outer Flap Seal 00020243.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-19 Illustration Inner to Outer Flap Seal 00020244.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 40/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-27-20 Outer Flap Outer Seal 00020245.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-20 Illustration Outer Flap Outer Seal 00020246.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap 00020250.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-21 Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to 00020251.0001001 30 SEP 14
Inner Flap
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap 00020252.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-22 Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to 00020253.0001001 30 SEP 14
Outer Flap
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-23 Aileron End Seal 00020254.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-23 Illustration Aileron End Seal 00020255.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-24 Seal of FTE Upper Panel to Aileron 00020256.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-24 Illustration Seal of FTE Upper Panel to 00020257.0001001 30 SEP 14
Aileron
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-25 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Aileron 00020258.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-27-25 Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to 00020259.0001001 30 SEP 14
Aileron
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 41/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-28-02 External Refuel Panel Access Door 00019578.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-28-02 Illustration External Refuel Panel 00019579.0001001 20 JUL 15
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-01 Wiper Arm 00021001.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-01 Illustration Wiper Arm 00021002.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-02 Wiper Motor 00019852.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-02 Illustration Wiper Motor 00019853.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-03 Spray Nozzle 00019855.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-03 Illustration Spray Nozzle 00019856.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-04 Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator 00020844.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-04 Illustration Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator 00020845.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-05 Ice Detector 00020846.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-05 Illustration Ice Detector 00020847.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-30-06 Ice Fence 00019731.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 42/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-30-06 Illustration Ice Fence 00019730.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-01 Nose Landing Gear Tow Fitting 00019915.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-01 Illustration Nose Landing Gear Tow 00019916.0001001 30 SEP 14
Fitting
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-02 Nose Wheel Steering Disconnect Panel 00019917.0001001 30 SEP 14
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-02 Illustration Nose Wheel Steering 00019918.0001001 30 SEP 14
Disconnect Panel Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-03 Nose Gear Maintenance Panel Access 00019919.0001001 30 SEP 14
Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-03 Illustration Nose Gear Maintenance 00019920.0001001 30 SEP 14
Panel Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-04 Nose Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap 00019921.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-04 Illustration Nose Landing Gear Wheel 00019922.0001001 30 SEP 14
Hubcap
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-05 Brake Wear Pin Indicator 00020003.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-05 Illustration Brake Wear Pin Indicator 00020004.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-07 Main Landing Gear Brake Rod Lanyard 00020007.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 43/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-07 Illustration Main Landing Gear Brake 00020008.0001001 30 SEP 14
Rod Lanyard
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-08 Main Landing Gear Axle Sleeve Button 00020009.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-08 Illustration Main Landing Gear Axle 00020010.0001001 30 SEP 14
Sleeve Button
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-09 Main Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap 00020835.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-09 Illustration Main Landing Gear Wheel 00020836.0001001 30 SEP 14
Hubcap
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-10 Tire Pressure Sensor 00022622.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-10 Illustration Tire Pressure Sensor 00022623.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-900
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-11 Nose Landing Gear Torque Link Noise 00022624.0001001 20 JUL 15
Cap
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-32-11 Illustration Nose Landing Gear Torque 00022625.0001001 20 JUL 15
Link Noise Cap
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-01 HTP Logo Light 00019422.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-01 Illustration HTP Logo Light 00019423.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 44/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-33-02 Rear Strobe Light Glazing 00019533.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-02 Illustration Rear Strobe Light Glazing 00019534.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-03 Rear Navigation Light Glazing 00019424.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-03 Illustration Rear Navigation Light 00019425.0001001 30 SEP 14
Glazing
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-04 Lower Beacon Light Cover 00019543.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-04 Illustration Lower Beacon Light Cover 00019544.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-05 Upper Beacon Light Cover 00019866.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-05 Illustration Upper Beacon Light Cover 00019867.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-06 Evacuation Area Light 00019634.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-06 Illustration Evacuation Area Light 00019635.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-07 Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light Glazing 00014687.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: (XW and 100349)
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-07 Illustration Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light 00014689.0001001 20 JUL 15
Glazing
Criteria: (XW and 100349)
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-08 Wing and Engine Scan Light 00021243.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 45/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-33-08 Illustration Wing and Engine Scan Light 00021244.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-01 DME Antenna 00019566.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-01 Illustration DME Antenna 00019567.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-02 Marker Antenna 00019581.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-02 Illustration Marker Antenna 00019582.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-03 Radio Altimeter Antenna 00019593.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-03 Illustration Radio Altimeter Antenna 00019594.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-04 TCAS Antenna 00019602.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-04 Illustration TCAS Antenna 00019603.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-05 GNSS Antenna 00019728.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-34-05 Illustration GNSS Antenna 00019729.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-01 Water Waste Drain Mast 00019646.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-01 Illustration Water Waste Drain Mast 00019647.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 46/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-38-02 Waste Service Panel Access Door 00019649.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-02 Illustration Waste Service Panel Access 00019650.0001001 30 SEP 14
Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-03 Potable Water Panel Access Door 00019651.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-03 Illustration Potable Water Panel Access 00019652.0001001 30 SEP 14
Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-04 Forward Drain Valve 00019724.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-04 Illustration Forward Drain Valve 00019725.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-05 Drainage Pipe 00019746.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-38-05 Illustration Drainage Pipe 00019747.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-52-01 Passenger Door Scuff Plate 00019726.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-52-01 Illustration Passenger Door Scuff Plate 00019727.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-52-02 Rain Gutter 00019850.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-52-02 Illustration Rain Gutter 00019851.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-52-03 Passenger Door Aerodynamic Seal 00020891.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 47/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-52-03 Illustration Passenger Door 00020892.0001001 20 JUL 15
Aerodynamic Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-01 SCS Ground Service Panel Access Door 00019587.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-01 Illustration SCS Ground Service Panel 00019588.0001001 30 SEP 14
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-02 Yellow Hydraulic Ground Service Panel 00019589.0001001 30 SEP 14
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-02 Illustration Yellow Hydraulic Ground 00019590.0001001 30 SEP 14
Service Panel Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-03 Green Hydraulic Ground Service Panel 00019591.0001001 20 JUL 15
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-03 Illustration Green Hydraulic Ground 00019592.0001001 30 SEP 14
Service Panel Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-04 Cargo Compartment Control Panel 00019656.0001001 30 SEP 14
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-04 Illustration Cargo Compartment Control 00019657.0001001 30 SEP 14
Panel Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-05 Cargo Door Operating Panel Access 00019658.0001001 30 SEP 14
Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 48/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-53-05 Illustration Cargo Door Operating Panel 00019659.0001001 30 SEP 14
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-06 HP Ground Connection Access Door 00021328.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-06 Illustration HP Ground Connection 00021329.0001001 20 JUL 15
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-07 Tail Strike Indicator 00019625.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-07 Illustration Tail Strike Indicator 00019626.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-08 Interface Bolt Access Cover 00019737.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-08 Illustration Interface Bolt Access Cover 00019736.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-09 Aft Hoisting Point Cover 00019733.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-09 Illustration Aft Hoisting Point Cover 00019732.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-10 Jacking Point Cover 00019735.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-10 Illustration Jacking Point Cover 00019734.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-12 Ground Door Opening Handle 00020509.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 49/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-53-12 Illustration Ground Door Opening 00020510.0001001 30 SEP 14
Handle
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-13 Seal of Belly Fairing to Fuselage 00022560.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-13 Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to 00022561.0001001 20 JUL 15
Fuselage
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-14 Seal of Belly Fairing to Overwing 00022562.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-14 Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to 00022563.0001001 20 JUL 15
Overwing
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-15 Seal of Belly Fairing to Underwing 00022564.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-15 Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to 00022565.0001001 20 JUL 15
Underwing
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-16 Belly Fairing to Flap Upper Surface Seal 00022568.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-16 Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Upper 00022569.0001001 20 JUL 15
Surface Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-17 Belly Fairing to Flap Seal (197FL,198FR) 00022570.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-17 Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Seal 00022571.0001001 20 JUL 15
(197FL,198FR)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-18 Belly Fairing to Flap Forward Seal 00022572.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 50/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-18 Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Forward 00022573.0001001 20 JUL 15
Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-19 RAT Door Seal 00022574.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-19 Illustration RAT Door Seal 00022575.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-20 MLG Door FWD Seal 00022576.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-20 Illustration MLG Door FWD Seal 00022577.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-21 MLG Door Seal (197BL,198BR) 00022578.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-21 Illustration MLG Door Seal 00022579.0001001 20 JUL 15
(197BL,198BR)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-22 MLG Door Seal (197FB,198EB) 00022580.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-22 Illustration MLG Door Seal 00022581.0001001 20 JUL 15
(197FB,198EB)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-23 MLG Door Seal (197EL,198ER) 00022582.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-23 Illustration MLG Door Seal 00022583.0001001 20 JUL 15
(197EL,198ER)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-24 MLG Door Seal (197CL,198CR) 00022584.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 51/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-24 Illustration MLG Door Seal 00022585.0001001 20 JUL 15
(197CL,198CR)
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-25 MLG Door Seal (FLX01) 00022587.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-25 Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX01) 00022589.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-26 MLG Door Seal (FLX02) 00022590.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-26 Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX02) 00022591.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-27 MLG Door Seal (FLX03) 00022592.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-27 Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX03) 00022593.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-28 MLG Door Seal (FLX04) 00022594.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-28 Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX04) 00022595.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-29 ERAI Seal 00022596.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-29 Illustration ERAI Seal 00022597.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-30 Water Drain Valve Extension Access 00022598.0001001 20 JUL 15
Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 52/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-53-30 Illustration Water Drain Valve Extension 00022599.0001001 20 JUL 15
Access Door
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-31 NSA Adapter 00022600.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-53-31 Illustration NSA Adapter 00022601.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-54-01 Seal between APF and RSS 00020527.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-54-01 Illustration Seal between APF and RSS 00020528.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-54-02 Seal between Gutter and Taco Shell 00020530.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-54-02 Illustration Seal between Gutter and 00020531.0001001 30 SEP 14
Taco Shell
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-01 VTP Lower Rudder Seal 00018787.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-01 Illustration VTP Lower Rudder Seal 00018788.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-02 VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal 00018789.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-02 Illustration VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal 00018790.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-03 Rudder Hoisting Point Cover 00019704.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-03 Illustration Rudder Hoisting Point Cover 00019705.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 53/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-04 Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point Cover 00019706.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-04 Illustration Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point 00019707.0001001 30 SEP 14
Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-05 VTP Leading Edge Panel Hoisting Point 00019708.0001001 30 SEP 14
Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-05 Illustration VTP Leading Edge Panel 00019709.0001001 30 SEP 14
Hoisting Point Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-06 VTP Shell Hoisting Point Cover 00019710.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-06 Illustration VTP Shell Hoisting Point 00019711.0001001 30 SEP 14
Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-07 VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover 00019712.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-07 Illustration VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover 00019713.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-08 HTP Trailing Edge Seal 00019714.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-08 Illustration HTP Trailing Edge Seal 00019715.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-09 HTP Outboard Elevator Seal 00019716.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-09 Illustration HTP Outboard Elevator Seal 00019717.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 54/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-10 HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover 00019718.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-10 Illustration HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover 00019719.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-11 HTP Elevator Hoisting Point Cover 00019720.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-11 Illustration HTP Elevator Hoisting Point 00019721.0001001 30 SEP 14
Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-12 HTP Tip Maintenance Door 00020787.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-12 Illustration HTP Tip Maintenance Door 00020788.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-13 Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal 00021004.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-13 Illustration Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal 00021005.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-14 VTP Lower Trailing Edge Panel Seal 00021247.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-14 Illustration VTP Lower Trailing Edge 00021248.0001001 20 JUL 15
Panel Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-15 HTP Karman Fairing Seal 00022634.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-55-15 Illustration HTP Karman Fairing Seal 00022635.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 55/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-57-01 Winglet Tip Cap 00020025.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-01 Illustration Winglet Tip Cap 00020026.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-02 Aileron Hoisting Point Cover 00020029.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-02 Illustration Aileron Hoisting Point Cover 00020030.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-03 Winglet to Wingtip Seal 00020032.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-03 Illustration Winglet to Wingtip Seal 00020033.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-04 FLE Lower Panel Inspection Cover 00020034.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-04 Illustration FLE Lower Panel Inspection 00020035.0001001 30 SEP 14
Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler 00020036.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-05 Illustration Seal of Trailing Edge Panel 00020037.0001001 30 SEP 14
to Spoiler
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-06 Spoiler End Seal 00020038.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-06 Illustration Spoiler End Seal 00020039.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-07 Under-Wing Jacking Point Cover 00020088.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 56/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-07 Illustration Under-Wing Jacking Point 00020089.0001001 30 SEP 14
Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-08 FTE Access Plug Cover 00020094.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-08 Illustration FTE Access Plug Cover 00020095.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-09 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop 00020124.0001001 20 JUL 15
Panel
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-09 Illustration Seal of Trailing Edge Panel 00020125.0001001 30 SEP 14
to Droop Panel
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-10 Droop Panel End Seal 00020126.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-10 Illustration Droop Panel End Seal 00020127.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-11 EHA Air Duct 00020134.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-11 Illustration EHA Air Duct 00020136.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-12 Aileron Hinge Fairing 00020155.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-12 Illustration Aileron Hinge Fairing 00020156.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-13 Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal 00020157.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 57/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-57-13 Illustration Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal 00020158.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-14 Wingtip Leading Edge Fairing Seal 00020159.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-14 Illustration Wingtip Leading Edge 00020160.0001001 30 SEP 14
Fairing Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-15 Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing Seal 00020161.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-15 Illustration Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing 00020162.0001001 30 SEP 14
Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-16 Outer Falsework Lower Seal 00020163.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-16 Illustration Outer Falsework Lower Seal 00020164.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-17 Outer Falsework Upper Seal 00020165.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-17 Illustration Outer Falsework Upper Seal 00020166.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-18 FLE Slat Track Seal 00020218.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-18 Illustration FLE Slat Track Seal 00020219.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal 00020263.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-19 Illustration Slat Transition Cable Seal 00020264.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 58/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-20 FTE Panel 1 Seal 00020400.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-20 Illustration FTE Panel 1 Seal 00020401.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-21 FTE Panel 3 Seal 00020402.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-21 Illustration FTE Panel 3 Seal 00020403.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-22 FTE to MLG Door Seal 00020404.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-22 Illustration FTE to MLG Door Seal 00020405.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-23 Hinged Door Seal 00020406.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-23 Illustration Hinged Door Seal 00020407.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-24 MLG-Hinged Door Seal 00020408.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-24 Illustration MLG-Hinged Door Seal 00020409.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-25 Outer Falsework Seal Plate 00022612.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-25 Illustration Outer Falsework Seal Plate 00022613.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-26 Outer Falsework Upper Surface Corner 00022614.0001001 20 JUL 15
Seal
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 59/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-26 Illustration Outer Falsework Upper 00022615.0001001 20 JUL 15
Surface Corner Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-27 Wing Box Dry Bay Access Cover 00020793.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-27 Illustration Wing Box Dry Bay Access 00020794.0001001 30 SEP 14
Cover
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-28 Slat Track Aperture Seal 00021061.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-28 Illustration Slat Track Aperture Seal 00021062.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-29 Slat Track Baffle Seal 00022602.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-29 Illustration Slat Track Baffle Seal 00022603.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-30 FTE Lower Panel 16 Chordwise Seal 00022604.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-30 Illustration FTE Lower Panel 16 00022605.0001001 20 JUL 15
Chordwise Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-31 FTE Lower Panel to Belly Fairing Seal 00022616.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-31 Illustration FTE Lower Panel to Belly 00022617.0001001 20 JUL 15
Fairing Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 60/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
MCDL-57-32 Outer Aileron to Wingtip Lower Surface 00022618.0001001 20 JUL 15
Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-57-32 Illustration Outer Aileron to Wingtip 00022619.0001001 20 JUL 15
Lower Surface Seal
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-01 Fan Cowl HOR 00019887.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-01 Illustration Fan Cowl HOR 00019888.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-02 Fan Cowl Hoisting Point Cover 00019889.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-02 Illustration Fan Cowl Hoisting Point 00019890.0001001 30 SEP 14
Cover
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-04 Fan Cowl HOR Remote Release System 00019893.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-04 Illustration Fan Cowl HOR Remote 00019894.0001001 30 SEP 14
Release System
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-05 Fan Cowl Latch Access Panel 00020513.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-05 Illustration Fan Cowl Latch Access 00020514.0001001 30 SEP 14
Panel
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-06 Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser Bumper 00020522.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-06 Illustration Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser 00020523.0001001 30 SEP 14
Bumper
Criteria: 350-941
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 61/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-07 Air Inlet External Aerofiller 00020518.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-07 Illustration Air Inlet External Aerofiller 00020519.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-08 Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover 00020516.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-08 Illustration Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover 00020517.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-10 Fan Cowl Opening Actuator 00022685.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-71-10 Illustration Fan Cowl Opening Actuator 00022686.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-78-01 Thrust Reverser HOR 00019895.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-78-01 Illustration Thrust Reverser HOR 00019896.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-78-02 Thrust Reverser Latch Access Door 00019897.0001001 20 JUL 15
Lanyard
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-78-02 Illustration Thrust Reverser Latch 00019898.0001001 20 JUL 15
Access Door Lanyard
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-78-04 Thrust Reverser Inhibition Pin Cover 00020525.0001001 20 JUL 15
Plate
Criteria: 350-941
Applicable to: ALL 350
MCDL-78-04 Illustration Thrust Reverser Inhibition 00020526.0001001 30 SEP 14
Pin Cover Plate
Criteria: 350-941
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 62/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
(1) (2)
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
Applicable to: ALL 350
SPERF-CONT-GEN General 00017966.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
SPERF-CONT-GEN Description of Contaminated Runway 00021030.0001001 30 SEP 14
States
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
SPERF-CONT-LIM Limitations 00017968.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
SPERF-CONT-PERF Aircraft Configuration 00017969.0001001 20 JUL 15
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
SPERF-CONT-PERF Takeoff and Landing Performance 00017970.0001001 30 SEP 14
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Temporary information

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 63/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE DOCUMENTARY UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LEDU P 64/64

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED

M
(1) TR identification TR approval TR Title Deleted by
date
TR39 issue 1 01 DEC 14 Steering System Issue
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR40 issue 1 01 DEC 14 Hydraulic Failure and Wheel SD Page
discrepAncy
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR41 issue 1 01 DEC 14 Time to Anti-Skid loss indication during climb
and first hour of cruise
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR43 issue 1 01 DEC 14 Erroneous trajectory during procedures
with a turn direction on a leg with an altitude
termination
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR44 issue 1 19 DEC 14 Emergency Landing Procedure
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR50 issue 1 01 JUN 15 FWS S3/4.0 ATQC v3 - ATA 28 - FUEL T.O FUEL
TEMP HI
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR52 issue 1 14 SEP 15 FWS S3/5
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR57 issue 1 31 AUG 15 Dual Loss of AC Emergency Bus Bars
Criteria: (XW and ((107655 and 107831) or (107655 and 107871)))
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR58 issue 1 14 SEP 15 Performance Database in the case of Failure
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR60 issue 1 14 JUL 15 Braking System Issues
Criteria: (XW and 106648)
Applicable to: ALL 350
N TR61 issue 1 04 NOV 15 Aircraft T-PED Compliance towards
ED-130/DO-307
Criteria: XW
Applicable to: ALL 350
TR64 issue 1 23 SEP 15 Derated Takeoff Head Wind Limitation
Criteria: XW
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LETR P 1/2

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EASA APPROVED
Continued from the previous page
M
(1) TR identification TR approval TR Title Deleted by
date
Applicable to: ALL 350
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LETR P 2/2

AFM REVISION: 2 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF MODIFICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

(1)
M MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date Title
100349 06 MAY 15 COMMUNICATIONS - EXTERNAL VIDEO SYSTEM:
INSTALL EXTENDED TAXIING AID CAMERA SYSTEM
(ETACS) - ATA 23 PART
Applicable to: HS-THB
100374 06 AUG 15 Air Conditioning - Compartment Air Extraction, Control
And Monitoring - Define And Install Forward CAX Branch
Applicable to: HS-THB
102938 06 MAY 15 Miscellaneous - Additional certification items - Certify 15
Knots Tailwind operation at Take-Off (RR ENGINES)
Applicable to: HS-THB
104998 06 MAY 15 INFORMATION SYSTEMS - AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
(ATC) SYSTEM - Certify FANS function configurations.
Applicable to: HS-THB
106648 06 AUG 15 LANDING GEAR - WHEELS AND BRAKES - Introduce
S3B software Standard for BCS (Braking Control
System)
Applicable to: HS-THB
106686 06 MAY 15 NAVIGATION - AIRCRAFT ENVIRONMENT
SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM (AESS): DEFINE &
INSTALL ATSAW ACTIVATION S3
Applicable to: HS-THB
106693 06 MAY 15 Auto Flight - Flight Management - Certify RNP-AR 0.1
Function for EIS
Applicable to: HS-THB
107050 06 MAY 15 MISCELLANEOUS - ADDITIONAL CERTIFICATION
ITEMS - ACTIVATE FLEX GO AROUND SPP
Applicable to: HS-THB
107655 01 OCT 15 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS - CENTRAL
WARNING SYSTEMS - DEFINE AND INSTALL FWS
S3/5.0 STANDARD
Applicable to: HS-THB
107831 01 OCT 15 ELECTRICAL POWER - ELECTRICAL POWER
DISTRIBUTION CENTER (EPDC) INTERFACE - Define
EPDS H4/S3.5.1 standard
Applicable to: HS-THB
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LOM P 1/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 PRELIMINARY PAGES
LIST OF MODIFICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PLP-LOM P 2/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 

APPROVAL DATA
Intentionally left blank
 APPROVAL DATA
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPRO-ENV APPROVAL DOCUMENTARY UNIT

Approval Documentary Unit A350-941....................................................................................................................A

APPRO-TR TEMPORARY REVISIONS

Braking System Issues............................................................................................................................................ A
Steering System Issue.............................................................................................................................................B
Hydraulic Failure and Wheel SD Page discrepAncy.............................................................................................. C
Time to Anti-Skid loss indication during climb and first hour of cruise................................................................... D
Erroneous trajectory during procedures with a turn direction on a leg with an altitude termination.........................E
Emergency Landing Procedure............................................................................................................................... F
FWS S3/4.0 ATQC v3 - ATA 28 - FUEL T.O FUEL TEMP HI............................................................................... G
FWS S3/5................................................................................................................................................................ H
Dual Loss of AC Emergency Bus Bars.................................................................................................................... I
Performance Database in the case of Failure.........................................................................................................J
Aircraft T-PED Compliance towards ED-130/DO-307.............................................................................................K
Derated Takeoff Head Wind Limitation....................................................................................................................L

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-PLP-TOC P 1/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-PLP-TOC P 2/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS

Localization Toc ID Reason

Title Index
APPRO-TR K 1 Documentation update: Addition of "Aircraft T-PED Compliance
Aircraft T-PED Compliance towards towards ED-130/DO-307" documentary unit
ED-130/DO-307

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-PLP-SOH P 1/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-PLP-SOH P 2/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
APPROVAL DOCUMENTARY UNIT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

APPROVAL DOCUMENTARY UNIT A350-941

Ident.: APPRO-ENV-00012318.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MODEL REVISION

ENVELOPE 350-941 2

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 20 JUL 15
Approval reference: 10054123

The List of Effective Documentary Units (Refer to LEDU) and List of Effective Temporary Revisions
(Refer to LETR) identify all the Documentary Units (DUs) defining the Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) for
specific Airbus 350-941 aircraft definitions at the latest EASA approved envelope revision given in the
above table.
The LEDU and LETR are produced and approved by Airbus under the authority of DOA reference
EASA.21J.031.

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-ENV P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 APPROVAL DATA
APPROVAL DOCUMENTARY UNIT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-ENV P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR60 Issue 1
BRAKING SYSTEM ISSUES
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022327.0002001 / 14 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 106648)
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 14 JUL 15
Approval reference: 10054044

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to describe braking system issue related
to the introduction of the Braking Control System standard S3B.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft with MOD 106648.
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022327.0002001/14 JUL 15 ABN-32-00022422.0002001/14 JUL 15

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 1/12

AFM A 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR39 Issue 1
STEERING SYSTEM ISSUE
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022328.0001001 / 01 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 01 DEC 14
Approval reference: 10051418

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to describe steering system issue for the
Entry Into Service.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022328.0001001/01 DEC 14 ABN-32-00022423.0001001/01 DEC 14

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 2/12

AFM B 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR40 Issue 1
HYDRAULIC FAILURE AND WHEEL SD PAGE DISCREPANCY
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022337.0001001 / 01 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 01 DEC 14
Approval reference: 10051418

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to introduce an information about a
discrepancy in the wheel SD page when an hydraulic failure occurs.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022337.0001001/01 DEC 14 ABN-29-00022427.0001001/01 DEC 14

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 3/12

AFM C 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR41 Issue 1
TIME TO ANTI-SKID LOSS INDICATION DURING CLIMB AND FIRST HOUR OF CRUISE
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022338.0001001 / 01 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 01 DEC 14
Approval reference: 10051418

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to introduce a limitation on the time to
Anti-Skid loss indication during climb and the first hour of cruise.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022338.0001001/01 DEC 14 ABN-29-00022428.0001001/01 DEC 14

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 4/12

AFM D 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR43 Issue 1
ERRONEOUS TRAJECTORY DURING PROCEDURES WITH A
TURN DIRECTION ON A LEG WITH AN ALTITUDE TERMINATION
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022340.0001001 / 01 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 01 DEC 14
Approval reference: 10051418

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to introduce a limitation on the FMS
navigation database that could lead to erroneous trajectory during
procedures with a turn direction on a leg with an altitude termination.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022340.0001001/01 DEC 14 LIM-22-FMS-00022429.0001001/01 DEC 14

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 5/12

AFM E 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR44 Issue 1
EMERGENCY LANDING PROCEDURE
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022387.0001001 / 19 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 19 DEC 14
Approval reference: 10051731

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision introduces a new procedure to follow in the case
of an emergency landing after loss of thrust near the ground.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft.
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022387.0001001/19 DEC 14 EMER-90-00022243.0001001/19 DEC 14

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 6/12

AFM F 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR50 Issue 1
FWS S3/4.0 ATQC V3 - ATA 28 - FUEL T.O FUEL TEMP HI
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022796.0001001 / 01 JUN 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 01 JUN 15
Approval reference: 10053472

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued in order to update the content of the
procedure FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI linked to the FWS version S3/4.0
with ATQC v3.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022796.0001001/01 JUN 15 ABN-28-00022797.0001001/01 JUN 15

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 7/12

AFM G 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR52 Issue 1
FWS S3/5
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022916.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 14 SEP 15
Approval reference: 10054740

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to introduce last versions and
modifications of the procedures related to the FWS version S3/5.0 (with
ATQC v2).
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft with MOD 107655.
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022916.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-24-00022933.0001001/14 SEP 15
EMER-21-00022950.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-28-00022848.0001001/14 SEP 15
EMER-26-00022838.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-28-00022849.0001001/14 SEP 15
EMER-34-00022911.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-28-00022847.0001001/14 SEP 15
EMER-90-00022932.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-28-00022845.0001001/14 SEP 15
EMER-90-00022934.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-28-00022846.0001001/14 SEP 15
ABN-24-00022987.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-70-00022930.0001001/14 SEP 15
ABN-24-00022931.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-90-00022912.0001001/14 SEP 15

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 8/12

AFM H 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR57 Issue 1
DUAL LOSS OF AC EMERGENCY BUS BARS
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022989.0002001 / 31 AUG 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and ((107655 and 107831) or (107655 and 107871)))
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 31 AUG 15
Approval reference: 10054620

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to introduce a procedure to follow in the
case of loss of both AC emergency bus bars.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft (with MOD 107655 and MOD 107831) or (with MOD 107655
and MOD 107871).
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022989.0002001/31 AUG 15 ABN-24-00022935.0001001/31 AUG 15

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 9/12

AFM I 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR58 Issue 1
PERFORMANCE DATABASE IN THE CASE OF FAILURE
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00022976.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 14 SEP 15
Approval reference: 10054740

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to introduce a new performance
database to be used in the case of failures.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft.
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00022976.0001001/14 SEP 15 ABN-GEN-00022975.0001001/14 SEP 15
EMER-GEN-00022974.0001001/14 SEP 15

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 10/12

AFM J 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR61 Issue 1
AIRCRAFT T-PED COMPLIANCE TOWARDS ED-130/DO-307
 

1 Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00023011.0001001 / 04 NOV 15 EASA APPROVED

Criteria: XW
 

Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 04 NOV 15
Approval reference: 10055361
 

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued for Aircraft Transmitting Portable
Electronic Device compliance towards ED-130 and DO-307 (Cabin and
Cargo).
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft.
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

 

APPRO-TR-00023011.0001001/04 NOV 15 LIM-PED-00023010.0001001/04 NOV 15

 

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 11/12

AFM K 05 NOV 15
 APPROVAL DATA
TEMPORARY REVISIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TR64 Issue 1
DERATED TAKEOFF HEAD WIND LIMITATION
Ident.: TDU / APPRO-TR-00023019.0001001 / 23 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE

APPROVAL REFERENCE
APPROVED BY: EASA
Approval date: 23 SEP 15
Approval reference: 10054850

Do not remove this Temporary Revision until instructed to do so.

Reason for issue: This Temporary Revision is issued to cover a limitation that has to be
applied on derated takeoff with high head wind due to the Wheel Steering
Control system (WSCS) logic for ground/flight condition determination.
 
Applicable to: A350 aircraft
 

This Temporary Revision is made up of the following Temporary Documentary Units:

APPRO-TR-00023019.0001001/23 SEP 15 APP-DTO-LIM-00023020.0001001/23 SEP 15

THA 350-941 FLEET APPRO-TR P 12/12

AFM L 05 NOV 15
 

GENERAL
Intentionally left blank
 GENERAL
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

GEN-INTR INTRODUCTION
Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................A

GEN-DESC AFM DESCRIPTION

Approved AFM Formats.......................................................................................................................................... A
Customized AFM..................................................................................................................................................... B
Organization of the Manual.....................................................................................................................................C
Documentary Unit (DU)........................................................................................................................................... D
Identification Strip.................................................................................................................................................... E
AFM Revision...........................................................................................................................................................F
Temporary Revision (TR)........................................................................................................................................G

GEN-DEF WORDING DEFINITIONS

Warning Definition....................................................................................................................................................A
Caution Definition.....................................................................................................................................................B
Note Definition......................................................................................................................................................... C
LAND ASAP Definition............................................................................................................................................ D
LAND ANSA Definition............................................................................................................................................ E

GEN-ABB ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations............................................................................................................................................................A

GEN-UNIT UNITS
Correspondence between Units.............................................................................................................................. A

GEN-VIEW 3-VIEW DRAWING

3-View Drawing........................................................................................................................................................A

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-PLP-TOC P 1/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-PLP-TOC P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: GEN-INTR-00012325.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

This Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) is a reference document published in English. It is not established
as an operational document to be used directly by the crew in flight.
Flight crew documents available in flight must include an Operational Manual, with appropriate
contents and language as required by the National Regulations.
Note: Any Flight Crew Operating Manual (FCOM) reference within the AFM must be considered
as advisory information, the FCOM being a non approved document.
This AFM is specific to a given certified aircraft model, which is specified in the Heading
Documentary Unit (Refer to APPRO-HEAD Heading) and Approval Documentary Unit (Refer to
APPRO-ENV Approval Documentary Unit) of this AFM.
It is approved by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). When applicable, it is approved
by the EASA on behalf and according to the requirements of the importing Authority, e.g. the US
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) for US-registered aircraft.

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-INTR P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-INTR P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 GENERAL
AFM DESCRIPTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

APPROVED AFM FORMATS

Ident.: GEN-DESC-00017640.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The AFM is approved in both PDF and Ops Library Browser (OLB) formats.
Note: OLB version 7.0 or higher must be used to consult the AFM in OLB format.

CUSTOMIZED AFM
Ident.: GEN-DESC-00017577.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The customized airline AFM:

‐ Is extracted from a not customized aircraft model envelope AFM
‐ Is an approved document related to an operator's/owner's fleet
‐ Takes into account the specific configuration of each aircraft of the concerned fleet.
Airbus will provide a manual which reflects the aircraft configuration at delivery, and the necessary
revisions to reflect configuration changes due to Airbus approved modifications.
The operator/owner must inform Airbus without delay of the effective changes to the aircraft delivery
configuration made through Airbus Service Bulletin (SB). This enables Airbus to provide AFM
revisions/updates to the operator/owner.
Airbus will not provide revisions, and thus will not assume the responsibility for any effect on the
AFM:
‐ Due to modifications installed by third parties without an Airbus SB, and/or
‐ Due to modifications installed through an Airbus SB, if Airbus is not informed of the SB
embodiment.

ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

Ident.: GEN-DESC-00017573.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The AFM is divided into 11 chapters:

‐ Approval Data
‐ General
‐ Limitations
‐ Emergency Procedures
‐ Abnormal Procedures
‐ Normal Procedures
‐ Performance (dry and wet runway)
‐ Appendices and Supplements
‐ Master Configuration Deviation List (MCDL)

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-DESC P 1/4

AFM A to C → 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
AFM DESCRIPTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

‐ Supplementary Performance (contaminated runway)

‐ Regulatory Differences (when applicable).

DOCUMENTARY UNIT (DU)

Ident.: GEN-DESC-00017574.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The AFM is made of Documentary Units (DUs). The DU is the smallest part of information with a
technical content.
The DUs are listed on a separate "List of Effective Documentary Unit" (LEDU).

IDENTIFICATION STRIP
Ident.: GEN-DESC-00017575.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Below the title of the DU, an identification strip is provided with each DU and consists of:
‐ Ident.: Each DU is identified by its own unique identification number
‐ The approval date of the DU
‐ The approval marking
Note: For non-approved DU, this field is replaced by the label: FOR INFORMATION ONLY.
‐ Criteria: This field provides the type of aircraft and associated configuration for which the DU is
applicable
Note: XW stands for Xtra Widebody meaning that this DU is applicable to the A350 family.
‐ Specific: When necessary, this field provides the code of the specific regulation applicable to the
DU
‐ Impacted by TDU: When applicable, this field provides the identification number and the title of the
Temporary Documentary Unit (TDU) impacting the DU
‐ Belonging to: When applicable, this field provides the number of the Temporary Revision (TR) to
which the TDU belongs
‐ Impacted DU: When applicable, this field provides the identification number and the title of the DU
impacted by the TDU.

AFM REVISION
Ident.: GEN-DESC-00017576.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For each revision, a new LEDU is issued. The LEDU shows the revision number, the issue date of
the revision, the operator/owner code and the aircraft model. In addition, the individual effectivity per
MSN is stated for each mentioned DU.

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-DESC P 2/4

AFM ← C to F → 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
AFM DESCRIPTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

The LEDU consists of:

• The "M" field that may provide the following evolution code:
‐ The "R" letter indicates a revised DU: The content of the DU is updated by the revision. A
vertical line in the margin of the DU locates the modified part
‐ The "N" letter indicates a new DU introduced by the revision
‐ The "E" letter indicates an aircraft effectivity change for the DU: The list of MSNs for which the
DU is effective has been changed compared to the previous LEDU, by addition or deletion of
one or several MSN.
• The "T" field (Temporary Information) that contains a cross if the associated DU is a TDU
• Other fields that contain the list of MSNs to which the DU applies and the information defined in
the Identification Strip (Refer to GEN-DESC Identification Strip).
The holder of the AFM must check that the manual is in accordance with the LEDU of the latest
approved revision.
The AFM general revisions update the technical content of DUs through the approval of the updated
aircraft model envelope AFM. Each AFM general revision is identified by a new revision number, a
new approval date and an issue date.
Intermediate revisions of the operator/owner AFM are carried out based on the latest approved
general revision of the aircraft model envelope AFM. Each intermediate revision has the same
revision number and the same approval date as the latest approved general revision, but a new issue
date. An intermediate revision may be issued following a fleet modification or the embodiment of an
approved Airbus SB.

TEMPORARY REVISION (TR)

Ident.: GEN-DESC-00017641.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

A Temporary Revision (TR) is related to amendments to be quickly approved and introduced in the
AFM. A TR is made of Temporary Documentary Units (TDUs).
The TRs are indicated with a dedicated layout and are listed on a separate "List of Effective
Temporary Revisions" (LETR).
A TR has always priority over the AFM content modified by the TR (a TDU has always priority over
the content of the impacted DU). The TR can be deleted by another TR, a normal revision or a retrofit
of SB.
Note: When applicable, the identification strip of a TDU provides the identification number and the
title of the impacted DU.

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-DESC P 3/4

AFM ← F to G 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
AFM DESCRIPTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-DESC P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
WORDING DEFINITIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

WARNING DEFINITION
Ident.: GEN-DEF-00017578.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The following is the official definition of a WARNING, taken directly from the CS-25 (Chapter AMC
25.1581, paragraph 3-e) and applicable to Airbus flight operational documentation:
WARNING An operating procedure, technique, etc. that may result in personal injury or loss of
life if not followed.

CAUTION DEFINITION
Ident.: GEN-DEF-00017579.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The following is the official definition of a CAUTION, taken directly from the CS-25 (Chapter AMC
25.1581, paragraph 3-e) and applicable to Airbus flight operational documentation:
CAUTION An operating procedure, technique, etc. that may result in damage to equipment if
not followed.

NOTE DEFINITION
Ident.: GEN-DEF-00017580.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The following is the official definition of a NOTE, taken directly from the CS-25 (Chapter AMC
25.1581, paragraph 3-e) and applicable to Airbus flight operational documentation:
Note: An operating procedure, technique, etc. considered essential to emphasize. Information
contained in notes may also be safety related.

LAND ASAP DEFINITION

Ident.: GEN-DEF-00017581.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ASAP
(Land As Soon As Possible).
Land as soon as possible at the nearest airport at which a safe landing can be made.
Note: LAND ASAP information is applicable to a time-critical situation.

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-DEF P 1/2

AFM A to D 06 MAY 15
 GENERAL
WORDING DEFINITIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

LAND ANSA DEFINITION

Ident.: GEN-DEF-00017582.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ANSA
(Land At Nearest Suitable Airport).
Consider landing at the nearest suitable airport.
Note: The suitability criteria should be defined in accordance with the Operator's policy.

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-DEF P 2/2

AFM E 06 MAY 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ABBREVIATIONS
Ident.: GEN-ABB-00018129.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

A
Abbreviation Term
AC Advisory Circular or Alternative Current
ACARS Airline Communications, Adressing, and Reporting System
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
ADIRS Air Data Inertial Reference System
ADR Air Data Reference
ADS-B Automatic Dependence Surveillance - Broadcast
ADS-C Automatic Dependence Surveillance - Contract
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AFN Air traffic service Facilities Notification
AFS Auto Flight System
AGL Above Ground Level
ALT Altitude
AMC Acceptable Means of Compliance
ANF Airport Navigation Function
ANSP Air Navigation Service Provider
AP Autopilot
APF Aft Pylon Fairing
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
AR Authorization Required
ASD Accelerate Stop Distance
ASDA Accelerate Stop Distance Available
ATA Air Transport Association
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATN Aeronautical Telecommunication Network
ATS Air Traffic Services

B
Abbreviation Term
BC Back Course
BCS Brake Control System
BTV Brake-To-Vacate

C
Abbreviation Term
CAPT Captain
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 1/10

AFM A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

CAT (Approach) Category
CCOM Cabin Crew Operating Manual
CDL Configuration Deviation List
CDLS Cargo Door Locking System
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CG Center of Gravity
CL Climb
CLB Climb
CM Context Management
CML Consumable Material List
CMP Configuration, Maintenance and Procedures
CONF Configuration
CP Control Panel
CPDLC Controller Pilot Data Link Communications
CPIOM Core Processing Input/Output Module
CS Certification Specifications
CSPR Closely Spaced Parallel Runway
CWY Clearway

D
Abbreviation Term
DA Decision Altitude
D-ATIS Digital Automatic Terminal Information Service
DC Direct Current
DCL Departure Clearance
DFS Differential Flap Setting
DH Decision Height
DME Distance Measuring Equipment
DO Document Order
DOA Design Organization Approval
DU Display Unit or Documentary Unit

E
Abbreviation Term
EASA European Aviation Safety Agency
EC European Commision
ECAM Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
ED EUROCAE Document
EDP Engine Driven Pump
EDTO Extended Diversion Time Operations
EFB Electronic Flight Bag
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 2/10

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

EGT Exhaust Gas Temperature
EHA Electro-Hydrostatic Actuator
EHS Enhanced Surveillance
ELT Emergency Locator Transmitter
ENG Engine
ERAI Emergency Ram Air Inlet
ETACS External and Taxiing Aid Camera System
ETOPS Extended Range Operations for Two Engine Aeroplanes
(EASA)
Extended Operations (FAA)

F
Abbreviation Term
F-PLN Flight Plan
F/O First Officer
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FADEC Full Authority Digital Engine Control
FAF Final Approach Fix
FANS Future Air Navigation System
FAP Final Approach Point
FAR Federal Aviation Regulation
FCDC Flight Control Data Concentrators
FCOM Flight Crew Operating Manual
FCU Flight Control Unit
FD Flight Director
FG Flight Guidance
FGS Flight Guidance System
FLE Fixed Leading Edge
FLS FMS Landing System
FLX Flexible
FM Flight Management or Flight Manual
FMA Flight Mode Annunciator
FMS Flight Management System
FOB Fuel On Board
FQMS Fuel Quantity Monitoring System
FSA-NG FlySmart with Airbus New Generation
FTE Fixed Trailing Edge
FU Fuel Used
FWC Flight Warning Computer
FWD Forward
FWS Flight Warning System

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 3/10

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

G
Abbreviation Term
G/S Glide Slope
GBAS Ground Based Augmentation System
GEN Generator
GLS GBAS Landing System, GNSS Landing System
GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
GPS Global Positioning System
GPWS Ground Proximity Warning System
GW Gross Weight

H
Abbreviation Term
HF High Frequency
HFDL High Frequency Datalink
HOR Hold Open Rod
HP High Pressure
HTP Horizontal Tail Plane
HUD Head-Up Display

I
Abbreviation Term
IAS Indicated Airspeed
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
IFP In-Flight Performance
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
ILS Instrument Landing System
IR Inertial Reference
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISA International Standard Atmosphere
ISI In-Service Information
ISIS Integrated Standby Instrument System

J
Abbreviation Term
JAA Joint Aviation Authorities

K
Abbreviation Term
KOZ Keep Out Zone
KU K-Under

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 4/10

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

L
Abbreviation Term
LDA Localizer Directional Aid or Landing Distance Available
LEDU List of Effective Documentary Units
LETR List of Effective Temporary Revisions
LFE Landing Field Elevation
LNAV Lateral Navigation
LOC Localizer
LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance
LRCS Long Range Communication Systems
LS Landing System

M
Abbreviation Term
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAP Missed Approach Point
MASPS Minimum Aircraft System Performance Standards
MCDL Master Configuration Deviation List
MCT Maximum Continuous Thrust
MEA Minimum En Route Altitude
MFD Multifunction Display
MLE Maximum Landing Gear Extended Mach
MLG Main Landing Gear
MLO Maximum Landing Gear Operating Mach
MLW Maximum Landing Weight
MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
MMR Multi-Mode Receiver
MORA Minimum Off Route Altitude
MRA Recommended Turbulence Penetration Mach
MSL Mean Sea Level
MSN Manufacturer Serial Number
MTOW Maximum Takeoff Weight
MZFW Maximum Zero Fuel Weight

N
Abbreviation Term
N1 Low Pressure Rotor Speed
N2 Intermediate Pressure Rotor Speed
N3 High Pressure Rotor Speed
ND Navigation Display
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 5/10

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

NOTAM Notice To Airmen
NSA Norme Sud Aviation

O
Abbreviation Term
OAT Outside Air Temperature
OCL Oceanic Clearance
OLB Ops Library Browser
OLD Operational Landing Distance

P
Abbreviation Term
PC Personal Computer
PDF Portable Document Format
PED Portable Electronic Device
PF Pilot Flying
PFD Primary Flight Display
PM Pilot Monitoring
PRIM Primary Flight Control and Guidance Computer

Q
Abbreviation Term
QNH Sea Level Atmosphere Pressure

R
Abbreviation Term
RA Radio Altitude or Resolution Advisory
RAT Ram Air Turbine
RCP Required Communication Performance
RLD Required Landing Distance
RNAV Area Navigation
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RNP AR Required Navigation Performance with Authorization
Required
ROP Runway Overrun Protection
ROW Runway Overrun Warning
RSP Required Surveillance Performance
RSS Rear Secondary Structure
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 6/10

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

S
Abbreviation Term
SAT Static Air Temperature
SATCOM Satellite Communication
SB Service Bulletin
SBAS Satellite Based Augmentation System
SCS Supplemental Cooling System
SLS Satellite Landing System
SPD Speed
SRS Speed Reference System
SURV Surveillance
SWY Stopway
SYS System

T
Abbreviation Term
TA Traffic Advisory
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System
TCAS Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
TDU Temporary Documentary Unit
TERR Terrain
TGL Temporary Guidance Leaflet
THR Thrust
THS Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
TOD Takeoff Distance
TODA Takeoff Distance Available
TOGA Takeoff Go-Around
TOR Takeoff Run
TORA Takeoff Run Available
TR Temporary Revision
TV Television

U
Abbreviation Term
US United States

V
Abbreviation Term
V1 Takeoff Decision Speed
V2 Takeoff Safety Speed
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 7/10

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

VA Maximum Design Maneuvering Speed
VALPHAMAX Speed at Alpha-Max
VAPP Final Approach Speed
VD Vertical Display
VDL VHF Data Link
VFE Maximum Flaps Extended Speed
VFG Variable Frequency Generator
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VHF Very High Frequency
VLE Maximum Landing Gear Extended Speed
VLO Maximum Landing Gear Operating Speed
VLOF Liftoff Speed
VLS Lowest Selectable Speed
VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in the Air
VMCG Minimum Control Speed on Ground
VMCL Minimum Control Speed during Approach and Landing
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VNAV Vertical Navigation
VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range
VR Rotation Speed
VRA Recommended Turbulence Penetration Speed
VREF Landing Reference Speed
VS1G Stall Speed under 1g Load Factor
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
VTP Vertical Tail Plane

W
Abbreviation Term
WACS Wireless Airport Communication System
WBM Weight and Balance Manual
WV Weight Variant
WXR Weather Radar

X
Abbreviation Term
XPDR Transponder
XWB Extra Wide Body

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 8/10

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Z
Abbreviation Term
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 9/10

AFM ←A 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
ABBREVIATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-ABB P 10/10

AFM 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN UNITS

Ident.: GEN-UNIT-00017586.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

METRIC TO US
METRIC US
1 mm 0.0394 in
1m 3.281 ft
LENGTH
1m 1.094 yd
1 km 0.540 NM
1 m/s 3.281 ft/s
SPEED
1 km/h 0.540 kt
1g 0.0353 oz
WEIGHT 1 kg 2.204623 lb
1t 2 204.623 lb
1N 0.2248 lb
FORCE
1 daN 2.248 lb
1 bar 14.505 PSI
PRESSURE
1 mbar 0.0145 PSI
1l 0.2642 US Gal
VOLUME
1 m³ 264.2 US Gal
TORQUE 1 daN.m 88.50 [Link]
TEMPERATURE t (°F) = t (°C) * 1.8 + 32

US TO METRIC
US METRIC
1 in 25.4 mm
1 ft 0.3048 m
LENGTH
1 yd 0.914 m
1 NM 1.852 km
1 ft/s 0.3048 m/s
SPEED
1 kt 1.852 km/h
1 oz 28.35 g
WEIGHT 1 lb 0.45359 kg
1 lb 0.0004536 t
1 lb 4.448 N
FORCE
1 lb 0.4448 daN
1 PSI 0.0689 bar
PRESSURE
1 PSI 68.948 mbar
1 US Gal 3.785 l
VOLUME
1 US Gal 0.003785 m³
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-UNIT P 1/2

AFM A→ 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
UNITS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

US METRIC
TORQUE 1 [Link] 0.0113 daN.m
TEMPERATURE t (°C) = 5/9 * {t (°F) - 32}

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-UNIT P 2/2

AFM ←A 06 AUG 15
 GENERAL
3-VIEW DRAWING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

3-VIEW DRAWING
Ident.: GEN-VIEW-00016235.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

Front View

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-VIEW P 1/4

AFM A→ 06 MAY 15
 GENERAL
3-VIEW DRAWING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Top View

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-VIEW P 2/4

AFM ←A→ 06 MAY 15
 GENERAL
3-VIEW DRAWING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Side View

WING
Reference Area (winglet excluded) 432.1 m² 4 646.24 ft²
Root chord 13.466 m 44.18 ft
MAC of Wing (winglet excluded) 9.006 m 29.55 ft
Aspect Ratio (winglet excluded) 8.056

HORIZONTAL TAIL PLANE

Reference Area 81.5 m² 876.34 ft²
MAC of HTP 4.607 m 15.12 ft
Aspect Ratio 4.333
Distance between 25 % MAC Wing and
30.782 m 100.99 ft
25 % MAC HTP

VERTICAL TAIL PLANE

Reference Area 51 m² 548.39 ft²
MAC of VTP 5.762 m 18.90 ft
Aspect Ratio 1.740
Distance between 25 % MAC Wing and
29.185 m 95.75 ft
25 % MAC VTP

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-VIEW P 3/4

AFM ←A 06 MAY 15
 GENERAL
3-VIEW DRAWING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET GEN-VIEW P 4/4

AFM 06 MAY 15
 

LIMITATIONS
Intentionally left blank
 LIMITATIONS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIM-GEN GENERAL
Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................A
Kind of Operations...................................................................................................................................................B
Minimum Flight Crew...............................................................................................................................................C
Maximum Operating Altitude................................................................................................................................... D
Maneuver Limit Load Factors..................................................................................................................................E
Icing Conditions Definition....................................................................................................................................... F

LIM-WGHT WEIGHTS AND LOADING

Weight Limitations....................................................................................................................................................A
Center of Gravity Envelope..................................................................................................................................... B
Performance Limitations.......................................................................................................................................... C
Loading.................................................................................................................................................................... D

LIM-SPD AIRSPEEDS
VMO/MMO............................................................................................................................................................... A
VA.............................................................................................................................................................................B
VFE.......................................................................................................................................................................... C
VLO/MLO and VLE/MLE......................................................................................................................................... D
VMCG/VMCA/VMCL................................................................................................................................................ E

LIM-OPS OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS

Environmental Envelope.......................................................................................................................................... A
Crosswind.................................................................................................................................................................B
Tailwind for Takeoff................................................................................................................................................. C
Tailwind for Landing................................................................................................................................................ D
Runway Slope..........................................................................................................................................................E

LIM-PED TRANSMITTING PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE

Aircraft T-PED Compliance towards EUROCAE ED-130/RTCA DO-307............................................................... A

LIM-09 TOWING AND TAXIING

Maneuvers on Ground.............................................................................................................................................A
Towbarless Operations............................................................................................................................................ B

LIM-21 AIR COND / PRESS / VENT

Cabin Pressurization................................................................................................................................................A
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-PLP-TOC P 1/4

AFM 05 NOV 15
 LIMITATIONS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

LIM-22 AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
LIM-22-FMS Flight Management System
General.....................................................................................................................................................................A
Airworthiness Standards Compliance......................................................................................................................B
Navigation Performance.......................................................................................................................................... C
Use of NAV Mode................................................................................................................................................... D
Use of NAV Mode................................................................................................................................................... E
Use of FLS...............................................................................................................................................................F

LIM-22-FGS Flight Guidance System

Airworthiness Standards Compliance......................................................................................................................A
Autoland................................................................................................................................................................... B
Minimum Height for Use of the Autopilot................................................................................................................C
CAT II / CAT III Operations.................................................................................................................................... D

LIM-22-BTV Brake To Vacate (BTV)

Brake To Vacate (BTV)........................................................................................................................................... A

LIM-22-ROPS Runway Overrun Warning / Runway Overrun Protection (ROW/ROP)

Runway Overrun Warning / Runway Overrun Protection (ROW/ROP)...................................................................A

LIM-23 COMMUNICATIONS
SATCOM Cockpit Voice for ATC............................................................................................................................ A

LIM-28 FUEL
Fuel and Additive Specifications............................................................................................................................. A
Usable Fuel..............................................................................................................................................................B
Fuel Imbalance........................................................................................................................................................ C
Fuel Temperature Limits......................................................................................................................................... D

LIM-29 HYDRAULIC
Hydraulic Fluid......................................................................................................................................................... A

LIM-31 INDICATING / RECORDING

Vertical Display........................................................................................................................................................ A
Operator ECAM Customization............................................................................................................................... B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-PLP-TOC P 2/4

AFM 05 NOV 15
 LIMITATIONS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

LIM-32 LANDING GEAR
Tire Speed............................................................................................................................................................... A
Landing Gear Gravity Extension Reset...................................................................................................................B
Braked Pivot Turn....................................................................................................................................................C
Parking Brake.......................................................................................................................................................... D

LIM-34 NAVIGATION
Inertial Reference System (IRS)..............................................................................................................................A
Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)..................................................................................................... B
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)..................................................................................................C
Mode S Transponder Enhanced Surveillance........................................................................................................ D
Airport Navigation Function (ANF).......................................................................................................................... E
Weather Radar.........................................................................................................................................................F
ADS-B TRAFFIC..................................................................................................................................................... G

LIM-46 INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Electronic Flight Bag................................................................................................................................................A
Fly Smart with Airbus New Generation (FSA-NG)..................................................................................................B
FANS - ATC Datalink Application System.............................................................................................................. C

LIM-49 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)..................................................................................................................................... A

LIM-70 POWER PLANT

Main Engines........................................................................................................................................................... A
Engine Parameters.................................................................................................................................................. B
Crosswind................................................................................................................................................................ C
Reverse Thrust........................................................................................................................................................ D
Oil............................................................................................................................................................................. E
Reduced Thrust Takeoff.......................................................................................................................................... F
Go-Around Soft Mode............................................................................................................................................. G
Operations in Icing Conditions................................................................................................................................ H

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-PLP-TOC P 3/4

AFM 05 NOV 15
 LIMITATIONS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-PLP-TOC P 4/4

AFM 05 NOV 15
 LIMITATIONS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS

Localization Toc ID Reason

Title Index
LIM-PED A 1 Documentation update: Addition of "Aircraft T-PED Compliance
Aircraft T-PED Compliance towards towards EUROCAE ED-130/RTCA DO-307" documentary unit
EUROCAE ED-130/RTCA DO-307

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-PLP-SOH P 1/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 LIMITATIONS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-PLP-SOH P 2/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 LIMITATIONS
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: LIM-GEN-00012270.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The aircraft must be operated in compliance with the limitations given in this chapter. When operating
in accordance with an approved appendix or supplement to this AFM, these limitations apply, unless
amended by such appendix or supplement.

KIND OF OPERATIONS
Ident.: LIM-GEN-00012273.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The aircraft is certified in the public transport category (passengers and freight) for day and night
operations in the following conditions, when the appropriate equipment and instruments required by
the airworthiness and operating regulations are approved, installed and in an operable condition:
‐ VFR and IFR
‐ Extended overwater flight
‐ Flight in icing conditions.

MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW

Ident.: LIM-GEN-00012274.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Minimum flight crew: 2 pilots.

MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE

Ident.: LIM-GEN-00012275.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Slats and flaps retracted: 43 100 ft.

Slats and/or flaps extended: 20 000 ft.

MANEUVER LIMIT LOAD FACTORS

Ident.: LIM-GEN-00012276.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Slats and flaps retracted: -1 g to +2.5 g.

Slats and/or flaps extended: 0 g to +2.0 g.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-GEN P 1/2

AFM A to E 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ICING CONDITIONS DEFINITION

Ident.: LIM-GEN-00012277.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Icing conditions exist when OAT on the ground and for takeoff, or TAT in flight is 10 °C or below and
visible moisture in any form is present (such as clouds, fog with visibility of one mile or less, rain,
snow, sleet or ice crystals).
Icing conditions also exist when the OAT on the ground and for takeoff is 10 °C or below when
operating on ramps, taxiways, or runways where surface snow, ice, standing water or slush may be
ingested by the engines or freeze on engines, nacelles or engine sensor probes.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-GEN P 2/2

AFM F 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
WEIGHTS AND LOADING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

WEIGHT LIMITATIONS
Ident.: LIM-WGHT-00012326.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

Weight Variant: WV 000

Maximum Taxi Weight 268 900 kg 592 822 lb
Maximum Takeoff Weight (MTOW) 268 000 kg 590 838 lb
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 205 000 kg 451 947 lb
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 192 000 kg 423 287 lb
Minimum Weight for Takeoff 144 000 kg 317 466 lb
Minimum Weight for Landing and in
127 000 kg 279 987 lb
Flight
Note: 1. Refer to LIM-WGHT Center of Gravity Envelope
2. The maximum weight limits also depend on the center of gravity and may be less than
the values given in the above table.

CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE

Ident.: LIM-WGHT-00016236.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

For Mean Aerodynamic Chord (MAC) and datum, see 3-View Drawing. Refer to GEN-VIEW 3-View
Drawing
Takeoff and landing CG limits are given for landing gear down configuration.
Flight CG limits are given for landing gear up configuration.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-WGHT P 1/4

AFM A to B → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
WEIGHTS AND LOADING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

CG Envelope (WV 000)

PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS
Ident.: LIM-WGHT-00016237.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum Takeoff Weight (MTOW) and Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) may be reduced by
performance requirements of PERFORMANCE and/or SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
chapters of this AFM related to:
‐ Climb performance (first and second segment, final takeoff, en route, approach and landing)
‐ Available runway length (takeoff and landing)
‐ Obstacle clearance (takeoff and en route)

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-WGHT P 2/4

AFM ← B to C → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
WEIGHTS AND LOADING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

‐ Brake energy limit (observe brake temperature warning)

‐ Tire speed limit.

LOADING
Ident.: LIM-WGHT-00016238.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The aircraft must be loaded in accordance with the loading instructions given in the Weight and
Balance Manual (WBM) chapter CTL - LIM - Introduction.
Refer to WBM/CTL-LIM-INT Introduction.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-WGHT P 3/4

AFM ← C to D 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
WEIGHTS AND LOADING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-WGHT P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AIRSPEEDS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

VMO/MMO
Ident.: LIM-SPD-00016239.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

MAXIMUM OPERATING LIMIT SPEED (VMO/MMO)

VMO = 340 kt IAS
MMO = M 0.89
This limit must not be intentionally exceeded, regardless of the phase of flight.

VA
Ident.: LIM-SPD-00016240.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

MAXIMUM DESIGN MANEUVERING SPEED (VA)

Note: This limitation only applies in alternate or direct flight control laws.
VA

If alternate or direct law is active:

‐ Full ailerons and rudder application should be confined to speeds below VA
‐ Maneuvers involving angle of attack near stall should be confined to speeds below VA.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-SPD P 1/2

AFM A to B → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AIRSPEEDS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

CAUTION Rapid and large alternating control inputs, especially in combination with large
changes in pitch, roll or yaw (e.g. large sideslip angles) may result in structural
failures at any speed, even below VA.

VFE
Ident.: LIM-SPD-00016241.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

MAXIMUM SLATS/FLAPS EXTENDED SPEEDS OR OPERATING SPEEDS (VFE)

Flight Phase Flaps Lever Position VFE
Intermediate Approach (Holding) 1 240 255 kt IAS
Takeoff / Approach 1 220 kt IAS 215
Takeoff / Approach 2 196 212 kt IAS
Takeoff/Approach / Landing 3 195 kt IAS 186
Landing FULL 180 186 kt IAS

VLO/MLO AND VLE/MLE

Ident.: LIM-SPD-00016242.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

MAXIMUM SPEED WITH LANDING GEAR OPERATING (EXTENSION AND RETRACTION):

VLO/MLO = 250 kt IAS / M 0.55
MAXIMUM SPEED WITH LANDING GEAR LOCKED DOWN:
VLE/MLE = 250 kt IAS / M 0.55
MAXIMUM SPEED FOR GRAVITY EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR:
VLO/MLO = VLE/MLE = 220 kt IAS / M 0.48

VMCG/VMCA/VMCL
Ident.: LIM-SPD-00016243.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The minimum control speed on ground VMCG, in flight VMCA, and during approach and landing
VMCL values must be determined by using the Performance Engineer's Programs/AFM_OCTO
approved FM module at the latest approved revision (Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database)
and by selecting the VMC field of the input data for Flight Manual performance calculation.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-SPD P 2/2

AFM ← B to E 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENVIRONMENTAL ENVELOPE
Ident.: LIM-OPS-00016244.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Environmental Envelope

Minimum TAT: -52 °C

CROSSWIND
Ident.: LIM-OPS-00016245.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Engines operations are limited in high crosswind.

Refer to LIM-70 Crosswind

TAILWIND FOR TAKEOFF

Ident.: LIM-OPS-00016246.0002001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 102938)

Maximum tailwind for takeoff : 15 kt

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-OPS P 1/2

AFM A to C 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TAILWIND FOR LANDING

Ident.: LIM-OPS-00020398.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum tailwind for landing: 10 kt

RUNWAY SLOPE
Ident.: LIM-OPS-00016248.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum mean runway slope: ± 2 %

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-OPS P 2/2

AFM D to E 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
TRANSMITTING PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AIRCRAFT T-PED COMPLIANCE TOWARDS EUROCAE ED-130/RTCA DO-307

 

1 Ident.: TDU / LIM-PED-00023010.0001001 / 04 NOV 15 EASA APPROVED

Criteria: XW
 

Impacted DU: NONE

Belongs to TR61 Issue 1

The aircraft has been demonstrated to comply with ED-130 and Sections 3 and 4 of RTCA DO-307.
The Transmitting Portable Electronic Device (T-PED) can be used in the cabin and the cargo area.
Compliance with the above does not constitute an operational approval. Such authorization must be
obtained by the operator from appropriate authorities.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-PED P 1/2

AFM A 05 NOV 15
 LIMITATIONS
TRANSMITTING PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-PED P 2/2

AFM 05 NOV 15
 LIMITATIONS
TOWING AND TAXIING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MANEUVERS ON GROUND
Ident.: LIM-09-00016250.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

During towing, ± 60 ° of nosewheel travel must not be exceeded.

TOWBARLESS OPERATIONS
Ident.: LIM-09-00016251.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Towbarless operations on nose landing gear (towing and pushback) are approved provided the
towbarless operations are performed in compliance with appropriate operational requirements,
using towbarless towing vehicles that are designed and operated to preclude damage to the aircraft
nosewheel steering system, or which provide a reliable and unmistakable warning when damage to
the steering system may have occurred.
Towbarless towing vehicles that are specifically accepted for the Airbus A350 aircraft are listed in the
In-Service Information ISI 09.11.00001.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-09 P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
TOWING AND TAXIING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-09 P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AIR COND / PRESS / VENT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

CABIN PRESSURIZATION
Ident.: LIM-21-00017957.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Pressure relief valve setting: 10.29 PSI (710 hPa).

Maximum negative differential pressure: -0.72 PSI (-50 hPa).

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-21 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
AIR COND / PRESS / VENT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-21 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

GENERAL
Ident.: LIM-22-FMS-00020041.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The FMS lateral and vertical navigation is approved for after takeoff, en route and terminal area
operations and for instrument approach procedures and missed approach procedures.
The FLS (FMS Landing System) has been certified for instrument approach procedures using FMS
navigation alone or FMS navigation associated with LOC, or ILS (G/S out), or LOC-BC
The FLS is not certified for ILS, GLS, IGS, LDA, and SDF approaches or for RNAV(GNSS) final
approaches with LP/LPV Minimum.
The FMS lateral navigation (NAV mode) has been certified for instrument approach procedures
except ILS, GLS, IGS, ILS (G/S out), LOC, LOC-BC, LDA, SDF final approaches and RNAV(GNSS)
final approaches with LNAV/VNAV Minimum or LP/LPV Minimum.
Approval of the FMS is based on the assumption that the navigation database has been validated for
intended use. The airworthiness approval does not account for database accuracy or compatibility.
The navigation database integrity is based on the assumption that the navigation database provider
has obtained a Type 2 Letter of Agreement (LoA), or an equivalent means of compliance as defined
by airworthiness authorities.
Obstacle clearance and adherence to airspace constraints remains a flight crew responsibility.
Fuel, time predictions/performance information is provided for advisory purpose only.
For instrument procedures not coded in the WGS 84 coordinate system, the GPS must be
deselected, unless the shift between the local coordinate system and the WGS 84 is found
acceptable for the intended operation.
Note: 1. The assessment of this shift can be done:
‐ In flight, monitoring the navaid raw data in non RNAV procedures
‐ On ground performing a GNSS survey of the procedure waypoints.
2. The navigation performance for RNAV(GNSS) procedures is demonstrated based on
WGS 84 coordinates.
The GPS or SBAS (TSO / ETSO C145c, TSO / ETSO C146c) equipment may have to fulfill
an operational requirement for alternate airport flight planning. Refer to the State's operational
information concerning RNAV(GNSS) approaches.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FMS P 1/6

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS COMPLIANCE

Ident.: LIM-22-FMS-00020045.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The FMS has been demonstrated to comply with the airworthiness part of:
‐ FAA Order 8400.12C for RNP 10 in oceanic and remote area (RNAV 10). RNP 10 oceanic/remote
area operations are approved:
• With NAV PRIMARY
• Without NAV PRIMARY (GPS deselected or inoperative), provided time limitations in IRS only
navigation, acceptable to the operational authorities, are established.
‐ EASA AMC 20–4 (or JAA TGL 2 REV 1) for Basic RNAV (RNAV 5)
‐ JAA TGL 10 for Precision RNAV (RNAV 1 or RNAV 2) (compliance with paragraph 8.2 has not
been demonstrated)
‐ FAA AC 90–100A for terminal and en route RNAV operations (RNAV 1 or RNAV 2)
‐ FAA Order 8400.33 for RNP 4 in oceanic and remote area
‐ FAA AC 90-105 for:
• RNP 1 operations in Terminal Area with or without RF leg
• RNP APCH operations with or without APV BARO-VNAV operations in final approach segment
• RNP APCH operations with or without RF leg capability in the initial, the intermediate and the
missed approach segments.
‐ FAA AC 20-138C
‐ MASPS ED-75A/DO-236B (for lateral performance)
‐ AMC 20–27 for RNP APCH Operations with or without APV BARO-VNAV, with the use of FLS for
the final segment.
Note: 1. Compliance with the applicable airworthiness requirements does not constitute an
operational approval. When required, such authorization must be obtained by the
operator from the appropriate authorities.
2. An RNP APCH operation with APV BARO-VNAV corresponds to an RNAV(GNSS)
approach with LNAV/VNAV Minimum.
3. An RNP APCH operation without APV BARO-VNAV corresponds to an RNAV(GNSS)
approach with LNAV Minimum.

NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE
Ident.: LIM-22-FMS-00020047.0002001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 106693)

For Advanced RNP operations with RF leg capability requiring RNP strictly below 1 NM, the FD
and/or AP must be engaged and the numerical cross track deviations must be monitored on
navigation display.
The above limitation does not concern RNP AR operations.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FMS P 2/6

AFM B to C → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

 With NAV PRIMARY:

The FMS is certified in accordance with the lateral performance requirements of MASPS
ED-75A/DO-236B for RNP operations.
The RNP accuracy has been demonstrated to be:
With AP ON With AP OFF and FD With AP OFF and FD
‐ In NAV (all phases) ON OFF
‐ In F-LOC (approach ‐ In NAV (all phases)
phase) ‐ In F-LOC (approach
phase)

En route 1 NM 1 NM 1 NM
Terminal area 0.5 NM 0.5 NM 0.5 NM
In approach 0.3 NM 0.3 NM 0.5 NM with F-LOC deviation.
Not authorized without
F-LOC deviation.

 For RNP AR:

The aircraft is compliant with the airworthiness part of the EASA AMC 20-26 and FAA AC
90-101A Appendix 2 and FAA AC 20-138C Appendix 2.
Note: Compliance with the applicable airworthiness requirements does not constitute an
operational approval. Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the
appropriate authorities.
The approved/certified RNP AR level is 0.10 NM. RNP AR performance has been
demonstrated with AP ON for the following modes:
‐ Departure in NAV mode
‐ Initial / Intermediate approach in NAV mode
‐ Final approach in NAV and APP-DES modes
‐ Missed approach in NAV mode.
In some cases, the RNP AR 0.1 function may not meet its availability objectives. Therefore,
during the flight preparation, the flight crew must consider that the likelihood of a degradation
of the RNP AR function to RNP 0.3 is higher than expected.
Note: 1. For RNP AR operations limited to RNP 0.3 NM only, AP OFF and FD ON may
be considered. However, Airbus recommends the use of AP for all RNP AR
operations.
2. The transition from a RNP AR VIA to an approach which is not RNP AR has not
been demonstrated and is submitted to operational approval.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FMS P 3/6

AFM ←C→ 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

 Without NAV PRIMARY

The FMS is certified in accordance with the accuracy requirements and assumptions of MASPS
ED-75A/DO-236B for RNP operations, provided the appropriate RNP value is checked or
entered on the MFD and HIGH accuracy is displayed.
Without NAV PRIMARY (GPS deselected or inoperative), the navigation accuracy is a function of
ground radio navaid infrastructure or elapsed time since last radio update.

USE OF NAV MODE

Ident.: TDU / LIM-22-FMS-00022429.0001001 / 01 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: 00020048 Use of NAV Mode
Belongs to TR43 Issue 1

GENERAL
The use of NAV mode is prohibited on specific departure and missed approach procedures listed
by the FMS navigation database provider. The flight crew must be informed of any departure and
missed approach procedures along the scheduled route for which NAV mode is prohibited. For
such departure and missed approach procedures, the flight crew must follow the published charts
procedure with HDG/TRK modes.
AFTER TAKEOFF
NAV mode may be used after takeoff provided:
‐ NAV PRIMARY is available, or
‐ FMS runway position update has been checked.
IN TERMINAL AREA
NAV mode may be used in terminal area provided:
‐ NAV PRIMARY is available, or
‐ HIGH accuracy is displayed and the appropriate RNP is checked or entered on the MFD, or
‐ Aircraft navigation is crosschecked with navaid raw data.
APPROACH BASED ON RADIO NAVAID
A VOR or VOR/DME approach may be flown in NAV mode provided:
‐ NAV PRIMARY is available. In this case, the reference navaid may be unserviceable, or the
airborne radio equipment may be inoperative, or not installed, provided an operational approval
is obtained
‐ NAV PRIMARY is not available. In this case, the reference navaid and the corresponding
airborne radio equipment must be serviceable, tuned and monitored during the approach.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FMS P 4/6

AFM ← C to D → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

RNAV(GNSS) APPROACH
An RNAV(GNSS) approach with LNAV Minimum may be flown in NAV mode provided NAV
PRIMARY is available.
Note: The RNAV(GNSS) approach limitations and procedures must be used to perform an
RNAV approach for which the GNSS is not required.

USE OF NAV MODE

Ident.: LIM-22-FMS-00020048.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022429 Use of NAV Mode

AFTER TAKEOFF
NAV mode may be used after takeoff provided:
‐ NAV PRIMARY is available, or
‐ FMS runway position update has been checked.
IN TERMINAL AREA
NAV mode may be used in terminal area provided:
‐ NAV PRIMARY is available, or
‐ HIGH accuracy is displayed and the appropriate RNP is checked or entered on the MFD, or
‐ Aircraft navigation is crosschecked with navaid raw data.
APPROACH BASED ON RADIO NAVAID
A VOR or VOR/DME approach may be flown in NAV mode provided:
‐ NAV PRIMARY is available. In this case, the reference navaid may be unserviceable, or the
airborne radio equipment may be inoperative, or not installed, provided an operational approval
is obtained
‐ NAV PRIMARY is not available. In this case, the reference navaid and the corresponding
airborne radio equipment must be serviceable, tuned and monitored during the approach.
RNAV(GNSS) APPROACH
An RNAV(GNSS) approach with LNAV Minimum may be flown in NAV mode provided NAV
PRIMARY is available.
Note: The RNAV(GNSS) approach limitations and procedures must be used to perform an
RNAV approach for which the GNSS is not required.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FMS P 5/6

AFM ← D to E 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

USE OF FLS
Ident.: LIM-22-FMS-00020050.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

APPROACH BASED ON RADIO NAVAID

A VOR or VOR/DME approach may be flown using the FLS provided:
‐ F-APP capability is displayed on FMA. In this case, the reference navaid may be unserviceable,
or the airborne radio equipment may be inoperative, or not installed, provided an operational
approval is obtained.
‐ F-APP + RAW capability is displayed on FMA. In this case, the reference navaid and the
corresponding airborne radio equipment must be serviceable, tuned and monitored during the
approach.
An ILS (G/S out), LOC, LOC-BC approach may be flown using the F-G/S mode of FLS function in
association with LOC or LOC-BC modes provided:
‐ F-APP capability is displayed on FMA. In this case, the reference navaid used for the vertical
path validation must be tuned and checked at final descent point.
‐ F-APP + RAW capability is displayed on FMA. In this case, the reference navaid used for the
vertical path validation must be tuned and checked at final descent point and monitored during
the approach.
RNAV(GNSS) APPROACH
An RNAV(GNSS) approach with LNAV Minimum may be flown using the FLS provided F-APP
capability is displayed on FMA.
An RNAV(GNSS) approach with LNAV/VNAV Minimum must be flown using the FLS provided
F-APP capability is displayed on FMA.
Note: The RNAV(GNSS) approach limitations and procedures must be used to perform an
RNAV approach for which the GNSS is not required.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FMS P 6/6

AFM F 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT GUIDANCE SYSTEM

AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS COMPLIANCE

Ident.: LIM-22-FGS-00018084.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The Flight Guidance System (FGS) with the associated equipment has been found to meet the
airworthiness requirements and performance criteria of:
‐ CS 25
‐ CS AWO
Note: Compliance with the standards noted above does not constitute an approval to conduct
category II or III operations. Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the
appropriate authorities.

AUTOLAND
Ident.: LIM-22-FGS-00018085.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For automatic landing, one autopilot at least must be engaged in APPR mode, LAND1, LAND2 or
LAND3 SINGLE or LAND3 DUAL capability must be displayed on the FMA and the configuration
must be CONF 3 or CONF FULL.
Note: Automatic approach and automatic landing have been demonstrated with one engine
inoperative in CONF 3 and CONF FULL, if engine out procedures are completed before
reaching 1 000 ft in approach.
Performance of ROLL OUT mode has been demonstrated on dry and wet runways.
Minimum aircraft weight: 140 000 kg (308 647 lb).
Note: Depending on the situation (e.g. emergency or other) and provided that the runway is
approved for automatic landing, the flight crew can decide to perform an autoland up to the
maximum takeoff weight.
AIRPORT CONDITIONS
Automatic landing is demonstrated, as follows:
‐ With an airport elevation up to 8 279 ft
‐ With a glide slope angle between -2.5 ° and -3.5 °
‐ On runways and terrain profiles before the runway with CAT II/III characteristics
‐ With a runway slope within +/- 0.8 %
‐ With CAT II and CAT III ILS beam, for ILS operations.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FGS P 1/4

AFM A to B → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT GUIDANCE SYSTEM

WEATHER CONDITIONS
Maximum wind conditions:
‐ Maximum tailwind: Refer to LIM-OPS Tailwind for Landing
‐ Maximum headwind: 40 kt
‐ Maximum crosswind: 25 kt
Note: Wind limitation is based on the surface wind reported by the tower. If the ND indicates
a current wind speed that exceeds the above-noted autoland limitations, but the tower
reports a surface wind speed within the limitations, then the flight crew can perform an
automatic landing. If the tower reports a surface wind speed beyond the limits, the flight
crew can only perform a CAT I or CAT II automatic approach without autoland.

MINIMUM HEIGHT FOR USE OF THE AUTOPILOT

Ident.: LIM-22-FGS-00018086.0003001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 106693)

The autopilot can be used with the following minimum values:

At takeoff At least 5 s after lift-off
After manual go-around 100 ft AGL
In approach with F-G/S mode 200 ft AGL
In approach with V/S or FPA mode 200 ft AGL
In approach with G/S mode and APPR1 on FMA 160 ft AGL
In all other flight phases 500 ft AGL
0 ft AGL if autoland
In approach with G/S mode and one of the following on FMA
‐ LAND1
‐ LAND2
‐ LAND3 SINGLE
‐ LAND3 DUAL.
In approach with APP-DES mode 200 ft AGL

The use of AP or FD in OP DES or DES mode is not permitted if FCU altitude is set below
MDA(H)/DA(H) or 500 ft AGL, whichever is higher.

CAT II / CAT III OPERATIONS

Ident.: LIM-22-FGS-00022662.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

CATEGORY II AUTOMATIC APPROACH WITH OR WITHOUT AUTOMATIC LANDING

Minimum decision height: 100 ft.
One AP at least must be engaged in APPR mode and LAND2, LAND3 SINGLE or LAND3 DUAL
capability must be displayed on FMA.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FGS P 2/4

AFM ← B to D → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT GUIDANCE SYSTEM

CATEGORY III WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT (FAIL PASSIVE) AUTOMATIC APPROACH WITH

AUTOMATIC LANDING
Minimum decision height: 50 ft.
One AP at least must be engaged in APPR mode and LAND3 SINGLE or LAND3 DUAL capability
must be displayed on FMA.
CATEGORY III WITH DH BELOW OR NO DH (FAIL OPERATIONAL) AUTOMATIC APPROACH
WITH AUTOMATIC LANDING
Decision height: Below 50 ft or no DH.
Alert height: 200 ft.
Two AP must be engaged in APPR mode and LAND3 DUAL capability must be displayed on FMA.
The autopilots must remain engaged until the end of the ROLL OUT.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FGS P 3/4

AFM ←D 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLIGHT GUIDANCE SYSTEM

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-FGS P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BRAKE TO VACATE (BTV)

BRAKE TO VACATE (BTV)

Ident.: LIM-22-BTV-00018197.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

OPERATING LIMITATIONS
BTV is approved for dry and wet runways only.
The use of BTV is prohibited on contaminated runways.
ELECTRONIC CHART LIMITATION
Electronic airport chart may be used for in-flight Landing Distance Available (LDA) crosscheck
provided that LDA of electronic airport chart have been established similar (i.e. difference between
the LDA must not exceed 35 m) to the one of the published airport chart.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-BTV P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BRAKE TO VACATE (BTV)

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-BTV P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 RUNWAY OVERRUN WARNING / RUNWAY
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
OVERRUN PROTECTION (ROW/ROP)

RUNWAY OVERRUN WARNING / RUNWAY OVERRUN PROTECTION (ROW/ROP)

Ident.: LIM-22-ROPS-00018199.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

ROW/ROP is calculated for dry and wet runways only, with thrust reversers availability and without
failure affecting landing performance.
The absence of ROW alert during approach must not affect flight crew’s judgement of conditions and
reaction to other cues that would indicate that a go-around must be performed.
In the case of runway not validated for ROW/ROP in the TAWS database, ROW/ROP is inoperative.
The flight crew must be informed of any runway along the scheduled route for which ROW/ROP is
inoperative.
Operations where the ROW landing distance is above the Landing Distance Available (LDA) must
not be conducted unless a specific authorization is obtained from the appropriate authority to
deactivate the ROW/ROP (TERR SYS button set to OFF on the MFD SURV/CONTROLS page)
for these operations. In this case, the flight crew must deactivate the ROW/ROP when the aircraft
position is less than 15 NM from the airfield.
Note: In the case of lateral directional control difficulties at low speed in adverse conditions
(crosswind on the critical side, low runway friction) with a failure leading to asymmetrical
reverse thrust (thrust reverse failure or dispatch with one thrust reverse inoperative), the
flight crew should regain directional control and then, follow SET/KEEP MAX REVERSE
ROP alerts.
CAUTION In case of failure condition affecting landing performance, ROW/ROP must not be
used in-flight to substitute to AFM determination of landing distance.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-ROPS P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 RUNWAY OVERRUN WARNING / RUNWAY
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
OVERRUN PROTECTION (ROW/ROP)

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-22-ROPS P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SATCOM COCKPIT VOICE FOR ATC

Ident.: LIM-23-00021143.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The "SATCOM Cockpit Voice for ATC" application has been demonstrated to comply with
the airworthiness requirements contained in FAA AC 20-150A as one of the two Long Range
Communication Systems (LRCS).
Note: Compliance with the applicable airworthiness requirement does not constitute an
operational approval. Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the
appropriate authorities.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-23 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-23 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL AND ADDITIVE SPECIFICATIONS

Ident.: LIM-28-00017949.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The fuel system has been certified with: JET A, JET A1, JP5, JP8, N° 3 Jet Fuel, RT and TS-1.
Note: 1. See engine model specification (Rolls-Royce Trent XWB-84)
2. Refer to Airbus Consumable Material List (CML) Part 1 / S01-Fuels at the latest issue for
approved fuel specifications.

USABLE FUEL
Ident.: LIM-28-00017956.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The maximum usable fuel is limited by the maximum fuel quantity, because the maximum fuel weight
depends on the fuel density.
Tanks Fuel Quantity
Left and Right Wing Tanks (each) 29 924 l 7 905 US Gal
Center Tank 80 947 l 21 384 US Gal
Total 140 795 l 37 194 US Gal
Fuel Density
Tanks 0.785 kg/l 6.55 lb/US Gal
Fuel Weight
Left and Right Wing Tanks (each) 23 490 kg 51 786 lb
Center Tank 63 543 kg 140 088 lb
Total 110 523 kg 243 660 lb

Note: When the quantity indications reach "zero" the remaining fuel cannot safely be used.

FUEL IMBALANCE
Ident.: LIM-28-00017972.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The following table gives the maximum permitted wing fuel imbalance at takeoff, in flight and at
landing.
Tanks Maximum Asymmetry
Left Tank / Right tank 3 000 kg 6 613 lb

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-28 P 1/2

AFM A to C 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL TEMPERATURE LIMITS

Ident.: LIM-28-00017976.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

MINIMUM:
The minimum fuel temperature is the warmer one of: the fuel freezing point or -54 °C.
MAXIMUM:
JET A, JET A1, JP5, JP8, N°3 Jet Fuel, RT and TS-1: +55 °C

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-28 P 2/2

AFM D 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
HYDRAULIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

HYDRAULIC FLUID
Ident.: LIM-29-00016629.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

FLUID SPECIFICATIONS
Refer to NSA 307–110 (latest issue).

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-29 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
HYDRAULIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-29 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
INDICATING / RECORDING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

VERTICAL DISPLAY
Ident.: LIM-31-00018072.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The Vertical Display (VD) is provided for advisory purpose only. It is not a primary means of vertical
navigation.

OPERATOR ECAM CUSTOMIZATION

Ident.: LIM-31-00019166.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The ECAM may display flight crew checklists and procedures that have been modified by the
operator using the Operator Customized ECAM Database.
The Operator Customized ECAM Database must be developed in accordance with the requirements
and recommendations provided in the Airbus document “Requirements and guidelines for
A350 ECAM customization by Airlines" reference V3150PP1300620 (certification reference
00V315P0017/C09) at the latest issue.
Authorization to use this ECAM customization must be obtained by the operator from the appropriate
authority.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-31 P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
INDICATING / RECORDING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-31 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TIRE SPEED
Ident.: LIM-32-00016435.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum tire speed: 204 kt (ground speed).

LANDING GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION RESET

Ident.: LIM-32-00021056.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The landing gear gravity extension reset function must not be used in flight.
CAUTION The landing gear gravity extension must be reset only on ground by maintenance
personnel.

BRAKED PIVOT TURN

Ident.: LIM-32-00021475.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Braked pivot turn is prohibited.

PARKING BRAKE
Ident.: LIM-32-00021476.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Use of parking brake while aircraft is moving is prohibited unless in emergency.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-32 P 1/2

AFM A to D 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-32 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (IRS)

Ident.: LIM-34-00017750.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The IRS has been demonstrated to comply with the position accuracy criteria of FAA AC 20-138C
and FAR 121 Appendix G for flight time up to 22 h (i.e. in excess of the aircraft endurance).
Ground alignment of the IRS is possible in latitudes between 82 ° North and 78.25 ° South.
In NAV mode, the IR will not provide valid magnetic heading and magnetic track angle:
‐ North of 82 ° North
‐ North of 73 ° North between 90 ° and 120 ° West (magnetic polar region)
‐ South of 60 ° South.
When flying at latitudes beyond these limits, TRUE reference must be selected.

REDUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION MINIMUM (RVSM)

Ident.: LIM-34-00020940.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Aircraft have been certified capable to perform RVSM operations according to JAA TGL 6 and FAA
91-RVSM requirements.
Note: Compliance with the standards noted above does not constitute an operational approval.
Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the appropriate authorities.

TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WARNING SYSTEM (TAWS)

Ident.: LIM-34-00018093.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

A list of areas where no terrain data are available along the scheduled route should be made
available to the flight crew.
Aircraft navigation is not to be predicated upon the use of the terrain display.
The terrain display is intended to serve as a situation awareness tool only, and may not provide the
accuracy on which to solely base terrain avoidance maneuvering.
The TAWS database, display, and alerting algorithms currently do not account for all man made
obstructions.
Note: The airworthiness approval of TAWS is based on the assumptions that the TAWS database
is compliant with DO-200A DPAL 2.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-34 P 1/4

AFM A to C → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

The TAWS predictive function should be inhibited (TERR SYS switched to OFF on MFD SURV
CONTROLS page):
‐ for operations from/to runways not incorporated into the TAWS database
‐ for specific approach procedures which have previously been identified as potentially producing
false terrain alerts when the aircraft position is less than 15 NM from the airfield.

MODE S TRANSPONDER ENHANCED SURVEILLANCE

Ident.: LIM-34-00018133.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The transponder mode S Enhanced Surveillance (EHS) has been demonstrated to comply
with airworthiness requirements contained in ICAO Doc 7030/4 and requirements of
[Link]/EHS for elementary and enhanced surveillance in designated European airspace.
The transponder mode S extended squitter, Automatic Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS-B)
Out function, has been demonstrated to comply with airworthiness requirements for ADS-B Out in
Non-Radar Areas and Radar Areas contained in Commission Regulation (EU) No 1207/2011 and
[Link] (covering AMC 20-24), U.S. 14 CFR 91.227 and AC 20-165A. This approval is
based on standards, descriptions, operational procedures and limitations contained in "AESS ADS-B
Out Capability Declaration" document certification reference V34RP1415394 (certification reference
00V347P0010/C0S) at the latest issue.
Note: 1. Direct ATC controller-pilot VHF voice communications must be available to conduct
ADS-B Out operations in Non-Radar Areas.
2. Compliance with the above does not constitute an operational approval. Such
authorization must be obtained by the operator from the appropriate authorities.

AIRPORT NAVIGATION FUNCTION (ANF)

Ident.: LIM-34-00019111.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

AIRPORT DATABASE
The approval of the functions that use the airport database (e.g. Airport Navigation Function,
Brake To Vacate, Takeoff Surveillance) are based on the following assumptions:
‐ The airport database provider has obtained a Letter of Acceptance (LoA) of type 2, or an
equivalent means of compliance as defined by airworthiness authorities, and
‐ The airport database complies with the document A350XWB Airbus Data Quality Requirements
(DQR) and Detailed Specifications for Airport Database, reference V3438RP1344363, issue 02
or subsequent issues.
OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS
The use of the airport moving map is approved for certain flight phases only.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-34 P 2/4

AFM ← C to E → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Note: Direct visual observation out of the cockpit windows remains the primary means of
taxiing. The flight crew must always use external reference indications during aircraft taxi.
They must never use the ANF instead of these external reference indications.
TAXI
The use of the airport moving map is authorized on both PF and PM displays.
TAKEOFF
The use of the airport moving map is not authorized on PF display.
GO-AROUND, CRUISE, DESCENT AND APPROACH UNTIL TOUCHDOWN
The use of the airport moving map is authorized on either PF or PM display for BTV.
ROLL OUT AFTER TOUCHDOWN
The use of the airport moving map is authorized on both PF and PM displays.

WEATHER RADAR
Ident.: LIM-34-00021232.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Airworthiness approval of RDR-4000 weather radar is based on the assumption that RDR-4000
terrain database is compliant with DO-200A DPAL 2.

ADS-B TRAFFIC
Ident.: LIM-34-00022645.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 106686)

The Automatic Dependant Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B) Traffic function with Enhanced Traffic
Situational Awareness (ATSA-AIRB), Enhanced Visual Separation on Approach (ATSA-VSA), and
In-Trail Procedure in Oceanic Airspace (ATSA-ITP) applications has been demonstrated to comply
with requirements of ED159/160/164.
This approval is based on standards, descriptions, operational procedures and limitations contained
in "ATSAW Aircraft capability declaration" document certification reference 00V347P0028-CO2 at the
latest issue.
Note: 1. Compliance with the above statement does not constitute an operational approval. Such
authorization must be obtained by the operator from the appropriate authorities.
2. The ADS-B Traffic function does not supersede air traffic control or navigation systems
and references.
3. The ADS-B Traffic function is an awareness tool only, the flight crew refer to TCAS for
collision avoidance purposes.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-34 P 3/4

AFM ← E to G 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-34 P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELECTRONIC FLIGHT BAG

Ident.: LIM-46-00017885.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The Electronic Flight Bag (EFB) system is approved only as an installed EFB resource.
The definition of the Portable Electronic Device (PED) used for EFB operations, and obtaining its
approval are under the responsibility of the operator.
The airworthiness approval is based on the assumption that:
‐ EFB resources are used in accordance with Airbus document reference 00V462P5002/C02 and
either EASA AMC 20-25 or FAA Advisory Circular 120-76 at the latest issue.
‐ the PED and its associated applications are developed and justified in accordance with Airbus
document reference 00V462P5002/C02 and either EASA AMC 20-25 or FAA Advisory Circular
120-76 at the latest issue.
Note: Compliance with the above limitation does not constitute an authorization to use the EFB.
Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the appropriate authorities.

FLY SMART WITH AIRBUS NEW GENERATION (FSA-NG)

Ident.: LIM-46-00017936.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Fly Smart with Airbus New Generation (FSA-NG) has been approved only as a host platform (i.e
without applications installed) with regards to operational applications.
This airworthiness approval is based on the assumption that all applications will be developed
and justified in accordance with the recommendations provided in Airbus document "FSA-NG
configurations integrated by Airbus" ref V46RP1424419 at the latest issue and either EASA AMC
20-25 or FAA Advisory Circular 120-76 at the latest issue.
The authorization to install any application into the FSA-NG must be obtained by the operator from
the appropriate authorities.

FANS - ATC DATALINK APPLICATION SYSTEM

Ident.: LIM-46-00020945.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 104998)

The ATC datalink communication system and its applications have been demonstrated to comply
with airworthiness requirements contained in:
‐ FAA AC 20-140B
‐ EASA AMC 20-09
‐ EASA AMC 20-10

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-46 P 1/4

AFM A to C → 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

‐ EASA AMC 20-11

‐ COMMISSION REGULATION (EC) No 29/2009.
Each application has been demonstrated to comply with airworthiness requirements as follows:
ICAO
designator
Network of aircraft Applications Demonstrated compliance with Limitations
datalink
system
AFN (2)
‐ ED 100A/DO 258A (1)
CPDLC ‐ ED 154A/DO 305A
FANS 1/A + (2)
‐ ED 122 (and its Change 1)/DO 306 (and its Change 1)
ADS-C As requested by FAA AC 20-140B
(2)

ACARS
ED 85A, as requested by AMC 20-09 and FAA AC
ATS 623 DCL
20-140B
ACARS ATS ATS 623 OCL ED 106A, as requested by FAA AC 20-140B (2)

ATS 623 ED 89A, as requested by AMC 20-10 and FAA AC

D-ATIS 20-140B
CM
‐ ED 110B/DO 280B, completed by Eurocontrol
Specification on Datalink Services (EUROCONTROL
SPEC 0116)
‐ ED 154A/DO 305A
ATN ATN B1 (3)
CPDLC ‐ ED 120 (and its Changes 1 & 2)/DO 290 (and its
Changes 1 & 2)
As requested by FAA AC 20-140B, AMC 20-11 and
COMMISSION REGULATION (EC) No 29/2009
(1)  For surveillance where CPDLC is operable with ACARS, CPDLC Position Reporting can be used in
a non ADS-C environment.
(2) 
In environments where AFN, CPDLC, ADS-C, and ATS623 applications are operable with ACARS:
‐ Voice communication must be available as a backup to ATC datalink communication
‐ The ATC datalink applications are operable when flying in an airspace covered by
VHF/HF/SATCOM and where ATC centers are capable of datalink. VHF or SATCOM datalink
are the primary means for ATC datalink. HF datalink is used as a supplementary mean for ATC
datalink.
(3) 
In environments where CM and CPDLC are operable with ATN:
‐ Voice communication remains the primary means of communication
‐ The CPDLC is only available when flying in an airspace with a VDL (VHF Data Link) Mode 2
coverage and where the ATC centers within the airspace are capable of ATN datalink.

Each application has been demonstrated to comply with performance requirements as follows:

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-46 P 2/4

AFM ←C→ 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ICAO designator
Network of aircraft Applications Sub-network ATC datalink performance
datalink system
‐ VDL Mode A/2
RCP 240
CPDLC ‐ SATCOM
HFDL RCP 400
ACARS FANS 1/A +
‐ VDL Mode A/2
RSP 180
ADS-C ‐ SATCOM
RSP 400
‐ HFDL
Initial Continental Performance
ATN ATN B1 CPDLC VDL Mode 2 (1)

(1)  Initial Continental Performance corresponds to performance requirements as defined by ED 120.

Aircraft systems are compliant with RCP/RSP requirements allocated to aircraft as prescribed by
FAA AC 20-140B. Nevertheless, some ANSPs may decide to exclude sub-network as acceptable
means for a given RCP/RSP specification (e.g. HF may not be considered as acceptable for RSP
180 in some regions).
Compliance with the above does not constitute an operational approval. Such authorization must be
obtained by the operator from the appropriate authorities.
This approval is based on assumptions and requirements contained in "A350XWB FANS A+B
Function Airworthiness Approval Summary" document reference 00V462P0025/C02 at the latest
issue for:
‐ The ATC environment and procedures
‐ The end-to-end interoperability, safety and performance.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-46 P 3/4

AFM ←C 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-46 P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU)

Ident.: LIM-49-00014683.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

One Honeywell HGT1700.

APU PARAMETERS
Maximum Indicated EGT: 680 °C.
Maximum Rotor Speed: 106 %.
OIL SPECIFICATIONS
Type I : MIL-PRF-7808.
Type II : MIL-PRF-23699.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-49 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-49 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 LIMITATIONS
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MAIN ENGINES
Ident.: LIM-70-00016630.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

Two Rolls Royce Trent XWB-84 engines.

ENGINE PARAMETERS
Ident.: LIM-70-00016631.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

ENG Indicated Maximum Rotor Speed

Operating Condition Time Limit
EGT Limit N1 N2 N3
700 °C
Starting (1) on ground — — —
850 °C in flight
Maximum Continuous None 850 °C — — —
Normal 5 min
Takeoff and
One 900 °C 98.1 % 100 % 97.4 %
Go–Around 10 min
ENG Out
(1)  Two consecutive cycles, each of 3 min duration maximum, plus one additional cycle of 1 min. After

3 cycles, wait 30 min before attempting a new start.

CROSSWIND
Ident.: LIM-70-00016632.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Engine crosswind limit:

‐ At takeoff: 35 kt (gust included)
‐ At landing: 40 kt (gust included).

REVERSE THRUST
Ident.: LIM-70-00016633.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

In flight, intentional selection of reverse thrust is prohibited.

On ground, backing the airplane with the use of thrust reverser is not permitted.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-70 P 1/4

AFM A to D 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

OIL
Ident.: LIM-70-00016634.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

SPECIFICATION
Rolls Royce Operating Instruction Appendix (latest issue)
MINIMUM PRESSURE
25 PSI
MINIMUM TEMPERATURE
‐ -40 °C for engine start
‐ 50 °C with thrust levers above IDLE.
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
180 °C

REDUCED THRUST TAKEOFF

Ident.: LIM-70-00016635.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Takeoff at reduced thrust is permitted only if the aircraft meets all performance requirements at the
takeoff weight, with the operating engines at the thrust available for the flex temperature.
Takeoff at reduced thrust is permitted with any inoperative item affecting the performance only if the
associated performance shortfall has been applied to meet the above requirements.
Note: Allowed inoperative items may be identified through DISPATCH WITH INOPERATIVE
ITEMS chapter of the AFM (Refer to APP-INOP General) or through MMEL Refer to
MMEL/MI-00-03 Introduction to the MMEL.
Takeoff at reduced thrust is not allowed on contaminated runways.
The flex temperature must not be:
‐ Above ISA +60 °C
‐ Below the flat rating temperature or actual OAT.
Takeoff at reduced thrust is not allowed unless the operator establishes a means to verify the
availability of takeoff thrust, to ensure that engine deterioration does not exceed authorized limits.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-70 P 2/4

AFM E to F 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

GO-AROUND SOFT MODE

Ident.: LIM-70-00022642.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107050)

The use of go-around soft mode is prohibited with one engine inoperative.

OPERATIONS IN ICING CONDITIONS

Ident.: LIM-70-00016636.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The engine anti-ice must be ON during all ground and flight operations when icing conditions exist or
are anticipated, except during climb and cruise when the temperature is below -40 °C SAT.
The engine anti-ice must be ON before and during descent in icing conditions, including
temperatures below -40 °C SAT.
Note: Do not rely on airframe visual icing cues to turn engine anti-ice on. Use the temperature
and visual moisture criteria specified in the icing conditions definition (Refer to LIM-GEN
Icing Conditions Definition).
Delaying the use of engine anti-ice until buildup is visible from the cockpit may result in
severe engine damage and/or flameout.

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-70 P 3/4

AFM G to H 06 AUG 15
 LIMITATIONS
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET LIM-70 P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Intentionally left blank
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

EMER-GEN GENERAL
Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................A
Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure............................................................................ B
Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure............................................................................ C

EMER-21 AIR COND / PRESS / VENT

CAB PRESS - EXCESS CAB ALT......................................................................................................................... A
CAB PRESS - EXCESS DIFF PRESS................................................................................................................... B
CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF PRESS................................................................................................C
CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF PRESS................................................................................................D
CAB PRESS - EXCESS RESIDUAL DIFF PRESS................................................................................................ E

EMER-24 ELECTRICAL
ELEC - EMER CONFIG.......................................................................................................................................... A

EMER-26 FIRE / SMOKE

General.....................................................................................................................................................................A
APU FIRE................................................................................................................................................................ B
ENG FIRE................................................................................................................................................................C
SMOKE/FUMES.......................................................................................................................................................D
SMOKE / FUMES.................................................................................................................................................... E
MLG BAY FIRE........................................................................................................................................................F
SMOKE - CARGO SMOKE.....................................................................................................................................G
SMOKE - FLT(CABIN) REST SMOKE................................................................................................................... H
SMOKE - IFE BAY SMOKE..................................................................................................................................... I
SMOKE - L(R) AVNCS SMOKE.............................................................................................................................. J
SMOKE - LAVATORY SMOKE............................................................................................................................... K
SMOKE - PAX BBAND SMOKE..............................................................................................................................L

EMER-27 FLIGHT CONTROLS

F/CTL - FLAPS LEVER NOT ZERO.......................................................................................................................A

EMER-29 HYDRAULIC
HYD - G+Y SYS PRESS LO.................................................................................................................................. A
HYD - G SYS OVHT............................................................................................................................................... B
HYD - Y SYS OVHT............................................................................................................................................... C

EMER-32 LANDING GEAR

L/G - GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN........................................................................................................................A
LOSS OF BRAKING................................................................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-PLP-TOC P 1/2

AFM 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

EMER-34 NAVIGATION
NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATIONS.................................................................................................... A
NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION...................................................................................................... B

EMER-36 PNEUMATIC
AIR - BLEED LEAK................................................................................................................................................. A

EMER-70 POWER PLANT

ENG - ALL ENGs FLAME OUT.............................................................................................................................. A
ENG - N1 OVER LIMIT...........................................................................................................................................B
ENG - N2 OVER LIMIT...........................................................................................................................................C
ENG - N3 OVER LIMIT...........................................................................................................................................D
ENG - OIL PRESS LO............................................................................................................................................ E
ENG - THR LEVER ABOVE IDLE.......................................................................................................................... F
ENG - TURBINE OVHT.......................................................................................................................................... G

EMER-90 MISCELLANEOUS
MISC - DITCHING................................................................................................................................................... A
MISC - DITCHING................................................................................................................................................... B
MISC - FORCED LANDING....................................................................................................................................C
MISC - FORCED LANDING....................................................................................................................................D
MISC - EMER DESCENT....................................................................................................................................... E
MISC - EMER EVAC............................................................................................................................................... F
STALL RECOVERY................................................................................................................................................ G
EMERGENCY LANDING (ALL ENGINES FAILURE).............................................................................................H

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-PLP-TOC P 2/2

AFM 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: EMER-GEN-00017740.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The procedures contained in this chapter have been established and are recommended by the
aircraft manufacturer for application in the event of a serious failure.
The following important remarks apply:
1. It is assumed that, in general, all failures are indicated by the operation of specific system warning
and/or by direct observation.
2. The actions recommended may result in the loss of certain systems not associated with the failure.
3. For LAND ASAP definition: Refer to GEN-DEF LAND ASAP Definition.
When actions depend on a condition, a dot (•) or a square (■) identifies the condition. The square is
used when there is a choice between one or more conditions and only one is applicable.
These procedures are approved by the Airworthiness Authorities as acceptable procedures for
operation of the aircraft. This approval does not prevent the operator from developing equivalent
procedures provided these procedures are approved by the appropriate operational authorities.
In the case of discrepancy between procedures displayed on the ECAM and procedures stated in
this AFM, the AFM procedures always have priority.
Unless otherwise specified in the procedures, the minimum speed to be used for approach and
landing is the VLS corresponding to the configuration requested by the procedure.
Note: VLS, when mentioned in a procedure, is the one corresponding to the configuration
requested by the procedure (e.g. if the procedure requests to use FLAPS 2, take VLS of
CONF 2).

LANDING DISTANCE DETERMINATION IN THE CASE OF IN-FLIGHT FAILURE

Ident.: TDU / EMER-GEN-00022974.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: 00017754 Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure
Belongs to TR58 Issue 1

RUNWAY CONDITION DETERMINATION

Landing distance determination must not only be based on Estimated Surface Friction (Mu) or Pilot
Reports of Braking Action (PiRep) or similar qualitative information.
The flight crew shall obtain the runway condition or/and the depth and type of runway contaminant
to make the basic assessment of actual condition.
Landing distance determination must not consider a better braking action than the one related to
the runway condition.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-GEN P 1/4

AFM A to B → 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Runway Condition Maximum Reported Braking Action

Dry 6 - DRY
Wet 5 - GOOD
Compacted Snow 4 - GOOD to MEDIUM
More than 3 mm of Dry or Wet Snow 3 - MEDIUM
More than 3 mm of Standing Water or Slush 2 - MEDIUM to POOR
Ice (Cold and Dry) 1 - POOR

LANDING DISTANCE DETERMINATION

The landing distance to be applied in the case of failure is the Operational Landing Distance
(OLD). The OLD can be determined by selecting the failure case in the IN-FLIGHT FAILURE field
of the AFM_OCTO interface, using the database given in the PERFORMANCE chapter of this
manual (Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database), combined with:
‐ [Link] file, using AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1 or higher, or
‐ [Link] file, using AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1 or higher.
Note: 1. For aircraft equipped with FWS standard S3/5 (Mod 107655), only the approved
[Link] file must be used for landing distance calculation.
2. When using AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1, OLD on dry runway
must be calculated by selecting the Reported Braking Action ("6-DRY") instead of
Runway State for the following case of failure:
‐ HYD G+Y SYS PRESS LO (Refer to EMER-29 HYD - G+Y SYS PRESS LO).
3. If the failure leads to a CG more forward than the maximum forward CG limit, then the
OLD has to be computed by considering the maximum forward CG limit.

LANDING DISTANCE DETERMINATION IN THE CASE OF IN-FLIGHT FAILURE

Ident.: EMER-GEN-00017754.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022974 Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure

RUNWAY CONDITION DETERMINATION

Landing distance determination must not only be based on Estimated Surface Friction (Mu) or Pilot
Reports of Braking Action (PiRep) or similar qualitative information.
The flight crew shall obtain the runway condition or/and the depth and type of runway contaminant
to make the basic assessment of actual condition.
Landing distance determination must not consider a better braking action than the one related to
the runway condition.
Runway Condition Maximum Reported Braking Action
Dry 6 - DRY
Wet 5 - GOOD
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-GEN P 2/4

AFM ← B to C → 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

Runway Condition Maximum Reported Braking Action
Compacted Snow 4 - GOOD to MEDIUM
More than 3 mm of Dry or Wet Snow 3 - MEDIUM
More than 3 mm of Standing Water or Slush 2 - MEDIUM to POOR
Ice (Cold and Dry) 1 - POOR

LANDING DISTANCE DETERMINATION

The landing distance to be applied in the case of failure is the Operational Landing Distance
(OLD). The OLD can be determined by selecting the failure case in the IN-FLIGHT FAILURE field
of the AFM_OCTO interface, using the database given in the PERFORMANCE chapter of this
manual (Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database), combined with [Link] file, using
AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1 or higher.
Note: 1. When using AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1, OLD on dry runway
must be calculated by selecting the Reported Braking Action ("6-DRY") instead of
Runway State for the following case of failure:
‐ HYD G+Y SYS PRESS LO (Refer to EMER-29 HYD - G+Y SYS PRESS LO).
2. If the failure leads to a CG more forward than the maximum forward CG limit, then the
OLD has to be computed by considering the maximum forward CG limit.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-GEN P 3/4

AFM ←C 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-GEN P 4/4

AFM 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
AIR COND / PRESS / VENT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

CAB PRESS - EXCESS CAB ALT

Ident.: EMER-21-00017959.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If above FL 100:
Use crew oxygen masks.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
 If above FL 160:
Set both thrust levers to idle.
Extend full speed brakes.
Descend at the maximum appropriate speed.
CAUTION If structural damage is suspected, reduce speed as appropriate and
maneuver with care.
Notify ATC.
Consider SQUAWK 7700.
Consider ATC COM emergency message.
 If cabin altitude above 14 000 ft:
Manually confirm passengers oxygen masks on.
 When descent established:
Set crew oxygen masks dilution to normal position.
 When cabin differential pressure below 2 PSI and flight level below FL 100 or MEA-MORA
Turn on RAM AIR.

CAB PRESS - EXCESS DIFF PRESS

Ident.: EMER-21-00017960.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight:
Turn off both packs.
Apply pack 1+2 fault procedure. Refer to ABN-21 AIR - PACK 1+2 FAULT

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-21 P 1/2

AFM A to B 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
AIR COND / PRESS / VENT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF PRESS

Ident.: EMER-21-00017961.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022950 CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF PRESS

Immediately level off the aircraft.

Turn on RAM AIR.

CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF PRESS

Ident.: TDU / EMER-21-00022950.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017961 CAB PRESS - EXCESS NEGATIVE DIFF PRESS
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Immediately level off the aircraft.

 If automatic opening of the Emergency Ram Air Inlet (ERAI) is not successful:
Turn on RAM AIR.

CAB PRESS - EXCESS RESIDUAL DIFF PRESS

Ident.: EMER-21-00017962.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Alert cabin crew.

Turn off both packs.
Check residual cabin differential pressure before opening any cabin door.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-21 P 2/2

AFM C to E 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - EMER CONFIG

Ident.: EMER-24-00017233.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ASAP
Manually confirm RAT on.
Minimum RAT speed: 140 kt.
 If the flight crew did not activate SMOKE/FUMES procedure:
Turn off then on all generators one after the other.
 If no generator reset successful:
Set the BUS TIE to OFF.
Turn off then on all generators one after the other.
Set the BUS TIE to ON.
Consider using APU.
Set WXR to SYS 2.
Set XPDR/TCAS to SYS 2.
Set FMS to BOTH ON 1.
Set AIR FLOW to HI.
Set ventilation AVNCS EXTRACT to OVRD.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
Note: 1. Wing anti-ice is inoperative. Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF.
2. If all landing gears are already locked down when the alert appears, the
retraction of landing gear is not possible.
3. The only available barometric reference for the first officer is STD.
4. Center tank fuel is unusable.
5. Only ATC and company voice communications are available.
6. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
 For approach and landing:
 If landing gear not locked down when the alert appears:
Extend landing gear by gravity, Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION.
Note: 1. Part spoilers are inoperative.
2. Nosewheel steering is inoperative.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-24 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-24 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: EMER-26-00017604.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Whenever fire is encountered on the aircraft, it is recommended to land as soon as possible at the
nearest airport at which a safe landing can be made.
After conducting any fire suppression/smoke evacuation procedure, even though smoke has
dissipated, if it has not or cannot be visibly verified that the fire has been put out, immediately land at
the nearest airport at which a safe landing can be made.
The flight crew should always use the oxygen mask in its emergency mode whenever a hand held
fire extinguisher is to be discharged in the cockpit or when required because of smoke accumulation.

APU FIRE
Ident.: EMER-26-00017583.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ASAP
Push APU FIRE pushbutton.
Turn off APU bleed.
 If fire not extinguished after 10 s:
Discharge AGENT.
Shut down APU.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 1/14

AFM A to B 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG FIRE
Ident.: EMER-26-00017584.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight:
LAND ASAP
Shut down affected engine.
Push affected engine FIRE pushbutton.
Turn off affected engine bleed (if not automatically done).
 If engine 1 is affected, in case of abnormal bleed configuration:
Turn off APU bleed.
Note: The APU bleed must not be used.
 If fire not extinguished after 10 s:
Discharge AGENT 1.
Notify ATC.
 If fire not extinguished after 30 s:
Discharge AGENT 2.
Close crossbleed.
 On ground:
Set all thrust levers to idle.
 When aircraft stopped:
Set parking brake to ON.
Notify ATC.
Alert cabin crew.
Shut down affected engine.
Push affected engine FIRE pushbutton.
Discharge all fire agents of the affected engine.
Shut down the other engine and the APU.
Push all FIRE pushbuttons (engine and APU).
Turn off affected engine bleed (if not automatically done).
 If evacuation required:
Initiate evacuation.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 2/14

AFM C→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page ENG FIRE

Turn off all batteries.
 If evacuation not required:
Advise cabin crew.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 3/14

AFM ←C 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SMOKE/FUMES
Ident.: TDU / EMER-26-00022838.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017487 SMOKE/FUMES
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

LAND ASAP
Use crew oxygen masks as required.
Turn off cabin fans.
Set avionics ventilation extract to OVRD.
Increase pack flow to HI.
Turn off PAX SYS.
Turn off galleys.
Isolate all cargo ventilations.
Turn on cabin signs.
Establish communication between cockpit and cabin.
Try to identify the faulty equipment.
 If smoke source immediately obvious, accessible and extinguishable:
Isolate the smoke source.
 If smoke source not immediately isolated:
Initiate diversion.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.
 At any time of the procedure, if situation becomes unmanageable:
Consider landing immediately.
 If smoke suspected from air conditioning, or smoke source cannot be determined:
Turn off APU bleed.
Close the air crossbleed.
Turn off pack 1.
 If smoke continues:
Turn on pack 1.
Turn off pack 2.
 If smoke persists:
Turn on pack 2.
Set the air crossbleed to automatic.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 4/14

AFM D→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page SMOKE/FUMES

 If smoke suspected from cabin equipment, or smoke source cannot be determined and
still continues:
Turn on emergency exit lights.
Turn off COMMERCIAL 1 and 2.
Check smoke dissipation and try to identify and isolate faulty equipment.
 If smoke persists, or faulty equipment identified and isolated:
Turn on COMMERCIAL 1 and 2.
 If smoke stops:
Continue ECAM.
 If smoke source cannot be determined and still continues, or electrical smoke suspected
from the left avionics side:
For communications, VHF 1 and VHF 2 are available.
Check both generators on side 2 are on.
Set WXR/XPDR/TCAS to SYS 2.
Select FMS 2 for both sides
Turn off the APU generator.
Set SIDE 1&2 ISOL to ON.
 If no fuel leaks:
Open both fuel crossfeed valves.
Set the MACH/SPD pushbutton to SPD.
Maximum speed: current speed.
Turn off both generators on side 1.
Check smoke dissipation.
 If smoke continues:
Turn on both generators on side 1.
Select FMS 1 for both sides.
For communications, only VHF 1 is available.
Set WXR/XPDR/TCAS to SYS 1.
Turn off both generators on side 2.
Check smoke dissipation.
 If smoke persists:
Turn on both generators on side 2.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 5/14

AFM ←D→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page SMOKE/FUMES

Set SIDE 1&2 ISOL to OFF.
Turn on the APU generator.
Revert FMS to normal.
For communications, VHF 1, VHF 2 and VHF 3 are available.
Close both fuel crossfeed valves.
 If smoke stops:
Avoid icing conditions.
Continue ECAM.
 5 min before landing:
Consider setting all generators back to ON.
 After landing:
Set all generators on suspected side to OFF.
 If electrical smoke suspected from right avionics side:
For communications, only VHF 1 is available.
Check both generators on side 1 are on.
Check WXR/XPDR/TCAS are on SYS 1.
Select FMS 1 for both sides.
Turn off the APU generator.
Set SIDE 1&2 ISOL to ON.
 If no fuel leaks:
Open both fuel crossfeed valves.
Turn off both generators on side 2.
Check smoke dissipation.
 If smoke continues:
Turn on both generators on side 2.
For communications, VHF 1 and VHF 2 are available.
Set WXR/XPDR/TCAS to SYS 2.
Select FMS 2 for both sides.
Set the MACH/SPD pushbutton to SPD.
Maximum speed: current speed.
Turn off both generators on side 1.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 6/14

AFM ←D→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page SMOKE/FUMES

Check smoke dissipation.
 If smoke persists:
Turn on both generators on side 1.
Set SIDE 1&2 ISOL to OFF.
Turn on the APU generator.
Select FMS to normal.
For communications, VHF 1, VHF 2 and VHF 3 are available.
Close both fuel crossfeed valves.
 If smoke stops:
Avoid icing conditions.
Continue ECAM.
 5 min before landing:
Consider setting all generators back to ON.
 After landing:
Set both generators on suspected side to OFF.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 7/14

AFM ←D 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SMOKE / FUMES
Ident.: EMER-26-00017487.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022838 SMOKE/FUMES

LAND ASAP
Use crew oxygen masks as required.
Turn off cabin fans.
Set avionics ventilation extract to OVRD.
Increase pack flow to HI.
Set cockpit HI VENT to ON.
Turn off PAX SYS.
Turn off galleys.
Isolate all cargo ventilations.
Turn on cabin signs.
Establish communication between cockpit and cabin.
Try to identify the faulty equipment.
 If smoke source immediately obvious, accessible and extinguishable:
Isolate the smoke source.
 If smoke source not immediately isolated:
Initiate diversion.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.
 At any time of the procedure, if situation becomes unmanageable:
Consider landing immediately.
 If smoke suspected from air conditioning, or smoke source cannot be determined:
Turn off APU bleed.
Close the air crossbleed.
Turn off pack 1.
 If smoke continues:
Turn on pack 1.
Turn off pack 2.
 If smoke persists:
Turn on pack 2.
Set the air crossbleed to automatic.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 8/14

AFM E→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page SMOKE / FUMES

 If smoke suspected from cabin equipment, or smoke source cannot be determined and
still continues:
Turn on emergency exit lights.
Turn off COMMERCIAL 1 and 2.
Check smoke dissipation and try to identify and isolate faulty equipment.
 If smoke persists, or faulty equipment identified and isolated:
Turn on COMMERCIAL 1 and 2.
 If smoke stops:
Continue ECAM.
 If smoke source cannot be determined and still continues, or electrical smoke suspected
from the left avionics side:
For communications, VHF 1 and VHF 2 are available.
Check both generators on side 2 are on.
Set WXR/XPDR/TCAS to SYS 2.
Select FMS 2 for both sides
Turn off the APU generator.
Set SIDE 1&2 ISOL to ON.
 If no fuel leaks:
Open both fuel crossfeed valves.
Set the MACH/SPD pushbutton to SPD.
Maximum speed: current speed.
Turn off both generators on side 1.
Check smoke dissipation.
 If smoke continues:
Turn on both generators on side 1.
Select FMS 1 for both sides.
For communications, only VHF 1 is available.
Set WXR/XPDR/TCAS to SYS 1.
Turn off both generators on side 2.
Check smoke dissipation.
 If smoke persists:
Turn on both generators on side 2.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 9/14

AFM ←E→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page SMOKE / FUMES

Set SIDE 1&2 ISOL to OFF.
Turn on the APU generator.
Revert FMS to normal.
For communications, VHF 1, VHF 2 and VHF 3 are available.
Close both fuel crossfeed valves.
 If smoke stops:
Avoid icing conditions.
Continue ECAM.
 5 min before landing:
Consider setting all generators back to ON.
 After landing:
Set all generators on suspected side to OFF.
 If electrical smoke suspected from right avionics side:
For communications, only VHF 1 is available.
Check both generators on side 1 are on.
Check WXR/XPDR/TCAS are on SYS 1.
Select FMS 1 for both sides.
Turn off the APU generator.
Set SIDE 1&2 ISOL to ON.
 If no fuel leaks:
Open both fuel crossfeed valves.
Turn off both generators on side 2.
Check smoke dissipation.
 If smoke continues:
Turn on both generators on side 2.
For communications, VHF 1 and VHF 2 are available.
Set WXR/XPDR/TCAS to SYS 2.
Select FMS 2 for both sides.
Set the MACH/SPD pushbutton to SPD.
Maximum speed: current speed.
Turn off both generators on side 1.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 10/14

AFM ←E→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page SMOKE / FUMES

Check smoke dissipation.
 If smoke persists:
Turn on both generators on side 1.
Set SIDE 1&2 ISOL to OFF.
Turn on the APU generator.
Select FMS to normal.
For communications, VHF 1, VHF 2 and VHF 3 are available.
Close both fuel crossfeed valves.
 If smoke stops:
Avoid icing conditions.
Continue ECAM.
 5 min before landing:
Consider setting all generators back to ON.
 After landing:
Set both generators on suspected side to OFF.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 11/14

AFM ←E 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MLG BAY FIRE

Ident.: EMER-26-00017587.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight:
LAND ASAP
Maximum speed/Mach: VLO/MLO (Refer to LIM-SPD VLO/MLO and VLE/MLE).
 When speed/Mach below VLO/MLO:
Extend landing gear.
Keep landing gear down.
Notify ATC.
 On ground:
Set all thrust levers to idle.
 When aircraft stopped:
Set parking brake to ON.
Notify ATC.
Alert cabin crew.
Shut down all engines.
 If evacuation required:
Initiate evacuation.
Shut down APU.
Turn off all batteries.
 If evacuation not required:
Advise cabin crew.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 12/14

AFM F 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SMOKE - CARGO SMOKE

Ident.: EMER-26-00017589.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ASAP
Turn off affected cargo compartment isolation valves (if installed).
Discharge affected cargo compartment agent.
Note: On ground, discharge agent only if affected cargo door is closed.
Turn off cabin fans.
Increase pack flow to HI.
 If aft/bulk cargo affected:
Turn off bulk cargo heater.
Turn on the signs.
Establish communication between cockpit and cabin.
 On ground:
Disembark passengers before opening cargo doors.

SMOKE - FLT(CABIN) REST SMOKE

Ident.: EMER-26-00017590.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn on emergency exit lights.

Turn off cabin fans.
Increase pack flow to HI.
Establish communication between cockpit and cabin.

SMOKE - IFE BAY SMOKE

Ident.: EMER-26-00017592.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ASAP
Turn off cabin fans.
Increase pack flow to HI.
Turn off IFE center.
Establish communication between cockpit and cabin.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 13/14

AFM G to I 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SMOKE - L(R) AVNCS SMOKE

Ident.: EMER-26-00017593.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Refer to EMER-26 SMOKE/FUMES

SMOKE - LAVATORY SMOKE

Ident.: EMER-26-00017594.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Establish communication between cockpit and cabin.

SMOKE - PAX BBAND SMOKE

Ident.: EMER-26-00017595.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ASAP
Turn off cabin fans.
Increase pack flow to HI.
Turn off Pax BBand.
Establish communication between cockpit and cabin.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-26 P 14/14

AFM J to L 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - FLAPS LEVER NOT ZERO

Ident.: EMER-27-00014529.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set flaps lever to 0.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-27 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-27 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
HYDRAULIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

HYD - G+Y SYS PRESS LO

Ident.: EMER-29-00016637.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ASAP
Note: Flight controls are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)
Turn off hydraulic pumps of both engines (if not already done).
Speed limited to the VFE in abnormal configuration (Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - FLAPS LOCKED for
VFE determination).
Note: 1. Outer flaps extend slowly.
2. Inner flaps are inoperative.
3. Slats extend slowly.
4. Left and right outer ailerons are inoperative.
5. Most spoilers are inoperative.
 For approach and landing:
Use selected speed mode.
Use autobrake.
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
Set TAWS FLAP MODE to OFF.
Extend landing gear by gravity. Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.
Note: 1. Nosewheel steering is inoperative.
2. BTV function may be inoperative.
Consider towing to vacate the runway.
 For go-around:
Maintain slats/flaps configuration.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-29 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
HYDRAULIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

HYD - G SYS OVHT

Ident.: EMER-29-00016638.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off green hydraulic engine driven pumps of both engines.

Isolate the green hydraulic circuit of both engines.
Apply green system low pressure procedure. Refer to ABN-29 HYD - G SYS PRESS LO
 On ground with all engines shut down:
Turn off green electric pump.

HYD - Y SYS OVHT

Ident.: EMER-29-00016639.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off yellow hydraulic engine driven pumps of both engines.

Isolate the yellow hydraulic circuit of both engines.
Apply yellow system low pressure procedure. Refer to ABN-29 HYD - Y SYS PRESS LO
 On ground with all engines shut down:
Turn off yellow electric pump.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-29 P 2/2

AFM B to C 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

L/G - GEAR NOT LOCKED DOWN

Ident.: EMER-32-00014335.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Recycle landing gear.

 If landing gear still not locked down:
Extend landing gear by gravity. Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION.
 If gravity extension not successful:
Maximum speed: 220 kt
Apply landing with abnormal landing gear procedure in accordance with the affected
landing gear:
 If abnormal main landing gear:
Refer to ABN-32 L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL MAIN L/G.
 If abnormal nose landing gear:
Refer to ABN-32 L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL NOSE L/G.

LOSS OF BRAKING
Ident.: EMER-32-00016438.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

This emergency procedure is not displayed on the ECAM, and should be performed by memory if
the braking system does not automatically reconfigure after significant failure.
 If autobrake selected:
Take over brake control with brake pedals.
 If no braking available:
Apply maximum reverse thrust.
Release brake pedals.
Turn off antiskid.
Press brake pedals.
 If still no braking:
Turn on parking brake.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-32 P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-32 P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATIONS

Ident.: TDU / EMER-34-00022911.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017601 NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATIONS
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

 If the safe conduct of the flight is impacted:

Disconnect autopilot.
Disconnect autothrust.
Turn off flight director.
 If below thrust reduction altitude:
Apply TOGA thrust.
Set pitch attitude to 12.5 °.
 If above thrust reduction altitude:
Apply CLB thrust.
Set pitch attitude according to altitude:
Below FL 100 Above FL 100
10 ° 5°

Maintain the slats/flaps in their current configuration.

Check that speed brakes are retracted.
 When airborne:
Retract landing gear.
Check that the autopilot is disconnected.
Check that the autothrust is disconnected.
Check that the flight director is off.
Set AIR DATA switching to BKUP on Pilot Flying (PF) side.
Set the engines above 40 % N1.
 If speed disagree more than 30 kt between Captain and First Officer PFDs:
Turn off all the ADRs.
Set thrust as required.
Continue to use the backup air data on PF side.
Set the cabin altitude mode to MAN and target the appropriate cabin altitude.
Note: 1. Flight controls are in direct law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - DIRECT LAW (PROT
LOST)
2. The speed accuracy is downgraded up to 10 kt.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-34 P 1/4

AFM A→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATIONS

3. The altitude accuracy is downgraded up to 500 ft.
4. The only available barometric reference in BKUP is STD.
 At top of descent:
Target landing elevation altitude.
 If speed does not disagree more than 30 kt between Captain and First Officer PFDs:
Set AIR DATA switching to AUTO.
Use autopilot as required.
Use flight director as required.
Use autothrust or manually adjust thrust as required.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-34 P 2/4

AFM ←A 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION

Ident.: EMER-34-00017601.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022911 NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATIONS

 If the safe conduct of the flight is impacted:

Disconnect autopilot.
Disconnect autothrust.
Turn off flight director.
 If below thrust reduction altitude:
Apply TOGA thrust.
Set pitch attitude to 12.5 °.
 If above thrust reduction altitude:
Apply CLB thrust.
Set pitch attitude according to altitude:
Below FL 100 Above FL 100
10 ° 5°

Maintain the slats/flaps in their current configuration.

Check that speed brakes are retracted.
 When airborne:
Retract landing gear.
Check that the autopilot is disconnected.
Check that the autothrust is disconnected.
Check that the flight director is off.
Set AIR DATA switching to BKUP on Pilot Flying (PF) side.
Set the engines above 40 % N1.
 If speed disagree more than 30 kt between Captain and First Officer PFDs:
Turn off all the ADRs.
Set thrust as required.
Continue to use the backup air data on PF side.
Set the cabin altitude mode to MAN and target the appropriate cabin altitude.
Note: 1. Flight controls are in direct law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - DIRECT LAW (PROT
LOST)
2. The speed accuracy is downgraded up to 10 kt.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-34 P 3/4

AFM B→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page NAV - UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION

3. The altitude accuracy is downgraded up to 500 ft.
 At top of descent:
Target landing elevation altitude.
 If speed does not disagree more than 30 kt between Captain and First Officer PFDs:
Set AIR DATA switching to AUTO.
Use autopilot as required.
Use flight director as required.
Use autothrust or manually adjust thrust as required.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-34 P 4/4

AFM ←B 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PNEUMATIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AIR - BLEED LEAK

Ident.: EMER-36-00012327.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Close crossbleed.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-36 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PNEUMATIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-36 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - ALL ENGs FLAME OUT

Ident.: EMER-70-00016652.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ASAP
Note: Flight controls are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)
Manually confirm RAT on.
Optimum relight speed: 250 kt.
Set all thrust levers to idle.
Initiate the diversion.
Maximum gliding distance in no wind condition: 2.5 NM / 1 000 ft.
Switch both FMS on 1.
Note: For communication, VHF 1 and VHF 2 are available.
Notify ATC.
Advise cabin crew.
Use crew oxygen masks above FL 100.
Check fuel quantity.
Set WXR on SYS 2 via the MFD SURV page.
Set XPDR and TCAS on SYS 2 via the MFD SURV page.
 If engine relight can be attempted:
Attempt APU start if not automatically done.
 If engine relight not successful:
Set all engine master levers to OFF.
 At or below FL 250:
Set ENG START selector to IGN START.
Set all engine master levers to OFF during 30 s then ON.
Try regularly engines relight.
 If relight not successful and APU is available:
Set all engine master levers to OFF.
Optimum speed: green dot.
Turn on APU bleed.
Re-attempt engine relight (only 1 at a time).
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-70 P 1/6

AFM A→ 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page ENG - ALL ENGs FLAME OUT
 If engine relight cannot be attempted:
Optimum speed: green dot.
Use speed brakes to adjust gliding distance.
 When below 10 000 ft AGL:
Prepare cabin and cockpit.
Turn on RAM AIR.
Set barometric reference (if available).
 For approach and landing:
 If forced landing anticipated:
Descent slope in no wind condition: 1.5 NM/1 000 ft (650 ft/1 NM).
Minimum RAT speed: 140 kt.
Set GPWS to OFF via the MFD SURV page.
Select FLAPS 1.
 If more drag is required:
Select FLAPS 2.
Maximum speed: Refer to LIM-SPD VLO/MLO and VLE/MLE.
Set the landing gear gravity extension switch to DOWN.
 When landing gear locked down or after 60 s:
Pull down landing gear lever.
Approach speed: VLS.
Arm ground spoilers.
 At 2 000 ft AGL:
Turn on Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT).
Advise cabin crew.
 At 500 ft AGL:
Order brace for impact.
Increase flare height.
 At touchdown:
Use differential braking as required.
Note: 1. On accumulator, use brakes without releasing
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-70 P 2/6

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page ENG - ALL ENGs FLAME OUT
2. Nose wheel steering is inoperative.
Confirm all engine master levers OFF.
Shut down the APU.
 When aircraft stopped:
Set parking brake to ON.
Notify ATC.
Alert cabin crew.
Press all FIRE pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all fire agents (engines and APU).
Initiate evacuation.
Turn off all batteries.
 If ditching anticipated:
Minimum RAT speed: 140 kt.
Set GPWS to OFF via the MFD SURV page.
Select FLAPS 2.
Keep landing gear up for ditching.
Approach speed: VLS +15.
 At 2 000 ft AGL:
Notify ATC.
Turn on Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT).
Advise cabin crew.
Set ditching pushbutton to ON.
 At 500 ft AGL:
Approach speed: VLS +15.
Order brace for impact.
Initiate flare at 100 ft.
Note: The optimum pitch attitude is 7.5 ° at minimum vertical speed (Maximum pitch
attitude is 9 °).
 At touchdown:
Confirm all engine master levers to OFF.
Shut down the APU.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-70 P 3/6

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page ENG - ALL ENGs FLAME OUT
 After ditching:
Press all FIRE pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all fire agents (engines and APU).
Initiate evacuation.
Turn off all batteries.

ENG - N1 OVER LIMIT

Ident.: EMER-70-00016653.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If N1 rotor speed above red line:

Move affected engine thrust lever to reduce N1 below limit.
 If over limit persists after thrust lever back to idle position:
Shut down affected engine.

ENG - N2 OVER LIMIT

Ident.: EMER-70-00016672.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If N2 rotor speed above red line:

Move affected engine thrust lever to reduce N2 below limit.
 If over limit persists after thrust lever back to idle position:
Shut down affected engine.

ENG - N3 OVER LIMIT

Ident.: EMER-70-00016673.0002001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If N3 rotor speed above red line:

Move affected engine thrust lever to reduce N3 below limit.
 If over limit persists after thrust lever back to idle position:
Shut down affected engine.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-70 P 4/6

AFM ← A to D 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - OIL PRESS LO

Ident.: EMER-70-00016674.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Shut down affected engine.

ENG - THR LEVER ABOVE IDLE

Ident.: EMER-70-00018076.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 At landing roll:
Immediately retard affected engine thrust lever to IDLE.

ENG - TURBINE OVHT

Ident.: EMER-70-00016675.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set affected engine thrust lever to idle.

 If overheat persists after 30 s:
Shut down affected engine.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-70 P 5/6

AFM E to G 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-70 P 6/6

AFM 06 AUG 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - DITCHING
Ident.: TDU / EMER-90-00022932.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017600 MISC - DITCHING
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Notify ATC.
Set SQUAWK to 7700.
Prepare cockpit and cabin.
 If fuel jettison (if installed) in clean configuration:
Do not use speed brakes.
Start fuel jettison (if installed).
Turn off the GPWS and TERR SYS function of the TAWS.
Turn on cabin signs.
Turn on emergency exit lights.
Turn off COMMERCIAL 1+2.
 At top of descent:
 If CAB PRESS AUTO mode is failed:
Set cabin altitude in manual mode.
Set the cabin altitude target to sea level.
 For approach and ditching:
Keep landing gear up for ditching.
Set barometric reference, if available.
 If fuel jettison in progress (if installed):
Stop fuel jettison.
Select maximum available slats/flaps.
The use of autothrust is recommended.
Select and target VLS for approach speed.
Turn on Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT).
Turn off the autopilot and the flight directors.
 At 2 000 ft AGL:
Turn off all bleeds (engines and APU).
Alert cabin crew for ditching.
Set DITCHING pushbutton to ON.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 1/12

AFM A→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page MISC - DITCHING

 At 500 ft AGL:
Order brace for impact.
Keep the 7.5 ° pitch attitude.
Adjust speed to VLS.
Minimize vertical speed.
 At touchdown:
Set both engine thrust levers to idle.
Set both engine master levers to OFF.
Shut down APU.
 After ditching:
Push all FIRE pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all fire agents (engines and APU).
Notify ATC.
Initiate evacuation.
Turn off all batteries.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 2/12

AFM ←A 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - DITCHING
Ident.: EMER-90-00017600.0002001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022932 MISC - DITCHING

Notify ATC.
Set SQUAWK to 7700.
Prepare cockpit and cabin.
Start fuel jettison (if installed).
Turn off the GPWS and TERR SYS function of the TAWS.
Turn on cabin signs.
Turn on emergency exit lights.
Turn off COMMERCIAL 1+2.
 At top of descent:
 If CAB PRESS AUTO mode is failed:
Set cabin altitude in manual mode.
Set the cabin altitude target to sea level.
 For approach and ditching:
Keep landing gear up for ditching.
Set barometric reference, if available.
 If fuel jettison in progress (if installed):
Stop fuel jettison.
Select maximum available slats/flaps.
The use of autothrust is recommended.
Select and target VLS for approach speed.
Turn on Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT).
Turn off the autopilot and the flight directors.
 At 2 000 ft AGL:
Turn off all bleeds (engines and APU).
Alert cabin crew for ditching.
Set DITCHING pushbutton to ON.
 At 500 ft AGL:
Order brace for impact.
Keep the 7.5 ° pitch attitude.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 3/12

AFM B→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page MISC - DITCHING

Adjust speed to VLS.
Minimize vertical speed.
 At touchdown:
Set both engine thrust levers to idle.
Set both engine master levers to OFF.
Shut down APU.
 After ditching:
Push all FIRE pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all fire agents (engines and APU).
Notify ATC.
Initiate evacuation.
Turn off all batteries.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 4/12

AFM ←B 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - FORCED LANDING

Ident.: TDU / EMER-90-00022934.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017540 MISC - FORCED LANDING
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Notify ATC.
Set SQUAWK to 7700.
Prepare cockpit and cabin.
 If fuel jettison (if installed) in clean configuration:
Do not use speed brakes.
Start fuel jettison (if installed).
Turn off the GPWS and TERR SYS function of the TAWS.
Turn on cabin signs.
Turn on emergency exit lights.
Turn off COMMERCIAL 1+2.
 At top of descent:
Set the cabin altitude in manual mode.
Set the cabin altitude target to the landing field elevation.
 For approach and landing:
Set barometric reference, if available.
Turn on RAM AIR.
 If fuel jettison in progress (if installed):
Stop fuel jettison.
Extend landing gear.
Select maximum available slats/flaps.
Engage autothrust as required.
Arm ground spoilers.
Turn on Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT).
 At 2 000 ft AGL:
Alert cabin crew for landing.
 At 500 ft AGL:
Order brace for impact.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 5/12

AFM C→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page MISC - FORCED LANDING

 For landing:
Increase flare height.
 At touchdown:
Shut down the engines.
Shut down APU.
 When aircraft stopped:
Set parking brake to ON.
Push all FIRE pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all fire agents (engines and APU).
Notify ATC.
 If evacuation required:
Initiate evacuation.
Turn off all batteries.
 If evacuation not required:
Notify cabin crew and passengers to remain seated.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 6/12

AFM ←C 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - FORCED LANDING

Ident.: EMER-90-00017540.0002001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022934 MISC - FORCED LANDING

Notify ATC.
Set SQUAWK to 7700.
Prepare cockpit and cabin.
Start fuel jettison (if installed).
Turn off the GPWS and TERR SYS function of the TAWS.
Turn on cabin signs.
Turn on emergency exit lights.
Turn off COMMERCIAL 1+2.
 At top of descent:
Set the cabin altitude in manual mode.
Set the cabin altitude target to the landing field elevation.
 For approach and landing:
Set barometric reference, if available.
Turn on RAM AIR.
 If fuel jettison in progress (if installed):
Stop fuel jettison.
Extend landing gear.
Select maximum available slats/flaps.
Engage autothrust as required.
Arm ground spoilers.
Turn on Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT).
 At 2 000 ft AGL:
Alert cabin crew for landing.
 At 500 ft AGL:
Order brace for impact.
 For landing:
Increase flare height.
 At touchdown:
Shut down the engines.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 7/12

AFM D→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page MISC - FORCED LANDING

Shut down APU.
 When aircraft stopped:
Set parking brake to ON.
Push all FIRE pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all fire agents (engines and APU).
Notify ATC.
 If evacuation required:
Initiate evacuation.
Turn off all batteries.
 If evacuation not required:
Notify cabin crew and passengers to remain seated.

MISC - EMER DESCENT

Ident.: EMER-90-00017539.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Use crew oxygen masks.

Notify cabin using Passenger Address.
Turn on cabin signs.
Initiate an emergency descent.
Set both thrust levers to idle.
Extend full speed brakes.
Descend at the maximum appropriate speed.
CAUTION If structural damage is suspected, reduce speed as appropriate and maneuver with
care.
Notify ATC.
Consider SQUAWK 7700.
Consider ATC COM emergency message.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
 If cabin altitude above 14 000 ft:
Manually confirm passengers oxygen masks on.
 When descent established:
Set crew oxygen masks dilution to normal position.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 8/12

AFM ← D to E 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - EMER EVAC

Ident.: EMER-90-00017538.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 When aircraft stopped:

Set parking brake to ON.
Notify ATC.
Alert cabin crew.
Turn off both packs.
Shut down both engines.
Push all FIRE pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all agents (engines and APU) as required.
 If evacuation required:
Initiate evacuation.
Turn off all batteries.
 If evacuation not required:
Notify cabin crew and passengers to remain seated.

STALL RECOVERY
Ident.: EMER-90-00018128.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply nose down pitch control.

Use lateral control to level wings.
 When out of stall:
Smoothly increase thrust as needed.
Check that speed brakes are retracted.
Smoothly recover the flight path.
 If in clean configuration and below 20 000 ft:
Select FLAPS 1.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 9/12

AFM F to G 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EMERGENCY LANDING (ALL ENGINES FAILURE)

Ident.: TDU / EMER-90-00022243.0001001 / 19 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: 00017603
Belongs to TR44 Issue 1

Start the APU, if available.

 For ditching:
Use at least FLAPS 2.
Keep landing gear up.
Approach speed: VLS+15 kt.
Turn off the GPWS and the terrain functions of the TAWS.
Set the DITCHING pushbutton to ON.
 At 500 ft AGL or below:
Order brace for impact.
Adjust the approach speed to VLS+15 kt
 For flare:
Start flare at 100 ft.
Optimum pitch attitude of +7.5 ° (maximum +9 °).
Minimize vertical speed for touchdown.
 For forced landing:
Use at least FLAPS 1.
Approach speed: VLS.
Turn off the GPWS and terrain functions of the TAWS.
Arm ground spoilers.
 At 1 500 ft AGL at the latest:
Extend landing gear by gravity. Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION.
 At 500 ft AGL or below:
Order brace for impact.
 For flare:
Minimize vertical speed for touchdown.
 At touchdown:
Shut down both engines and APU.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 10/12

AFM H→ 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page EMERGENCY LANDING (ALL ENGINES FAILURE)
 After touchdown:
Initiate evacuation, Refer to EMER-90 MISC - EMER EVAC.

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 11/12

AFM ←H 01 OCT 15
 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET EMER-90 P 12/12

AFM 01 OCT 15
 

ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
Intentionally left blank
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABN-GEN GENERAL
Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................A
Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure............................................................................ B
Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure............................................................................ C

ABN-OEI ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES

ABN-OEI-TO TAKEOFF
Engine Failure Before V1 (Rejected Takeoff)......................................................................................................... A
Engine Failure Between V1 and V2........................................................................................................................B
Engine Failure During Initial Climb Out.................................................................................................................. C

ABN-OEI-LDG APPROACH AND LANDING

Approach and Landing............................................................................................................................................ A
Missed Approach (from Intermediate Approach Configuration).............................................................................. B
Balked Landing........................................................................................................................................................ C

ABN-21 AIR COND / PRESS / VENT

AIR - PACK 1+2 FAULT......................................................................................................................................... A
CAB PRESS SYS FAULT....................................................................................................................................... B
COND - RAM AIR FAULT.......................................................................................................................................C
VENT- AVNCS L+R BLOWING FAULT..................................................................................................................D
VENT - AVNCS OVBD VLV FAULT....................................................................................................................... E

ABN-22 AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM

ABN-22-General General
General.....................................................................................................................................................................A

ABN-22-CATII Failures or warnings during a CAT II approach with autoland

Loss of "LAND2" or "LAND3" (CAT II)....................................................................................................................A
One Engine Failure (CAT II)................................................................................................................................... B
"AP OFF" Warning (CAT II).................................................................................................................................... C
"Autoland" Light (CAT II).........................................................................................................................................D
No "LAND" at 350 ft (CAT II)..................................................................................................................................E
Incorrect Selected Course at 350 ft (CAT II).......................................................................................................... F
No "FLARE" at 30 ft (CAT II)..................................................................................................................................G
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-PLP-TOC P 1/8

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

ABN-22-CATIIIDH Failures or warnings during a CAT III approach with DH at or above 50 ft
Loss of "LAND3" (CAT III with DH at or above 50 ft).............................................................................................A
One Engine Failure (CAT III with DH at above 50 ft).............................................................................................B
"AP OFF" Warning (CAT III with DH at or above 50 ft)......................................................................................... C
"AUTOLAND" Light (CAT III with DH at or above 50 ft).........................................................................................D
No "LAND" at 350 ft (CAT III with DH at or above 50 ft)....................................................................................... E
Incorrect Selected Course at 350 ft (CAT III with DH at or above 50 ft).................................................................F
No "FLARE" at 30 ft (CAT III with DH at or above 50 ft)....................................................................................... G

ABN-22-CATIIInoDH Failures or warnings during a CAT III approach with DH below 50 ft or no DH

Loss of "LAND3 DUAL" (CAT III with DH below 50 ft or no DH)............................................................................A
One Engine Failure (CAT III with DH below 50 ft or no DH)..................................................................................B
"AP OFF" Warning (CAT III with DH below 50 ft or no DH)...................................................................................C
"Autoland" Light (CAT III with DH below 50 ft or no DH)....................................................................................... D
No "LAND" at 350 ft (CAT III with DH below 50 ft or no DH).................................................................................E
Incorrect Selected Course at 350 ft (CAT III with DH below 50 ft or no DH)..........................................................F
No "FLARE" at 30 ft (CAT III with DH below 50 ft or no DH)................................................................................ G

ABN-24 ELECTRICAL
ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC 1B BUS 230V+115V FAULT............................................................ A
ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC 1B BUS 230V+115V + DC 1 BUS FAULT........................................B
ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V +AC 2A BUS 230V FAULT DC 1 + DC 2 BUS FAULT................................................ C
ELEC - AC 1B BUS 230V FAULT.......................................................................................................................... D
ELEC - AC 1B BUS 230V +AC 2B BUS 230V FAULT...........................................................................................E
ELEC - AC 2A BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC 2B BUS 230V+115V FAULT............................................................ F
ELEC - AC 2A BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC 2B BUS 230V+115V + DC 2 BUS FAULT....................................... G
ELEC - AC 2B BUS 230V FAULT.......................................................................................................................... H
ELEC - AC EMER 1 BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC EMER 2 BUS 230V+115V FAULT............................................I
ELEC - DC 1 BUS FAULT.......................................................................................................................................J
ELEC - DC 1 PART BUS FAULT........................................................................................................................... K
ELEC - DC 1 + DC 2 BUS FAULT......................................................................................................................... L
ELEC - DC 2 BUS FAULT..................................................................................................................................... M
ELEC - DC 2 PART BUS FAULT........................................................................................................................... N
ELEC - DC 2 + DC EMER 1 BUS FAULT............................................................................................................. O
ELEC - DC EMER 1 BUS ON BAT DC 1 + DC 2 BUS FAULT............................................................................. P
ELEC - DC EMER 1 + DC EMER 2 BUS FAULT..................................................................................................Q
ELEC - SIDE 1 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG)................................................................................................................R
ELEC - ISOL SIDE 1 SMOKE CONFIG................................................................................................................. S
ELEC - SIDE 2 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG)................................................................................................................ T
ELEC - ISOL SIDE 2 SMOKE CONFIG................................................................................................................. U
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-PLP-TOC P 2/8

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

ABN-26 FIRE / SMOKE
SMOKE - DET FAULT............................................................................................................................................ A

ABN-27 FLIGHT CONTROLS

F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST).........................................................................................................................A
F/CTL - DIRECT LAW (PROT LOST).....................................................................................................................B
F/CTL - FLAPS LOCKED........................................................................................................................................C
F/CTL - FLAP RETRACTION INHIBITED...............................................................................................................D
F/CTL - FLAP SYS 1+2 FAULT..............................................................................................................................E
F/CTL - GND SPLRs FAULT.................................................................................................................................. F
F/CTL - INR FLAPS FAULT................................................................................................................................... G
F/CTL - L(R) ELEVATOR FAULT........................................................................................................................... H
F/CTL - L(R) INR(OUTR) AILERON FAULT............................................................................................................ I
F/CTL - LDG WITH FLAPS LEVER JAMMED........................................................................................................ J
F/CTL - LDG WITH NO SLATS AND NO FLAPS.................................................................................................. K
F/CTL - MOST SPLRs FAULT................................................................................................................................ L
F/CTL - PART SPLRs FAULT................................................................................................................................ M
F/CTL - RUDDER DOUBLE ACTUATOR FAULT.................................................................................................. N
F/CTL - RUDDER FAULT.......................................................................................................................................O
F/CTL - RUDDER PEDAL FAULT.......................................................................................................................... P
F/CTL - RUDDER PEDAL JAMMED...................................................................................................................... Q
F/CTL - RUDDER TRIM RUNAWAY...................................................................................................................... R
F/CTL - SLATS LOCKED........................................................................................................................................S
F/CTL - SLAT SYS 1+2 FAULT.............................................................................................................................. T
F/CTL - SPEED BRAKES LEVER JAMMED..........................................................................................................U
F/CTL - STABILIZER FAULT.................................................................................................................................. V

ABN-28 FUEL
FUEL - CTR TK L+R PMPs FAULT....................................................................................................................... A
FUEL - FQI FAULT................................................................................................................................................. B
FUEL - FQI FAULT................................................................................................................................................. C
FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT..................................................................................................................................... D
FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT......................................................................................................................................E
FUEL - IMBALANCE CORRECTED........................................................................................................................F
FUEL - LEAK...........................................................................................................................................................G
FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED....................................................................................................................................H
FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED..................................................................................................................................... I
FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST............................................................................................................................. J
FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST.............................................................................................................................K
FUEL - L(R) MAIN + STBY PMPS FAULT............................................................................................................. L
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-PLP-TOC P 3/8

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

FUEL - L(R) WING TK TEMP HI........................................................................................................................... M
FUEL - L(R) WING TK LEVEL LO......................................................................................................................... N
FUEL - L+R WING TK LEVEL LO..........................................................................................................................O
FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI................................................................................................................................... P
FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI................................................................................................................................... Q
FUEL - TEMP LO....................................................................................................................................................R
FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE....................................................................................................................... S
FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE....................................................................................................................... T
FUEL - WINGS MAN BALANCING.........................................................................................................................U
FUEL - WINGS NOT BALANCED.......................................................................................................................... V

ABN-29 HYDRAULIC
Abnormal Behavior - Braking NORM indication......................................................................................................A
Abnormal Behavior - TIME TO A-SKID LOSS indication........................................................................................B
HYD - ENG 1(2) G PMP PRESS LO..................................................................................................................... C
HYD - ENG 1(2) Y PMP PRESS LO......................................................................................................................D
HYD - G RSVR LEVEL LO..................................................................................................................................... E
HYD - G SYS PRESS LO....................................................................................................................................... F
HYD - G SYS TEMP HI..........................................................................................................................................G
HYD - Y RSVR LEVEL LO..................................................................................................................................... H
HYD - Y SYS PRESS LO.........................................................................................................................................I
HYD - Y SYS TEMP HI........................................................................................................................................... J

ABN-30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

A-ICE - ALL PROBES 1(2)(3) NOT DE-ICED........................................................................................................ A
A-ICE - ENG A-ICE CTL SYS FAULT....................................................................................................................B
A-ICE - ENG VLV CLOSED....................................................................................................................................C
A-ICE - ICE DETECTED.........................................................................................................................................D
A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV CLOSED..........................................................................................................................E
A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV OPEN.............................................................................................................................. F
A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV PRESS HI.......................................................................................................................G
A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV PRESS LO......................................................................................................................H
A-ICE - L+R WINDOWS HEATG FAULT.................................................................................................................I
A-ICE - L+R WINDSHIELDS HEATG FAULT......................................................................................................... J
A-ICE - SEVERE ICE DETECTED......................................................................................................................... K
A-ICE - WING SYS FAULT..................................................................................................................................... L
WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF.................................................................................................................................. M

ABN-31 INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEM

FWS - FWS 1+2 & CPIOM FAULT.........................................................................................................................A
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-PLP-TOC P 4/8

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

ABN-32 LANDING GEAR
Abnormal Behavior - Braking System ....................................................................................................................A
Abnormal Behavior - Steering System.................................................................................................................... B
BRAKES - AFT(FWD) WHEELS BRK LOST..........................................................................................................C
BRAKES - A-SKID FAULT on all wheels or OFF...................................................................................................D
BRAKES - HOT....................................................................................................................................................... E
BRAKES - NORM BRK FAULT ON ALL WHEELS................................................................................................ F
BRAKES - PART A-SKID FAULT...........................................................................................................................G
BRAKES - PART NORM BRK FAULT................................................................................................................... H
BRAKES - RELEASED............................................................................................................................................. I
L/G - CTL 1+2 FAULT............................................................................................................................................. J
L/G - DOORS NOT CLOSED................................................................................................................................. K
L/G - GEAR NOT LOCKED UP.............................................................................................................................. L
L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL MAIN L/G...................................................................................................... M
L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL NOSE L/G..................................................................................................... N
L/G - RETRACTION FAULT................................................................................................................................... O
L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION.................................................................................................................................... P

ABN-34 NAVIGATION
NAV - ADR 1+2+3 FAULT...................................................................................................................................... A
NAV - IR 1(2)(3) FAULT..........................................................................................................................................B
NAV - IR 1+2(2+3)(1+3) FAULT............................................................................................................................. C

ABN-36 PNEUMATIC
AIR - ABNORM BLEED CONFIG........................................................................................................................... A
AIR - APU BLEED LEAK........................................................................................................................................ B
AIR - APU BLEED LIMITED TO SINGLE PACK OPER.........................................................................................C
AIR - ENG 1(2) BLEED TEMP LO......................................................................................................................... D
AIR - ENG 1+2 BLEED TEMP LO..........................................................................................................................E
AIR - HOT AIR 1(2) LEAK...................................................................................................................................... F
AIR - L(R) WING A-ICE LEAK............................................................................................................................... G
AIR - L(R) WING LEAK.......................................................................................................................................... H
AIR - PACK 1(2) LEAK.............................................................................................................................................I
AIR - XBLEED FAULT............................................................................................................................................. J
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-PLP-TOC P 5/8

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

ABN-52 DOORS
DOOR - ALL POS DET FAULT.............................................................................................................................. A
DOOR - AVNCS NOT CLOSED............................................................................................................................. B
DOOR - AVNCS POS DET FAULT........................................................................................................................ C
DOOR - CARGO NOT CLOSED (FWD, AFT or BULK).........................................................................................D
DOOR - CARGO POS DET FAULT (FWD, AFT or BULK).................................................................................... E
DOOR - ESCAPE HATCH NOT CLOSED..............................................................................................................F
DOOR - ESCAPE HATCH POS DET FAULT........................................................................................................ G
DOOR - MULTIPLE POS DET FAULT...................................................................................................................H
DOOR - NOT CLOSED (Cabin)............................................................................................................................... I
DOOR - POS DET FAULT (Cabin)......................................................................................................................... J
DOOR - RESIDUAL DIFF PRESS DET FAULT..................................................................................................... K

ABN-70 POWER PLANT

ENG - EGT OVER LIMIT........................................................................................................................................ A
ENG - FADEC FAULT.............................................................................................................................................B
ENG - FAIL..............................................................................................................................................................C
ENG - FUEL FILTER CLOGGED........................................................................................................................... D
ENG - FUEL FILTER IN BYPASS.......................................................................................................................... E
ENG - FUEL LEAK SUSPECTED...........................................................................................................................F
ENG - GA SOFT FAULT........................................................................................................................................ G
ENG - N1 DEGRADED MODE............................................................................................................................... H
ENG - OIL PRESS LO............................................................................................................................................. I
ENG - OIL TEMP HI................................................................................................................................................ J
ENG - RELIGHT IN FLT......................................................................................................................................... K
ENG - REVERSER ENERGIZED............................................................................................................................ L
ENG - REVERSER UNLOCKED............................................................................................................................ M
ENG - SHUTDOWN................................................................................................................................................ N
ENG - STALL.......................................................................................................................................................... O
ENG - START VLV NOT CLOSED.........................................................................................................................P
ENG - START VLV NOT OPEN.............................................................................................................................Q
ENG - STATOR A-ICE VLV CLOSED....................................................................................................................R
ENG - THR LEVER NOT SET................................................................................................................................S
ENG 1+2 - FUEL FILTER CLOGGED.................................................................................................................... T
ENG 1+2 - FUEL FILTER IN BYPASS...................................................................................................................U
ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN BYPASS - FUEL CONTAMINATED.................................................... V
ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN BYPASS............................................................................................. W
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-PLP-TOC P 6/8

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

ABN-90 MISCELLANEOUS
MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER................................................................................................................. A
MISC - BOMB ON BOARD..................................................................................................................................... B
MISC - CIRCLING WITH ONE ENG INOP............................................................................................................ C
MISC - CKPT WINDOW CRACKED.......................................................................................................................D
MISC - CKPT WINDOW ELEC ARCING................................................................................................................E
MISC - OVERWEIGHT LDG................................................................................................................................... F
MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER................................................................................................................. G
TAIL STRIKE........................................................................................................................................................... H

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-PLP-TOC P 7/8

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-PLP-TOC P 8/8

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: ABN-GEN-00017769.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The procedures contained in this chapter have been established and are recommended by the
aircraft manufacturer.
The following important remarks apply:
1. The procedures give information related to system and operational requirements and cover the
actions to be followed in the case of failures that are not considered as emergency cases (these
cases are covered in EMERGENCY PROCEDURES chapter).
2. Only particular operations that are considered useful to highlight are presented. The procedures
that are considered to be basic airmanship are therefore not covered.
3. For LAND ANSA definition: Refer to GEN-DEF LAND ANSA Definition.
When actions depend on a condition, a dot (•) or a square (■) identifies the condition. The square is
used when there is a choice between one or more conditions and only one is applicable.
These procedures are approved by the Airworthiness Authorities as acceptable procedures for
operation of the aircraft. This approval does not prevent the operator from developing equivalent
procedures provided these procedures are approved by the appropriate operational authorities.
In the case of discrepancy between procedures displayed on the ECAM and procedures stated in
this AFM, the AFM procedures always have priority.
Unless otherwise specified in the procedures, the minimum speed to be used for approach and
landing is the VLS corresponding to the configuration requested by the procedure.
Note: VLS, when mentioned in a procedure, is the one corresponding to the configuration
requested by the procedure (e.g. if the procedure requests to use FLAPS 2, take VLS of
CONF 2).

LANDING DISTANCE DETERMINATION IN THE CASE OF IN-FLIGHT FAILURE

Ident.: TDU / ABN-GEN-00022975.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: 00017770 Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure
Belongs to TR58 Issue 1

RUNWAY CONDITION DETERMINATION

Landing distance determination must not only be based on Estimated Surface Friction (Mu) or Pilot
Reports of Braking Action (PiRep) or similar qualitative information.
The flight crew shall obtain the runway condition or/and the depth and type of runway contaminant
to make the basic assessment of actual condition.
Landing distance determination must not consider a better braking action than the one related to
the runway condition.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-GEN P 1/4

AFM A to B → 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Runway Condition Maximum Reported Braking Action

Dry 6 - DRY
Wet 5 - GOOD
Compacted Snow 4 - GOOD to MEDIUM
More than 3 mm of Dry or Wet Snow 3 - MEDIUM
More than 3 mm of Standing Water or Slush 2 - MEDIUM to POOR
Ice (Cold and Dry) 1 - POOR

LANDING DISTANCE DETERMINATION

The landing distance to be applied in the case of failure is the Operational Landing Distance
(OLD). The OLD can be determined by selecting the failure case in the IN-FLIGHT FAILURE field
of the AFM_OCTO interface, using the database given in the PERFORMANCE chapter of this
manual (Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database), combined with:
‐ [Link] file, using AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1 or higher, or
‐ [Link] file, using AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1 or higher.
Note: 1. For aircraft equipped with FWS standard S3/5 (Mod 107655), only the approved
[Link] file must be used for landing distance calculation.
2. When using AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1, OLD on dry runway
must be calculated by selecting the "Reported Braking Action" ("6-DRY") instead of
"Runway State" for the following cases of failure:
‐ BRAKES PART NORM BRK FAULT (Refer to ABN-32 BRAKES - PART NORM
BRK FAULT)
‐ BRAKES NORM BRK FAULT ON ALL WHEELS (Refer to ABN-32 BRAKES -
NORM BRK FAULT ON ALL WHEELS)
‐ HYD G SYS PRESS LO (Refer to ABN-29 HYD - G SYS PRESS LO)
‐ HYD Y SYS PRESS LO (Refer to ABN-29 HYD - Y SYS PRESS LO).
3. If the failure leads to a CG more forward than the maximum forward CG limit, then the
OLD has to be computed by considering the maximum forward CG limit.

LANDING DISTANCE DETERMINATION IN THE CASE OF IN-FLIGHT FAILURE

Ident.: ABN-GEN-00017770.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022975 Landing Distance Determination in the case of In-Flight Failure

RUNWAY CONDITION DETERMINATION

Landing distance determination must not only be based on Estimated Surface Friction (Mu) or Pilot
Reports of Braking Action (PiRep) or similar qualitative information.
The flight crew shall obtain the runway condition or/and the depth and type of runway contaminant
to make the basic assessment of actual condition.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-GEN P 2/4

AFM ← B to C → 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Landing distance determination must not consider a better braking action than the one related to
the runway condition.
Runway Condition Maximum Reported Braking Action
Dry 6 - DRY
Wet 5 - GOOD
Compacted Snow 4 - GOOD to MEDIUM
More than 3 mm of Dry or Wet Snow 3 - MEDIUM
More than 3 mm of Standing Water or Slush 2 - MEDIUM to POOR
Ice (Cold and Dry) 1 - POOR

LANDING DISTANCE DETERMINATION

The landing distance to be applied in the case of failure is the Operational Landing Distance
(OLD). The OLD can be determined by selecting the failure case in the IN-FLIGHT FAILURE field
of the AFM_OCTO interface, using the database given in the PERFORMANCE chapter of this
manual (Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database), combined with [Link] file, using
AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1 or higher.
Note: 1. When using AFM_OCTO approved FM module at revision 32.1, OLD on dry runway
must be calculated by selecting the "Reported Braking Action" ("6-DRY") instead of
"Runway State" for the following cases of failure:
‐ BRAKES PART NORM BRK FAULT (Refer to ABN-32 BRAKES - PART NORM
BRK FAULT)
‐ BRAKES NORM BRK FAULT ON ALL WHEELS (Refer to ABN-32 BRAKES -
NORM BRK FAULT ON ALL WHEELS)
‐ HYD G SYS PRESS LO (Refer to ABN-29 HYD - G SYS PRESS LO)
‐ HYD Y SYS PRESS LO (Refer to ABN-29 HYD - Y SYS PRESS LO).
2. If the failure leads to a CG more forward than the maximum forward CG limit, then the
OLD has to be computed by considering the maximum forward CG limit.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-GEN P 3/4

AFM ←C 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-GEN P 4/4

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAKEOFF

ENGINE FAILURE BEFORE V1 (REJECTED TAKEOFF)

Ident.: ABN-OEI-TO-00016735.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Immediately reduce thrust levers to idle.

Monitor autobrake operation.
Take over brake control with brake pedals if necessary.
Note: 1. If autobrake is not used, maximum brakes must be applied simultaneously with
reduction of thrust levers.
2. If takeoff is rejected above 100 kt, it is recommended that maximum reverse thrust is
selected.
3. It is mandatory to use maximum reverse thrust when performance take benefit of the
reverse thrust effect.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-OEI-TO P 1/4

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAKEOFF

ENGINE FAILURE BETWEEN V1 AND V2

Ident.: ABN-OEI-TO-00016736.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If the engine failure occurs before VR:

Use rudder conventionally to maintain runway center line.
 At VR:
Rotate the aircraft with a positive sidestick input to achieve a normal and continuous rotation
rate toward an initial pitch attitude of 10 °.
 Once airborne and with a positive rate of climb:
Retract the landing gear.
SRS guidance should be followed when FD pitch order is established.
Maintain airspeed not less than V2.
Use rudder to prevent yaw. Shortly after lift off, the β target will appear. Adjust rudder position
to zero β target. Control heading conventionally with bank, keeping β target zeroed with the
rudder.
 At acceleration height:
Level off.
 If aircraft in configuration 2 or 3:
Accelerate up to F speed and select configuration 1.
Accelerate up to S speed and select configuration 0.
At slat zero, β target will disappear: center the sideslip indication conventionally.
Accelerate up to green dot speed and start climbing at this speed.
Reduce thrust to maximum continuous (if already in the FLX/MCT gate, move thrust lever to CL
and back to MCT).
Note: In the case of takeoff performed with reduced thrust (flexible takeoff), even if the one
engine out takeoff performance is always met with reduced thrust, selection of full
takeoff thrust may be done after engine failure.
WARNING If the takeoff is performed at derated takeoff thrust, selecting TOGA at a speed
below F can lead to loss of control of the aircraft.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-OEI-TO P 2/4

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAKEOFF

ENGINE FAILURE DURING INITIAL CLIMB OUT

Ident.: ABN-OEI-TO-00016737.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Proceed as for engine failure between V1 and V2 (Refer to ABN-OEI-TO Engine Failure Between
V1 and V2). However, if the failure occurs above V2, it is recommended to maintain the speed
reached after recovery, or SRS commanded attitude. In any case, the speed must not be less than
V2.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-OEI-TO P 3/4

AFM C 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAKEOFF

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-OEI-TO P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL APPROACH AND LANDING

APPROACH AND LANDING

Ident.: ABN-OEI-LDG-00016738.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Select normal approach and landing configurations.

Minimum final approach and landing speed is the higher one of: VMCL or 1.23 VS1G of the landing
configuration.
Note: 1. Check ECAM F/CTL page to confirm good directional trim.
2. Automatic approach and landing have been demonstrated with one engine inoperative
in CONF 3 and CONF FULL.

MISSED APPROACH (FROM INTERMEDIATE APPROACH CONFIGURATION)

Ident.: ABN-OEI-LDG-00016743.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply TOGA thrust.

Rotate the aircraft to achieve a positive rate of climb.
Establish the required pitch attitude as directed by SRS pitch order.
Maintain intermediate approach speed.
Use rudder to prevent yaw. Adjust rudder position to zero the β target. Control heading
conventionally with bank, keeping β target zeroed with the rudder.
 At acceleration height:
Level off.
 If aircraft in configuration 2 or 3:
Accelerate up to F speed and select configuration 1.
Accelerate up to S speed and select configuration 0.
At slat zero, β target will disappear: center the sideslip indication conventionally.
Accelerate up to green dot speed and start climbing at this speed.
Reduce thrust to maximum continuous.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-OEI-LDG P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE PROCEDURES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL APPROACH AND LANDING

BALKED LANDING
Ident.: ABN-OEI-LDG-00021142.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply TOGA thrust.

Rotate the aircraft towards a pitch attitude of 10 ° to achieve a positive rate of climb.
Then follow the SRS pitch order.
Retract slats/flaps one step, unless otherwise specified.
 When positive rate of climb established:
Retract landing gear.
 If approach climb performance is not met at 1.23 VS1G in the usual go-around
configurations, the following actions enable to reach a higher speed (up to 1.3
VS1G):
Select and accelerate to the predefined airspeed target at or above 100 ft RA.
Use rudder to prevent yaw. Adjust rudder position to zero the β target. Control heading
conventionally with bank, keeping β target zeroed with the rudder.
 At acceleration height:
Level off.
 If aircraft in configuration 2 or 3:
Accelerate up to F speed and select configuration 1.
Accelerate up to S speed and select configuration 0.
At slat zero, β target will disappear: center the sideslip indication conventionally.
Accelerate up to green dot speed and start climbing at this speed.
Reduce thrust to maximum continuous.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-OEI-LDG P 2/2

AFM C 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AIR COND / PRESS / VENT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AIR - PACK 1+2 FAULT

Ident.: ABN-21-00017716.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If alert CAB PRESS - EXCESS DIFF PRESS triggered:

LAND ANSA
Turn off both packs (if not already done).
Note: If only one pack was overheated, recover the affected pack once overheat has
disappeared in order to avoid descent to FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
 When at or below FL 100 or MEA-MORA and cabin differential pressure below 2 PSI:
Turn on RAM AIR.
Turn off cabin fans.
Set ventilation avionics extract to OVRD.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-21 P 1/4

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AIR COND / PRESS / VENT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

CAB PRESS SYS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-21-00017711.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight:
Confirm air flow to NORM.
 If cabin differential pressure available on the CAB PRESS SD page:
 At top of descent:
 If cabin vertical speed exceeds 1 000 ft/min:
 If above FL 100:
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
 When cabin differential pressure below 2 PSI (138 hPa) and flight level below
FL 100 or MEA-MORA:
Turn on RAM AIR.
Turn off cabin fans.
Set ventilation avionics extract to OVRD.
 Final approach:
Turn off both packs.
 If cabin differential pressure not available on the CAB PRESS SD page:
Turn off both packs. Refer to ABN-21 AIR - PACK 1+2 FAULT
 At or below FL 100 or MEA-MORA:
Turn on RAM AIR.
Turn off cabin fans.
Set ventilation avionics extract to OVRD.
 On ground:
Turn off both packs (if not already done).
Advise cabin crew.
Check residual differential pressure before opening any cabin door.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-21 P 2/4

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AIR COND / PRESS / VENT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

COND - RAM AIR FAULT

Ident.: ABN-21-00017855.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ANSA

VENT- AVNCS L+R BLOWING FAULT

Ident.: ABN-21-00017700.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set air flow to HI.

Turn on cabin fans (if no smoke/fumes detected in the cabin).

VENT - AVNCS OVBD VLV FAULT

Ident.: ABN-21-00017701.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set ventilation avionics extract to OVRD.

 If avionics overboard valve still full open:
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA-MORA.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-21 P 3/4

AFM C to E 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AIR COND / PRESS / VENT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-21 P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GENERAL

GENERAL
Ident.: ABN-22-General-00022663.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

In case of multiple failures or warnings, most limiting applies.

When applicable, failures and warnings of the following chapters that are displayed on PFD or ND,
are also displayed on HUD (if installed).

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-General P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GENERAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-General P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
CAT II APPROACH WITH AUTOLAND

LOSS OF "LAND2" OR "LAND3" (CAT II)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATII-00020359.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If APPR1 is displayed on FMA above 1 000 ft:

Try to recover.
 If no recovery:
Revert to CAT I minima.
 If the approach and landing capability degrades to APPR1 on FMA below 1 000 ft:
 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually.

ONE ENGINE FAILURE (CAT II)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATII-00020298.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If failure occurs above 1 000 ft:

Apply standard one engine inoperative procedure.
Refer to ABN-OEI-LDG Approach and Landing
 If failure occurs between 1 000 ft and 200 ft:
 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually.
 If failure occurs below 200 ft:
The autoland may be continued.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATII P 1/4

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
CAT II APPROACH WITH AUTOLAND

"AP OFF" WARNING (CAT II)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATII-00020305.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If warning appears below 1 000 ft:

 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around manually.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Land or perform a go-around manually.

"AUTOLAND" LIGHT (CAT II)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATII-00020306.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If light flashes below 200 ft:

 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually, or perform a go-around.

NO "LAND" AT 350 FT (CAT II)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATII-00020308.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If visual references are not sufficient:

Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATII P 2/4

AFM C to E 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
CAT II APPROACH WITH AUTOLAND

INCORRECT SELECTED COURSE AT 350 FT (CAT II)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATII-00020309.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Disengage the AP and land manually.

Note: Selected course deviation is considered incorrect when above 5 °.

NO "FLARE" AT 30 FT (CAT II)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATII-00020310.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Disconnect the AP and land manually, or perform a go-around.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATII P 3/4

AFM F to G 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
CAT II APPROACH WITH AUTOLAND

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATII P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A CAT III
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
APPROACH WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT

LOSS OF "LAND3" (CAT III WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIIDH-00020314.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If "LAND3" is not displayed on FMA above 1 000 ft:

Try to recover.
 If no recovery:
Revert to the available approach and landing capability.
 If "LAND3" degrades below 1 000 ft:
Perform a go-around if visual references are not sufficient.

ONE ENGINE FAILURE (CAT III WITH DH AT ABOVE 50 FT)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIIDH-00020319.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If failure occurs above 1 000 ft:

Apply standard one engine inoperative procedure.
Refer to ABN-OEI-LDG Approach and Landing
 If failure occurs between 1 000 ft and 200 ft:
 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually.
 If failure occurs below 200 ft:
The autoland may be continued.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATIIIDH P 1/4

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A CAT III
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
APPROACH WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT

"AP OFF" WARNING (CAT III WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIIDH-00020325.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If warning appears below 1 000 ft:

 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around manually.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Land or perform a go-around manually.

"AUTOLAND" LIGHT (CAT III WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIIDH-00020328.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If light flashes below 200 ft:

 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually, or perform a go-around.

NO "LAND" AT 350 FT (CAT III WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIIDH-00020329.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If visual references are not sufficient:

Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATIIIDH P 2/4

AFM C to E 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A CAT III
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
APPROACH WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT

INCORRECT SELECTED COURSE AT 350 FT (CAT III WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIIDH-00020330.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If visual references are not sufficient:

Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disengage the AP and land manually.
Note: Selected course deviation is considered incorrect when above 5 °.

NO "FLARE" AT 30 FT (CAT III WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIIDH-00020331.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If visual references are not sufficient:

Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually, or perform a go-around.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATIIIDH P 3/4

AFM F to G 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A CAT III
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
APPROACH WITH DH AT OR ABOVE 50 FT

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATIIIDH P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A CAT III
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
APPROACH WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH

LOSS OF "LAND3 DUAL" (CAT III WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIInoDH-00020334.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If "LAND3 DUAL" is not displayed on FMA above 1 000 ft:

Try to recover.
 If no recovery:
Revert to the available approach and landing capability.
 If "LAND3 DUAL" degrades below 1 000 ft:
Perform a go-around if visual references are not sufficient.

ONE ENGINE FAILURE (CAT III WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIInoDH-00020339.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If failure occurs above 1 000 ft:

Apply standard one engine inoperative procedure.
Refer to ABN-OEI-LDG Approach and Landing
 If failure occurs between 1 000 ft and 200 ft:
 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually.
 If failure occurs below 200 ft:
The autoland may be continued.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATIIInoDH P 1/4

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A CAT III
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
APPROACH WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH

"AP OFF" WARNING (CAT III WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIInoDH-00020347.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If warning appears below 1 000 ft:

 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around manually.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Land or perform a go-around manually.

"AUTOLAND" LIGHT (CAT III WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIInoDH-00020350.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If light flashes below 200 ft:

 If visual references are not sufficient:
Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually, or perform a go-around.

NO "LAND" AT 350 FT (CAT III WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIInoDH-00020351.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If visual references are not sufficient:

Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATIIInoDH P 2/4

AFM C to E 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A CAT III
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
APPROACH WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH

INCORRECT SELECTED COURSE AT 350 FT (CAT III WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIInoDH-00020352.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If visual references are not sufficient:

Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disengage the AP and land manually.
Note: Selected course deviation is considered incorrect when above 5 °.

NO "FLARE" AT 30 FT (CAT III WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH)

Ident.: ABN-22-CATIIInoDH-00020353.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If visual references are not sufficient:

Perform a go-around.
 If visual references are sufficient:
Disconnect the AP and land manually, or perform a go-around.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATIIInoDH P 3/4

AFM F to G 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350 FAILURES OR WARNINGS DURING A CAT III
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
APPROACH WITH DH BELOW 50 FT OR NO DH

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-22-CATIIInoDH P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC 1B BUS 230V+115V FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017074.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off COMMERCIAL 1 and 2.

Consider turning on the APU.
Set navigation lights to 2.
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK)
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 1/14

AFM A 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC 1B BUS 230V+115V + DC 1 BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017059.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: 1. Only ATC and company voice communications are available.

2. The Cockpit Door Locking System (CDLS) is inoperative.
3. Flaps extend slowly.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
Set WXR to SYS 2.
Set XPDR/TCAS to SYS 2.
Set navigation lights to 2.
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK)
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 2/14

AFM B 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - AC 1A BUS 230V +AC 2A BUS 230V FAULT DC 1 + DC 2 BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017176.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Manually confirm RAT on.

Minimum RAT speed: 140 kt.
Set FMS to BOTH ON 1.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
Note: 1. The only available barometric reference for the first officer is STD.
2. If all landing gears are already locked down when the alert appears, the retraction of
landing gear is not possible.
3. Wing anti-ice is [Link] to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF
4. Only ATC and company voice communications are available.
5. Center tank is unusable.
6. The Cockpit Door Locking System (CDLS) is inoperative.
7. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
 For approach and landing:
 If landing gear not locked down when the alert appears:
Extend landing gear by gravity, Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

ELEC - AC 1B BUS 230V FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017071.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If fuel leak suspected:

Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 3/14

AFM C to D 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - AC 1B BUS 230V +AC 2B BUS 230V FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017178.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Manually confirm RAT on.

Minimum RAT speed: 140 kt.
Note: 1. Center tank is unusable.
2. Slats extend slowly.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

ELEC - AC 2A BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC 2B BUS 230V+115V FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017185.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off COMMERCIAL 1 and 2.

Consider turning on the APU.
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 4/14

AFM E to F 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - AC 2A BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC 2B BUS 230V+115V + DC 2 BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017061.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: 1. The only available barometric reference for the first officer is STD.
2. Slats extend slowly.
Set WXR to SYS 1.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

ELEC - AC 2B BUS 230V FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017073.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If fuel leak suspected:

Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 5/14

AFM G to H 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - AC EMER 1 BUS 230V+115V FAULT AC EMER 2 BUS 230V+115V FAULT

Ident.: TDU / ABN-24-00022935.0001001 / 31 AUG 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and ((107655 and 107831) or (107655 and 107871)))
Impacted DU: NONE
Belongs to TR57 Issue 1

Set XPDR/TCAS to SYS 1.

Turn off both emergency batteries.
Note: Slats extend slowly.

ELEC - DC 1 BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017196.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: 1. Only ATC and company voice communications are available.

2. The Cockpit Door Locking System (CDLS) is inoperative.
3. Flaps extend slowly.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 6/14

AFM I to J 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - DC 1 PART BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017219.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: 1. Only ATC and company voice communications are available.

2. The Cockpit Door Locking System (CDLS) is inoperative.
3. Flaps extend slowly.
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.

ELEC - DC 1 + DC 2 BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017222.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set FMS to BOTH ON 1.

Note: 1. The only available barometric reference for the first officer is STD.
2. If all landing gears are already locked down when the alert appears, the retraction of
landing gear is not possible.
3. Wing anti-ice is [Link] to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF
4. Only ATC and company voice communications are available.
5. Center tank is unusable.
6. The Cockpit Door Locking System (CDLS) is inoperative.
7. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
 For approach and landing:
 If landing gear not locked down when the alert appears:
Extend landing gear by gravity, Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 7/14

AFM K to L 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - DC 2 BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017210.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: 1. The only available barometric reference for the first officer is STD.
2. Slats extend slowly.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.

ELEC - DC 2 PART BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00017221.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: 1. The only available barometric reference for the first officer is STD.
2. Slats extend slowly.
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 8/14

AFM M to N 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - DC 2 + DC EMER 1 BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00021028.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If CPIOM (H31 or H33) and (H32 or H34) are failed:

LAND ANSA
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Note: 1. Center tank is unusable.
2. Jettison is inoperative (if installed).
Monitor ECAM system display, and overhead panel.
 If CPIOMs (J21 and J23 ), or (J22 and J24), or (H43 and H44), or (H41 and H42), or (H63
and H64) are failed:
Avoid icing conditions.
Note: 1. If CPIOMs (H43 and H44), or (H41 and H42), or (H63 and H64) are failed, the wing
anti-ice is inoperative, Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF.
2. If CPIOMs (J21 and J23 ), or (J22 and J24) are failed, the engine anti-ice is
inoperative.
 If CPIOM J51 is failed:
Note: Only ATC voice communication is available.
Use standby radio navigation.
 If CPIOMs H41 and H42 are failed:
Use cabin pressure manual mode.
 When the aircraft is at or above FL 250:
Set the cabin altitude target to 7 000 ft.
 When the aircraft is below FL 250:
Set the cabin altitude target to the landing elevation.
 If CPIOMs (H61 or H63) and (H62 or H64) are failed:
 For approach and landing:
Extend landing gear by gravity, Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION.
Note: 1. The nosewheel steering is inoperative.
2. The slats are inoperative.
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 9/14

AFM O 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - DC EMER 1 BUS ON BAT DC 1 + DC 2 BUS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-24-00019202.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ANSA
Maximum flight level is the higher of: FL 340 or MEA-MORA.
Maneuver with care.
Note: Center tank is unusable.
 When BAT EMER 1 is discharged:
Note: 1. Stabilizer and most spoilers (5 pairs) are inoperative.
2. Slats are inoperative.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.

ELEC - DC EMER 1 + DC EMER 2 BUS FAULT

Ident.: TDU / ABN-24-00022987.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: NONE
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Note: 1. Most controls and lights on the overhead panel are inoperative.
2. The only available barometric reference for captain is STD.
3. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
Avoid icing conditions.
Do not use cabin pressure manual modes.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
For go-around, use TOGA thrust.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 10/14

AFM P to Q 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - SIDE 1 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG)

Ident.: TDU / ABN-24-00022931.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00021024 ELEC - ISOL SIDE 1 SMOKE CONFIG
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Note: 1. Only ATC and company voice communications are available.

2. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
Set WXR to SYS 2.
Set XPDR/TCAS to SYS 2.
Set FMS to BOTH ON 2.
Do not use speed brakes.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
Set navigation lights to 2.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
 For approach and landing:
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
Apply approach speed and landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 11/14

AFM R 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - ISOL SIDE 1 SMOKE CONFIG

Ident.: ABN-24-00021024.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022931 ELEC - SIDE 1 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG)

Note: 1. Only ATC and company voice communications are available.

2. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
Set WXR to SYS 2.
Set XPDR/TCAS to SYS 2.
Set FMS to BOTH ON 2.
Do not use speed brakes.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
Set navigation lights to 2.
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.

ELEC - SIDE 2 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG)

Ident.: TDU / ABN-24-00022933.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00021025 ELEC - ISOL SIDE 2 SMOKE CONFIG
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Note: 1. The only available barometric reference for the first officer is STD.
2. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
Set WXR to SYS 1.
Set XPDR/TCAS to SYS 1.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.
 For approach and landing:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 12/14

AFM S to T 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ELEC - ISOL SIDE 2 SMOKE CONFIG

Ident.: ABN-24-00021025.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022933 ELEC - SIDE 2 OFF (SMOKE CONFIG)

Note: 1. The only available barometric reference for the first officer is STD.
2. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
Set WXR to SYS 1.
Set XPDR/TCAS to SYS 1.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.
Consider unstowing the EFB laptop.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 13/14

AFM U 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ELECTRICAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-24 P 14/14

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SMOKE - DET FAULT

Ident.: ABN-26-00020377.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off IFE center.

Turn off Pax BBand.
Turn off forward and aft/bulk cargo compartment isolation valves (if installed).
Turn off bulk cargo heater.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-26 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FIRE / SMOKE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-26 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)

Ident.: ABN-27-00014579.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum speed: 310 kt

F/CTL - DIRECT LAW (PROT LOST)

Ident.: ABN-27-00016932.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum speed: 310 kt / M 0.86

Use speed brakes with care.
Maneuver with care.

F/CTL - FLAPS LOCKED

Ident.: ABN-27-00014594.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Flight controls are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)
Use selected speed.
Maximum speed : Speed limit displayed on the PFD.
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
 If flaps position less than CONF 3:
Set TAWS FLAP mode to OFF.
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.
 For go-around:
Maintain slats/flaps configuration.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 1/12

AFM A to C 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - FLAP RETRACTION INHIBITED

Ident.: ABN-27-00021080.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The retraction of the flaps is inhibited.

Note: Slats remain available.
Maximum speed : Speed limit displayed on the PFD.
Use selected speed.
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
 For go-around:
Maintain slats/flaps configuration.

F/CTL - FLAP SYS 1+2 FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00014600.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Reset flap system 1.

Reset flap system 2.
CAUTION Do not perform any reset of the flaps system during flaps movement.
Reset only one system at a time.
Maximum speed : Speed limit displayed on the PFD.
 When speed is below maximum speed:
Recycle flaps lever.
 If not successful:
Apply flaps locked procedure (Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - FLAPS LOCKED).

F/CTL - GND SPLRS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00014628.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 2/12

AFM D to F 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - INR FLAPS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00016930.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If the spoiler 2 is also failed:

The retraction of the flaps is inhibited.
 If the aircraft is below 22 000 ft and the speed is below 265 kt:
Maximum speed : Speed limit displayed on the PFD.
Use selected speed.
Note: Outer flaps extend slowly.
 For approach and landing:
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.
 For go-around:
Maintain slats/flaps configuration.

F/CTL - L(R) ELEVATOR FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00014645.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Flight controls are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)
 If the left(right) elevator is jammed between 5 ° and 8 ° nose up, or between 4.5 ° and 8 °
nose down:
Maximum speed: 250 kt
 If the left(right) elevator is jammed above 8 ° nose up, or above 8 ° nose down:
Maximum speed: 190 kt
Do not use speed brakes.
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 3/12

AFM G to H 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - L(R) INR(OUTR) AILERON FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00021217.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

F/CTL - LDG WITH FLAPS LEVER JAMMED

Ident.: ABN-27-00017751.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If flaps lever jammed at 0 or 1:

Force flaps lever one step down.
Set TAWS FLAP mode to OFF.
Do not perform autoland.
 If flaps lever jammed at 2:
Force flaps lever one step down.
 If flaps lever jammed at 3:
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.
 For go-around:
Maintain slats/flaps configuration.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 4/12

AFM I to J 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - LDG WITH NO SLATS AND NO FLAPS

Ident.: ABN-27-00017748.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If flaps lever jammed:

Force one additional flap step down.
 If flaps lever not jammed:
Select FLAPS 1.
Set TAWS FLAP mode to OFF.
Use selected speed.
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.
Do not perform autoland.
 For go-around:
Maintain slats/flaps configuration.

F/CTL - MOST SPLRS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00014631.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Flight control laws are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT
LOST)
 If the retraction of the flaps is inhibited:
Note: Slats remain available.
Maximum speed : Speed limit displayed on the PFD.
Use selected speed.
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
 For go-around:
Maintain slats/flaps configuration.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 5/12

AFM K to L 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - PART SPLRS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00014630.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: If 4 pairs of roll spoilers are lost, flight controls are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27
F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)
 If the retraction of the flaps is inhibited:
Note: Slats remain available.
Maximum speed : Speed limit displayed on PFD.
Use selected speed.
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
 For go-around:
Maintain slats/flaps configuration.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

F/CTL - RUDDER DOUBLE ACTUATOR FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00016929.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 6/12

AFM M to N 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - RUDDER FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00019288.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Flight controls are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)
Maneuver with care.
 If the rudder is jammed and deflected on the left side:
Avoid crosswind from left side.
Note: Landing has been demonstrated with crosswind up to 15 kt from the right side. This
value was not found limiting.
 If the rudder is jammed and deflected on the right side:
Avoid crosswind from right side.
Note: Landing has been demonstrated with crosswind up to 15 kt from the left side. This
value was not found limiting.
 If the rudder is failed in the neutral position:
Minimize crosswind for landing.
Note: Landing has been demonstrated with crosswind up to 10 kt from either side. This
value was not found limiting.
Do not use autobrake.
Use differential braking, if necessary, as soon as main gears are on ground.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 7/12

AFM O 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - RUDDER PEDAL FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00016931.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Keep autopilot on.

 For approach and landing:
Note: 1. Landing has been demonstrated with crosswind up to 20 kt. This value was not
found limiting.
2. Autoland is recommended.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.
Do not use autobrake.
Use differential braking, if necessary, as soon as the main gears are on ground.
Only use thrust reversers symmetrically.

F/CTL - RUDDER PEDAL JAMMED

Ident.: ABN-27-00021917.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Keep autopilot on.

 For approach and landing:
Minimize crosswind.
Note: 1. Landing has been demonstrated with crosswind up to 20 kt. This value was not
found limiting.
2. Autoland is recommended.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.
Do not use autobrake.
Use differential braking, if necessary, as soon as the main gears are on ground.
Only use thrust reversers symmetrically.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 8/12

AFM P to Q 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - RUDDER TRIM RUNAWAY

Ident.: ABN-27-00017731.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Use rudder with care.

Use rudder pedals to center the rudder.
Reset rudder trim.
 If reset not successful:
Consider autopilot use.
 For approach:
Note: Autoland is recommended.
 If manual landing anticipated:
Hold rudder pedal before disconnecting autopilot.
Keep rudder pedals centered.
Use pedals as required for decrab and landing.

F/CTL - SLATS LOCKED

Ident.: ABN-27-00014581.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Flight controls are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)
Maximum speed : Speed limit displayed on PFD.
Use selected speed.
 If slats position less than CONF 2:
Set TAWS FLAP mode to OFF.
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 9/12

AFM R to S 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - SLAT SYS 1+2 FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00014592.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Reset slat system 1.

Reset slat system 2.
CAUTION Do not perform any reset of the slats system during slats movement.
Reset only one system at a time.
Maximum speed : Speed limit displayed on PFD.
 When speed is below maximum speed:
Recycle flaps lever.
 If unsuccessful:
Apply slats locked procedure (Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - SLATS LOCKED).

F/CTL - SPEED BRAKES LEVER JAMMED

Ident.: ABN-27-00017755.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If the speed brakes are extended:

Set both thrust levers to TOGA for auto-retraction.
Note: Ground spoilers will extend normally.
 For landing:
Keep ground spoilers armed if already armed.
Note: If not armed, ground spoilers will extend at thrust reverser selection.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 10/12

AFM T to U 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

F/CTL - STABILIZER FAULT

Ident.: ABN-27-00014608.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Flight controls are in alternate law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - ALTN LAW (PROT LOST)
 If the speed is below 250 kt when the failure is detected:
 If stabilizer position not available or trim locked above 10 ° UP:
Maximum speed: 190 kt.
 If stabilizer position is between 6 ° UP and 10 ° UP:
Maximum speed: 260 kt
 If there is mechanical failure in the THS actuation system:
Maximum speed: 250 kt.
Do not use the speed brakes.
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 11/12

AFM V 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-27 P 12/12

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - CTR TK L+R PMPS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-28-00017611.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If the center tank pumps are abnormally deselected:

Turn off all center tank pumps.
 If the center tank pumps are not abnormally deselected:
 If the center tank is not empty:
Set the center tank pumps into the manual position.
 If the center tank pumps are still faulty after 40s:
Set the center tank pumps into the auto position.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Note: Center tank fuel is unusable.
 If the center tank pumps are running:
Set the center tank feed pumps into the auto position.
Turn off all center feed pumps when the center tank is empty.

FUEL - FQI FAULT

Ident.: TDU / ABN-28-00022848.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017706 FUEL - FQI FAULT
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

 Depending on the failure:

LAND ANSA
Do not reset FQMS.
 If more than 23 530 l (6 216 US Gal) of fuel remains in the L(R) tanks:
Consider that the maximum usable fuel is 17 000 kg (37 400 lb).
 If the remaining fuel in the L(R) tanks is between 23 530 l (6 216 US Gal) and 7 190 l
(1 899 US Gal):
Consider that the maximum usable fuel is 4 500 kg (9 900 lb).
Note: Fuel jettison is inoperative (if installed).
Stop fuel jettison if in use (if installed).

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 1/16

AFM A to B 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - FQI FAULT

Ident.: ABN-28-00017706.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022848 FUEL - FQI FAULT

LAND ANSA
Do not reset FQMS.
Note: Fuel jettison is inoperative (if installed).
 If more than 23 530 l (6 216 US Gal) of fuel remains in the L(R) tanks:
Consider that the maximum usable fuel is 17 000 kg (37 400 lb).
 If the remaining fuel in the L(R) tanks is between 23 530 l (6 216 US Gal) and 7 190 l
(1 899 US Gal):
Consider that the maximum usable fuel is 4 500 kg (9 900 lb).

FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT

Ident.: TDU / ABN-28-00022849.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017617 FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

 If the failure is not due to IMA module fault:

Reset FQMS 1 and 2 one after the other.
 If there is fuel in the center tank:
Set the center tank feed pumps to MAN position.
Note: Fuel jettison is inoperative (if installed).

FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT

Ident.: ABN-28-00017617.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022849 FUEL - FQMS 1+2 FAULT

Reset FQMS 1 and 2 one after the other.

 If there is fuel in the center tank:
Set the center tank feed pumps to MAN position.
Note: Fuel jettison is inoperative (if installed).

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 2/16

AFM C to E 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - IMBALANCE CORRECTED

Ident.: ABN-28-00017610.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn on main and standby pumps if previously turned off.

Turn on left and right center tank pumps.
Turn off the crossfeeds.
 If the left tank main and standby pumps are faulty:
Transfer the fuel of the left tank to the center tank.
 If the right tank main and standby pumps are faulty:
Transfer the fuel of the right tank to the center tank.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 3/16

AFM F 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - LEAK
Ident.: ABN-28-00017708.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

A fuel leak before the automatic fuel leak detection can be detected by either:
‐ Passenger or crew observation (fuel spray from engine or wing tip), or
‐ Total fuel quantity decreasing at an abnormal rate, or
‐ Fuel imbalance, or
‐ A tank emptying too fast (leak from engine or a hole in a tank), or
‐ A tank overflowing (due to a pipe rupture in a tank), or
‐ Excessive fuel flow (leak from engine), or
‐ Fuel smell in the cabin.
A visual check from the cabin may permit to identify the source of the leak if visibility permits.
LAND ANSA
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Turn off the APU master switch.
Monitor the fuel quantity of all tanks.
 If the fuel quantity decreases faster in the left (right) tank:
Turn on the APU if required.
Shutdown the engine of the affected side.
Monitor the fuel quantity of the affected tank.
 If leak stops:
Keep off the affected engine master lever.
Turn on all center tank pumps.
 If leak continues:
Apply the engine relight in flight procedure (Refer to ABN-70 ENG - RELIGHT IN FLT).
Do not balance the wings.
Do not use the reversers.
 If the fuel quantity is symmetrical after 30 min:
 If the center tank fuel quantity decreases:
Turn on the APU if required.
Turn on all center tank pumps.
Do not use the reversers.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 4/16

AFM G→ 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page FUEL - LEAK

 If the leak is suspected in the APU:
Turn on all center tank pumps.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 5/16

AFM ←G 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED

Ident.: TDU / ABN-28-00022847.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017612 FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Check all tanks quantity and the FOB and the FU.
 If disagreement between FOB+FU and BLOCK is confirmed:
LAND ANSA
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Monitor the fuel quantity of all tanks.
 If both engines are running when the alert is activated :
Turn off the APU.
 If the fuel quantity decreases faster in the left (right) tank:
Turn on the APU if required.
Shutdown the engine of the affected side.
Monitor the fuel quantity of the affected tank.
 If leak stops:
Keep off the affected engine master lever.
Turn on all center tank pumps.
 If leak continues:
Apply the engine relight in flight procedure. (Refer to ABN-70 ENG - RELIGHT IN
FLT)
Do not balance the wings.
Do not use the reversers.
 If the fuel quantity is symmetrical after 30 min:
 If the center tank fuel quantity decreases:
Turn on the APU if required.
Turn on all center tank pumps.
 If the leak is suspected in the APU:
Turn on all center tank pumps.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 6/16

AFM H 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED

Ident.: ABN-28-00017612.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022847 FUEL - LEAK SUSPECTED

Check all tanks quantity and the FOB and the FU.
 If disagreement between FOB+FU and BLOCK is confirmed:
LAND ANSA
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Turn off the APU master switch.
Monitor the fuel quantity of all tanks.
 If the fuel quantity decreases faster in the left (right) tank:
Turn on the APU if required.
Shutdown the engine of the affected side.
Monitor the fuel quantity of the affected tank.
 If leak stops:
Keep off the affected engine master lever.
Turn on all center tank pumps.
 If leak continues:
Apply the engine relight in flight procedure. (Refer to ABN-70 ENG - RELIGHT IN FLT)
Do not balance the wings.
Do not use the reversers.
 If the fuel quantity is symmetrical after 30 min:
 If the center tank fuel quantity decreases:
Turn on the APU if required.
Turn on all center tank pumps.
 If the leak is suspected in the APU:
Turn on all center tank pumps.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 7/16

AFM I 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST

Ident.: TDU / ABN-28-00022845.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00020132 FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

LAND ANSA
Confirm all tank pumps of the opposite side are on.
Turn off all tank pumps of the affected side.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Do not open the crossfeeds.
 If flight time above FL 300 since departure is less than 30 min:
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 80 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 80 or MEA-MORA.
 If flight time above FL 300 since departure is more than 30 min:
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 200 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 200 or MEA-MORA.
Avoid negative g load factor.
Do not try to restart the engine.
 When the engine of the affected side is out due to the feedline burst and the R(L) wing
tank contains less than 18 000 kg (39 683 lb) of fuel:
Turn on the fuel transfer of the affected tank.
Turn on the center tank pump of the opposite side.
Note: 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) of fuel are unusable in the affected tank.
Do not apply the manual balancing procedure.
 If the gravity transfer path is not available:
The fuel of the affected tank is unusable.
Turn off the fuel transfer of the affected tank.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 8/16

AFM J 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST

Ident.: ABN-28-00020132.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022845 FUEL - L(R) FEEDLINE BURST

LAND ANSA
Confirm all tank pumps of the opposite side are on.
Turn off all tank pumps of the affected side.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Do not open the crossfeeds.
 If flight time above FL 300 since departure is less than 30 min:
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 80 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 80 or MEA-MORA.
 If flight time above FL 300 since departure is more than 30 min:
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 200 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 200 or MEA-MORA.
Avoid negative g load factor.
 When the engine of the affected side is out due to the feedline burst:
Do not try to restart the engine.
Turn on the fuel transfer of the affected tank.
Turn on the center tank pump of the opposite side.
Note: 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) of fuel are unusable in the affected tank.
Do not apply the manual balancing procedure.
 If the gravity transfer path is not available:
The fuel of the affected tank is unusable.
Turn off the fuel transfer of the affected tank.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 9/16

AFM K 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - L(R) MAIN + STBY PMPS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-28-00017709.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off main and standby pumps of the affected tank.

 When the center tank fuel quantity is below 2 000 kg (4 409 lb) or when the center pumps
are faulty:
 If the gravity transfer path is available:
 If fuel leak:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK).
 If no fuel leak:
 When the center tank is empty:
Turn on all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Turn on the fuel transfer of the affected tank.
Note: 1. Fuel imbalance is expected, fuel should not be manually balanced.
2. 3 000 kg (6 600 lb) of fuel are unusable in the affected tank.
 If the gravity transfer path is not available:
Turn on all crossfeeds.
 If flight time above FL 300 since departure is less than 30 min:
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 80 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 80 or MEA-MORA.
 If flight time above FL 300 since departure is more than 30 min:
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 200 or MEA-MORA.
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 200 or MEA-MORA.
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Note: Affected engine is fed by gravity.
Avoid negative g load factor.
Turn off the fuel transfer of the affected tank.
 When the center tank fuel quantity is above 2 000 kg (4 409 lb):
Turn on all center tank pumps.
Set the center tank feed pumps to the MAN position.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 10/16

AFM L→ 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page FUEL - L(R) MAIN + STBY PMPS FAULT
Turn off all crossfeeds.

FUEL - L(R) WING TK TEMP HI

Ident.: ABN-28-00017616.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff.
 In flight:
LAND ANSA.

FUEL - L(R) WING TK LEVEL LO

Ident.: ABN-28-00017613.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If no fuel leak:
Turn on all crossfeeds.
 If fuel leak suspected:
Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK)
 If fuel quantity in the opposite tank still decreases:
Turn on the affected center tank pump.
Set the center tank feed pumps to the MAN position.

FUEL - L+R WING TK LEVEL LO

Ident.: ABN-28-00017614.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight:
LAND ANSA.
Turn on all crossfeeds.
 If there is fuel remaining in the center tank:
Set the center tank feed pumps into the MAN position.
Turn on the center tank pumps.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 11/16

AFM ← L to O 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI

Ident.: TDU / ABN-28-00022797.0001001 / 01 JUN 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: 00021840 FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI
Belongs to TR50 Issue 1

 If the static air temperature (SAT) is above 45 °C:

Delay takeoff.
Consider refueling to have a minimum of 9 000 kg (20 000 lb) of fuel in each wing tank.

FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI

Ident.: ABN-28-00021840.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022797 FUEL - T.O FUEL TEMP HI

Delay takeoff.
Consider refueling to have a minimum of 9 000 kg (20 000 lb) of fuel in each wing tank.

FUEL - TEMP LO
Ident.: ABN-28-00017615.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 Before takeoff:
Delay takeoff.
 In flight:
Increase TAT.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 12/16

AFM P to R 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE

Ident.: TDU / ABN-28-00022846.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017567 FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Confirm the ZFW value in the FMS.

Check the ECAM GW.
 If the ECAM GW is not correct:
VLS, Green dot, Vapp, S speed, F speed, and FMS fuel predictions are not correct.
 For landing:
Minimum approach speed is ALPHA PROT speed + 15 kt (minimum 122 kt).
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE

Ident.: ABN-28-00017567.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022846 FUEL - WEIGHT DATA DISAGREE

Confirm the ZFW value in the FMS.

Check the ECAM GW.
 If the ECAM GW is correct:
VLS, Green Dot, Vapp, S speed and F speed are available.
 If the ECAM GW is not correct:
VLS, Green dot, Vapp, S speed, F speed, and FMS fuel predictions are not correct.
 For landing:
Minimum approach speed is ALPHA PROT speed + 15 kt.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 13/16

AFM S to T 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - WINGS MAN BALANCING

Ident.: ABN-28-00017777.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If fuel leak suspected:

Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK)
 If no fuel leak:
 On ground:
Use the refuel panel to balance the fuel in the wings.
 In flight:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
Turn off all center tank fuel pumps.
Turn off the main and standby pumps of the lighter wing.
 When wing tanks are balanced:
Turn on the affected main and standby wing tank fuel pumps.
Turn on all center tank fuel pumps.
Turn off all fuel crossfeed valves.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 14/16

AFM U 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FUEL - WINGS NOT BALANCED

Ident.: ABN-28-00017571.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If fuel leak suspected:

Apply the fuel leak procedure (Refer to ABN-28 FUEL - LEAK)
 If no fuel leak:
 On ground:
Use the refuel panel to balance the fuel in the wings.
 In flight:
Turn on all fuel crossfeed valves.
Turn off the main and standby pumps of the lighter wing.
 If there is fuel in the center tank:
Turn off all center tank fuel pumps.
 For approach and landing:
 If the second imbalance threshold is reached:
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 15/16

AFM V 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-28 P 16/16

AFM 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
HYDRAULIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR - BRAKING NORM INDICATION

Ident.: TDU / ABN-29-00022427.0001001 / 01 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE
Belongs to TR40 Issue 1

DISCREPANCY BETWEEN WHEEL SD PAGE AND ECAM ALERTS - NORM INDICATION

When HYD G(Y) SYS PRESS LO alert is triggered after landing gear extension, on the WHEEL
SD page, NORM green indication may be displayed instead of NORM amber indication.
However, the HYD G(Y) SYS PRESS LO alert is correct on the warning display and PART
NORM BRK correctly displayed in the inoperative system section of the SD STATUS page.
PROCEDURE:
Disregard NORM indication on the WHEEL SD page.

ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR - TIME TO A-SKID LOSS INDICATION

Ident.: TDU / ABN-29-00022428.0001001 / 01 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE
Belongs to TR41 Issue 1

ERRONEOUS INDICATION OF TIME TO A-SKID LOSS INDICATION DURING CLIMB AND

FIRST HOUR OF CRUISE
On the WHEEL SD page, a time indication for the loss of the A-SKID is displayed in the case of a
hydraulic system failure. This time indication may be erroneous.
PROCEDURE:
 If HYD G(Y) SYS PRESS LO, on WHEEL SD page:
‐ During the phase between take-off and first hour of cruise, the flight crew should
disregard the info "TIME TO A-SKID LOSS".

HYD - ENG 1(2) G PMP PRESS LO

Ident.: ABN-29-00016650.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off green hydraulic engine driven pump of affected engine.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-29 P 1/4

AFM A to C 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
HYDRAULIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

HYD - ENG 1(2) Y PMP PRESS LO

Ident.: ABN-29-00016651.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off yellow hydraulic engine driven pump of affected engine.

Apply necessary approach speed and landing performance corrections.

HYD - G RSVR LEVEL LO

Ident.: ABN-29-00016646.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off green hydraulic engine driven pumps of both engines.

Apply green system low pressure procedure. Refer to ABN-29 HYD - G SYS PRESS LO
 On ground and all engines shut down:
Turn off green electric pump.

HYD - G SYS PRESS LO

Ident.: ABN-29-00016640.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Extend landing gear by gravity. Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.
Note: 1. Flaps extend slowly.
2. Spoilers are partially inoperative.
 For landing:
Note: 1. Green brakes are in alternate braking mode.
2. BTV function may be inoperative.
Use autobrake

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-29 P 2/4

AFM D to F 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
HYDRAULIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

HYD - G SYS TEMP HI

Ident.: ABN-29-00016648.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off green hydraulic engine driven pumps of both engines.

Apply green system low pressure procedure. Refer to ABN-29 HYD - G SYS PRESS LO
 On ground with all engines shut down:
Turn off green electric pump.
 For approach and landing, if the green system high temperature alert disappears:
Turn on green hydraulic engine driven pumps of both engines.

HYD - Y RSVR LEVEL LO

Ident.: ABN-29-00016647.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off yellow hydraulic engine driven pumps of both engines.

Apply yellow system low pressure procedure. Refer to ABN-29 HYD - Y SYS PRESS LO
 On ground and all engines shut down:
Turn off yellow electric pump.

HYD - Y SYS PRESS LO

Ident.: ABN-29-00016641.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Extend landing gear by gravity. Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.
Note: 1. Slats and flaps extend slowly.
2. Most spoilers are inoperative.
 For landing:
Use autobrake.
Consider towing to vacate the runway.
Note: 1. Yellow brakes are in alternate braking mode.
2. BTV function may be inoperative.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-29 P 3/4

AFM G to I 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
HYDRAULIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

HYD - Y SYS TEMP HI

Ident.: ABN-29-00016649.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off yellow hydraulic engine driven pumps of both engines.

Apply yellow system low pressure procedure. Refer to ABN-29 HYD - Y SYS PRESS LO
 On ground with all engines shut down:
Turn off yellow electric pump.
 For approach and landing, if the yellow system high temperature alert disappears:
Turn on yellow hydraulic engine driven pumps of both engines.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-29 P 4/4

AFM J 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

A-ICE - ALL PROBES 1(2)(3) NOT DE-ICED

Ident.: ABN-30-00014320.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn on probe and window heating.

A-ICE - ENG A-ICE CTL SYS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-30-00014321.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Avoid icing conditions.

A-ICE - ENG VLV CLOSED

Ident.: ABN-30-00014322.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Avoid icing conditions.

A-ICE - ICE DETECTED

Ident.: ABN-30-00020627.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn on engine anti-ice.

A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV CLOSED

Ident.: ABN-30-00014323.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Wing anti-ice is inoperative. Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-30 P 1/4

AFM A to E 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV OPEN

Ident.: ABN-30-00017724.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off affected side engine bleed.

 If left wing valve open:
Turn off APU bleed.
Close crossbleed (if not automatically done).

A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV PRESS HI

Ident.: ABN-30-00017712.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Wing anti-ice is inoperative. Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF.

A-ICE - L(R) WING VLV PRESS LO

Ident.: ABN-30-00014325.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Increase engine thrust.

Note: If unsuccessful or in the case of duct burst suspected, wing anti-ice is inoperative (Refer to
ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF).

A-ICE - L+R WINDOWS HEATG FAULT

Ident.: ABN-30-00014327.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Avoid icing conditions.

A-ICE - L+R WINDSHIELDS HEATG FAULT

Ident.: ABN-30-00014326.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Avoid icing conditions.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-30 P 2/4

AFM F to J 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

A-ICE - SEVERE ICE DETECTED

Ident.: ABN-30-00020628.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn on engine anti-ice.

Turn on wing anti-ice.

A-ICE - WING SYS FAULT

Ident.: ABN-30-00014333.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Wing anti-ice is inoperative. Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF.

WING A-ICE FAULT OR OFF

Ident.: ABN-30-00014334.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off wing anti-ice.

Avoid icing conditions.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-30 P 3/4

AFM K to M 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-30 P 4/4

AFM 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

FWS - FWS 1+2 & CPIOM FAULT

Ident.: ABN-31-00018057.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If CPIOM (H31 or H33) and (H32 or H34) are failed:

Set the center tank feed to manual.
Note: Fuel jettison is inoperative (if installed).
Monitor ECAM system display, and overhead panel.
 If CPIOMs (J21 and J23 ), or (J22 and J24), or (H43 and H44), or (H41 and H42), or (H63
and H64) are failed:
Avoid icing conditions.
Note: ‐ If CPIOMs (H43 and H44), or (H41 and H42), or (H63 and H64) are failed, the wing
anti-ice is inoperative (Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF).
‐ If CPIOMs (J21 and J23 ), or (J22 and J24) are failed, the engine anti-ice is
inoperative.
 If CPIOM J51 is failed:
Note: Only ATC voice communication is available.
 If CPIOMs H41 and H42 are failed:
Use cabin pressure manual mode.
 When the aircraft is at or above FL 250:
Set the cabin altitude target to 7 000 ft.
 When the aircraft is below FL 250:
Set the cabin altitude target to the landing elevation.
 If CPIOMs (H61 or H63) and (H62 or H64) are failed:
 For landing:
Extend the landing gear by gravity, Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION.
Note: The nosewheel steering is inoperative.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-31 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
INDICATING / RECORDING SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-31 P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR - BRAKING SYSTEM

Ident.: TDU / ABN-32-00022422.0002001 / 14 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 106648)
Impacted DU: NONE
Belongs to TR60 Issue 1

DISCREPANCY BETWEEN WHEEL SD PAGE AND ECAM ALERT - A/SKID INDICATION

On the WHEEL SD page, A-SKID green indication is displayed instead of A-SKID amber
indication between wheels pairs following total loss of braking on the affected wheel group.
However the following alert and indications remain correct:
‐ The BRAKES AFT(FWD) WHEELS BRK LOST or BRAKES PART A-SKID FAULT alert on the
warning display, and
‐ The associated braking modes on the WHEEL SD page, and
‐ The A-SKID status in the inoperative system section of the SD STATUS page.
PROCEDURE:
Disregard the A-SKID indication of the affected wheel group on the WHEEL SD page.

ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR - STEERING SYSTEM

Ident.: TDU / ABN-32-00022423.0001001 / 01 DEC 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: NONE
Belongs to TR39 Issue 1

SPURIOUS STEER N/W STEER FAULT JUST AFTER NOSE LANDING GEAR DOWNLOCKING
In the case of an avionics failure that only affects one steering system, the STEER N/W STEER
FAULT alert may be triggered during 2 s just after nose landing gear downlocking.
PROCEDURE:
 After nose landing gear downlocking:
Disregard the transient STEER N/W STEER FAULT alert.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 1/10

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

BRAKES - AFT(FWD) WHEELS BRK LOST

Ident.: ABN-32-00014707.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

Note: Normal braking mode is available on the forward(aft) wheel brakes.

BRAKES - A-SKID FAULT ON ALL WHEELS OR OFF

Ident.: ABN-32-00014698.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

Delay braking until nose landing gear touchdown.
Taxi with care.
Do not perform braked pivot turn.
Note: Brake pressure is auto-limited.

BRAKES - HOT
Ident.: ABN-32-00014700.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 On ground:
Turn on brake fans (if installed).
Note: For parking, prefer chocks.
Delay takeoff for cooling.
 In flight after takeoff:
 If performance permits:
Keep landing gear down for cooling.
Maximum speed VLE/MLE. Refer to VLE/MLE.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 2/10

AFM C to E 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

BRAKES - NORM BRK FAULT ON ALL WHEELS

Ident.: ABN-32-00014705.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

Consider the use of autobrake.
Note: For pedal braking, brake without releasing the pedals.

BRAKES - PART A-SKID FAULT

Ident.: ABN-32-00021271.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

Delay braking until nose landing gear touchdown.
Taxi with care.
Do not perform braked pivot turn.
Note: Brake pressure is auto-limited on affected wheels.

BRAKES - PART NORM BRK FAULT

Ident.: ABN-32-00021254.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

Consider the use of autobrake.
Note: For pedal braking, brake without releasing the pedals.

BRAKES - RELEASED
Ident.: ABN-32-00014702.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 3/10

AFM F to I 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

L/G - CTL 1+2 FAULT

Ident.: ABN-32-00014708.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If landing gear is extended:

No landing gear retraction.
Extend landing gear by gravity. Refer to ABN-32 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION

L/G - DOORS NOT CLOSED

Ident.: ABN-32-00014709.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum speed: VLO/MLO Refer to VLO/MLO.

 When speed below VLO/MLO:
Recycle landing gear.

L/G - GEAR NOT LOCKED UP

Ident.: ABN-32-00014710.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If landing gear doors not closed and landing gear not locked down:
Maximum speed: VLO/MLO. Refer to VLO/MLO
 When speed below VLO/MLO:
Recycle landing gear.
 If not successful:
Pull down landing gear lever.
 If all landing gear doors closed and landing gear not locked down:
Avoid excessive g load factor.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 4/10

AFM J to L 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL MAIN L/G

Ident.: ABN-32-00016442.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Advise cabin crew.

Notify ATC.
Note: Landing above MLW should be avoided.
 If gross weight decrease required:
Apply fuel jettison (if installed) procedure Refer to 00017720 **Not found**.
Set oxygen crew supply to OFF.
Disregard normal checklist for approach and landing.
Turn on cabin signs.
Secure cockpit and cabin.
 If the left side of the landing gear is affected:
Avoid crosswind from the left side.
Note: Landing has been demonstrated with crosswind up to 20 kt from the right side. This
value was not found limiting.
 If the right side of the landing gear is affected:
Avoid crosswind from the right side.
Note: Landing has been demonstrated with crosswind up to 20 kt from the left side. This
value was not found limiting.
 If both sides of the landing gear are affected:
Minimize crosswind for landing.
Note: Landing has been demonstrated with crosswind up to 10 kt from either side. This
value was not found limiting.
 If gross weight at or below 155 t:
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
Approach speed: VLS.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.
 For approach:
Check ECAM status.
Select barometric reference.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 5/10

AFM M→ 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL MAIN L/G
Set minimum.
Set GPWS to OFF.
Do not use autobrake.
Check the landing gear gravity extension switch to DOWN.
Check the landing gear lever to DOWN.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
Obtain cabin report.
Turn on emergency exit lights.
Turn off COMMERCIAL 1+2.
Engage autothrust as required.
Select flaps landing configuration.
Do not arm ground spoilers.
Turn off the APU.
 At 500 ft AGL:
Order brace for impact.
 If both sides of the landing gear are affected:
 Before touchdown:
Minimum pitch attitude at touchdown: 5 °.
 Before impact:
Shut down all engines.
 After touchdown:
Do not use thrust reversers.
 If only one side of the landing gear is affected:
Maintain up the wing of the affected side.
Shut down the engine of the affected side before nacelle impact.
 When aircraft stopped:
 If only one side of the landing gear is affected:
Shut down the remaining engine.
Set parking brake to ON.
Push all fire pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all fire agents as required (engines and APU).
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 6/10

AFM ←M→ 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL MAIN L/G
Consider evacuation. Refer to EMER-90 MISC - EMER EVAC

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 7/10

AFM ←M 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL NOSE L/G

Ident.: ABN-32-00016441.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Advise cabin crew.

Notify ATC.
Note: Landing above MLW should be avoided.
 If gross weight decrease required:
Apply fuel jettison (if installed) procedure Refer to 00017720 **Not found**.
Consider CG aft shifting (12 passengers correspond to 2 % CG).
Disregard normal checklist for approach and landing.
Turn on cabin signs.
Secure cockpit and cabin.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.
 For approach:
Check ECAM status.
Select barometric reference.
Set minimum.
Set GPWS to OFF.
Do not use autobrake.
Check the landing gear gravity extension switch to DOWN.
Check the landing gear lever to DOWN.
Stop fuel jettison (if installed).
Obtain cabin report.
Turn on emergency exit lights.
Turn off COMMERCIAL 1+2.
Use autothrust as required.
Select flaps landing configuration.
Arm ground spoilers.
 Before landing:
Order brace for impact.
 After touchdown:
Do not use thrust reversers.
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 8/10

AFM N→ 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page L/G - LANDING WITH ABNORMAL NOSE L/G
Keep nose up.
Do not use steer tiller.
Use rudder pedals.
 Before nose impact:
Limit brake pressure to 1 000 PSI.
Shut down all engines.
 When aircraft stopped:
Set parking brake to ON.
Push all fire pushbuttons (engines and APU).
Discharge all fire agents as required (engines and APU).
Consider evacuation. Refer to EMER-90 MISC - EMER EVAC

L/G - RETRACTION FAULT

Ident.: ABN-32-00014711.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum speed: VLO/MLO. Refer to VLO/MLO.

 When speed below VLO/MLO:
Recycle landing gear.
 If not successful or after 50 s:
Keep landing gear down.

L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION

Ident.: ABN-32-00014712.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum speed: Refer to LIM-SPD VLO/MLO and VLE/MLE.

Pull up landing gear lever.
Set the landing gear gravity extension switch to DOWN.
 When landing gear locked down or after 90 s:
Pull down landing gear lever.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 9/10

AFM ← N to P 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-32 P 10/10

AFM 06 AUG 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

NAV - ADR 1+2+3 FAULT

Ident.: ABN-34-00020944.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off all ADRs.

Set the cabin altitude mode to MAN and target the appropriate cabin altitude.
 At top of descent:
Set cabin altitude target to landing field elevation.
Note: Flight controls are in direct law. Refer to ABN-27 F/CTL - DIRECT LAW (PROT LOST)

NAV - IR 1(2)(3) FAULT

Ident.: ABN-34-00020942.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If the affected IR is available in ATT mode:

Set the affected IR mode to ATT.
Keep speed, heading, and flight level constant for 30 s.
Enter and update regularly heading on FMS position field of IRS page.
 If the affected IR is not available in ATT mode:
Turn off the affected IR.

NAV - IR 1+2(2+3)(1+3) FAULT

Ident.: ABN-34-00020943.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If an affected IR is available in ATT mode:

Set affected IR mode to ATT.
Keep speed, heading, and flight level constant for 30 s.
Enter and regularly update heading on FMS position field of IRS page.
 If an affected IR is not available in ATT mode:
Turn off affected IR.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-34 P 1/2

AFM A to C 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-34 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PNEUMATIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AIR - ABNORM BLEED CONFIG

Ident.: ABN-36-00012940.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off the pack on the affected side.

Turn off the forward cargo temperature regulation (if installed).
Note: Wing anti-ice is inoperative (Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF).

AIR - APU BLEED LEAK

Ident.: ABN-36-00017928.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 On ground:
Do not attempt to start any engine not yet started.
Turn off APU bleed (if not automatically done).
Turn off engine 1 bleed (if not automatically done).
Close crossbleed (if not automatically done).

AIR - APU BLEED LIMITED TO SINGLE PACK OPER

Ident.: ABN-36-00020052.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If APU bleed is turned ON above FL 225:

Turn off one pack.
Turn off the forward cargo temperature regulation (if installed).
Note: APU bleed power is not sufficient to supply both packs above FL 225 (Refer to
NORM-49 Auxiliary Power Unit).

AIR - ENG 1(2) BLEED TEMP LO

Ident.: ABN-36-00017749.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off the affected engine bleed.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-36 P 1/4

AFM A to D 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PNEUMATIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AIR - ENG 1+2 BLEED TEMP LO

Ident.: ABN-36-00012945.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Increase thrust of both engines.

Note: Wing anti-ice becomes inoperative if low temperature persists on both engine bleed
systems (Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF).

AIR - HOT AIR 1(2) LEAK

Ident.: ABN-36-00017931.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If automatic shutoff of the affected hot air supply is not successful:

Turn off affected pack.
Turn off the forward cargo temperature regulation (if installed).
 If isolation of the affected hot air supply is not successful:
Turn off affected hot air supply.

AIR - L(R) WING A-ICE LEAK

Ident.: ABN-36-00012944.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off wing anti-ice (if not automatically done).

Note: Wing anti-ice is inoperative (Refer to ABN-30 WING A-ICE FAULT or OFF).

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-36 P 2/4

AFM E to G 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PNEUMATIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AIR - L(R) WING LEAK

Ident.: ABN-36-00017932.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 On ground:
Do not attempt to start any engine not yet started.
Turn off engine bleed of affected side (if not automatically done).
Close crossbleed (if not automatically done).
 If left wing leak:
Turn off APU bleed (if not automatically done).

AIR - PACK 1(2) LEAK

Ident.: ABN-36-00017933.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If automatic isolation of the affected pack is not successful:

Turn off affected pack.
Turn off the forward cargo temperature regulation (if installed).

AIR - XBLEED FAULT

Ident.: ABN-36-00017934.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If crossbleed automatic control is lost:

Use crossbleed manual control.
 If one engine bleed is inoperative:
Open the crossbleed.
 If crossbleed manual control is lost:
Set crossbleed to AUTO.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-36 P 3/4

AFM H to J 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
PNEUMATIC
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-36 P 4/4

AFM 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

DOOR - ALL POS DET FAULT

Ident.: ABN-52-00012328.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.
 Before opening any cabin door:
Check residual differential pressure.
Advise cabin crew.

DOOR - AVNCS NOT CLOSED

Ident.: ABN-52-00012329.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

DOOR - AVNCS POS DET FAULT

Ident.: ABN-52-00012331.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-52 P 1/4

AFM A to C 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

DOOR - CARGO NOT CLOSED (FWD, AFT OR BULK)

Ident.: ABN-52-00012334.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

DOOR - CARGO POS DET FAULT (FWD, AFT OR BULK)

Ident.: ABN-52-00012335.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

DOOR - ESCAPE HATCH NOT CLOSED

Ident.: ABN-52-00012332.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-52 P 2/4

AFM D to F 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

DOOR - ESCAPE HATCH POS DET FAULT

Ident.: ABN-52-00012333.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

DOOR - MULTIPLE POS DET FAULT

Ident.: ABN-52-00012570.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

DOOR - NOT CLOSED (CABIN)

Ident.: ABN-52-00012336.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-52 P 3/4

AFM G to I 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

DOOR - POS DET FAULT (CABIN)

Ident.: ABN-52-00012337.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight and if abnormal cabin vertical speed:

Maximum flight level: FL 100 / MEA - MORA.
Advise cabin crew.
Notify ATC.
Initiate a descent to the higher one of: FL 100 or MEA - MORA.

DOOR - RESIDUAL DIFF PRESS DET FAULT

Ident.: ABN-52-00012338.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 Before opening any cabin door:

Check residual differential pressure.
Advise cabin crew.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-52 P 4/4

AFM J to K 06 MAY 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - EGT OVER LIMIT

Ident.: ABN-70-00016677.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Move affected engine thrust lever to reduce EGT below limit.

 If over limit persists after thrust lever back to idle position:
Shut down affected engine.

ENG - FADEC FAULT

Ident.: ABN-70-00016676.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If engine running in flight and if autothrust engaged:

Manually adjust thrust.
Monitor engine parameters.
 If abnormal engine operation:
Shut down affected engine.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 1/10

AFM A to B 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - FAIL
Ident.: ABN-70-00016678.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ANSA
 If alert appears during initial climb out:
Apply engine failure during initial climb out procedure. Refer to ABN-OEI-TO Engine Failure
During Initial Climb Out
 If shaft failure:
Shut down affected engine.
 On ground:
Push affected ENG FIRE pushbutton and discharge AGENT 1.
 In flight:
Push affected ENG FIRE pushbutton and discharge AGENT 1 after 10 s.
 If FADEC overheat or thrust malfunction (THRUST CTL LOST):
Shut down affected engine.
 If other failure:
Set affected engine thrust lever to idle.
Note: Automatic relight of affected engine is in progress.
 If engine damage:
 On ground:
Shut down affected engine.
Push affected ENG FIRE pushbutton and discharge AGENT 1 (or AGENT 2 if AGENT
1 is not available).
 In flight:
Shut down affected engine.
Push affected ENG FIRE pushbutton and discharge AGENT 1 (or AGENT 2 if AGENT
1 is not available) after 10 s.
 If no engine damage:
Consider engine relight. Refer to ABN-70 ENG - RELIGHT IN FLT
 If the engine relight is unsuccessful:
Shut down affected engine.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 2/10

AFM C 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - FUEL FILTER CLOGGED

Ident.: ABN-70-00022608.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ANSA
 During takeoff run:
Set both engine thrust levers to idle.
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Note: The center tank fuel is not usable.

ENG - FUEL FILTER IN BYPASS

Ident.: ABN-70-00022609.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Turn off all crossfeeds.

Note: Do not open crossfeeds.

ENG - FUEL LEAK SUSPECTED

Ident.: ABN-70-00016679.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Check the engine fuel parameters.

 If engine fuel leak confirmed:
Shut down affected engine.

ENG - GA SOFT FAULT

Ident.: ABN-70-00022643.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107050)

For go-around, set thrust levers to TOGA.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 3/10

AFM D to G 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - N1 DEGRADED MODE

Ident.: ABN-70-00016680.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: Takeoff thrust is limited.

 If autothrust is not available:
Manually adjust the thrust.
 If autothrust is available:
Use autothrust as required.

ENG - OIL PRESS LO

Ident.: ABN-70-00016681.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Reduce affected engine thrust below the limit.

Note: If oil pressure decreases below 25 PSI, red alert ENG - OIL PRESS LO will occur. Refer to
EMER-70 ENG - OIL PRESS LO

ENG - OIL TEMP HI

Ident.: ABN-70-00016682.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Move affected engine thrust lever to reduce oil temperature below the limit.
 If high temperature persist after thrust lever back to idle position:
Shut down affected engine.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 4/10

AFM H to J 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - RELIGHT IN FLT

Ident.: ABN-70-00016729.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum guaranteed altitude for relight: 25 000 ft.

Minimum speed for windmill relight: 250 kt.
Shut down affected engine.
Open crossbleed.
Turn off wing anti-ice.
Set ENG START selector to IGN START.
Set affected ENG MASTER lever to ON.
Monitor engine relight.
 When idle reached:
Set ENG START selector to NORM.
Set crossbleed to AUTO.
Use anti-ice as required.
In-Flight Engine Relight Envelope

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 5/10

AFM K 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - REVERSER ENERGIZED

Ident.: ABN-70-00016733.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set affected engine thrust lever to idle.

ENG - REVERSER UNLOCKED

Ident.: ABN-70-00016734.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set affected engine thrust lever to idle.

 If buffet or on ground:
Shut down affected engine.
For go-around, apply TOGA thrust only on the operative/good engine.

ENG - SHUTDOWN
Ident.: ABN-70-00016683.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ANSA
Set TCAS mode to TA ONLY.
Retract landing gear (if not already done).
Monitor fuel imbalance.
For go-around, use TOGA thrust.
 If spoilers are partly extended:
For landing, use FLAPS 3.
For go-around, use FLAPS 1.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 6/10

AFM L to N 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - STALL
Ident.: ABN-70-00021242.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set affected engine thrust lever to IDLE.

Turn on engine anti-ice of the affected side.
Check engine parameters of the affected engine.
 If abnormal engine parameters:
Shut down the affected engine.
Consider engine relight procedure for the affected engine. Refer to ABN-70 ENG - RELIGHT IN
FLT.
 If normal engine parameters:
Increase thrust slowly on the affected engine.

ENG - START VLV NOT CLOSED

Ident.: ABN-70-00016731.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 On ground:
Turn off affected engine bleed.
Turn off APU bleed if engine 1 is affected.
 During manual engine start:
Turn off affected MAN START pushbutton.
Shut down affected engine.
 In flight:
Turn off affected engine bleed.
Turn off APU bleed if engine 1 is affected.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 7/10

AFM O to P 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG - START VLV NOT OPEN

Ident.: ABN-70-00016730.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 On ground:
 During manual engine start:
Turn off affected MAN START pushbutton.
Shut down affected engine.
 In flight:
 If the FADEC attempts a windmill relight:
Minimum speed for windmill relight: 250 kt.
Monitor with care engine parameters.
 If abnormal engines parameters :
Shut down affected engine.

ENG - STATOR A-ICE VLV CLOSED

Ident.: ABN-70-00019874.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Manual engines ground ice shedding procedure required. Refer to NORM-30 Engine Ground Ice
Procedure

ENG - THR LEVER NOT SET

Ident.: ABN-70-00019871.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If one engine inoperative:

Set thrust levers to TOGA.
 If maximum takeoff mode selected:
Set thrust levers to TOGA.
 If derated takeoff or flexible mode selected:
Set thrust levers to MCT/FLX.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 8/10

AFM Q to S 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG 1+2 - FUEL FILTER CLOGGED

Ident.: ABN-70-00022610.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ANSA
 During takeoff run:
Set both engine thrust levers to idle.
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Note: The center tank fuel is not usable.

ENG 1+2 - FUEL FILTER IN BYPASS

Ident.: ABN-70-00022611.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LAND ANSA
 During takeoff run:
Set both engine thrust levers to idle.
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Note: The center tank fuel is not usable.
Turn off the autothrust.
No rapid thrust changes.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 9/10

AFM T to U 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN BYPASS - FUEL CONTAMINATED

Ident.: TDU / ABN-70-00022930.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00022677 ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN BYPASS
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

LAND ANSA
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Note: The center tank fuel is not usable.
Turn off the autothrust.
No rapid thrust changes.

ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN BYPASS

Ident.: ABN-70-00022677.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022930 ENG 1+2 - FUEL HEAT EXCHANGER IN BYPASS

LAND ANSA
Turn off all crossfeeds.
Turn off all center tank pumps.
Note: The center tank fuel is not usable.
Turn off the autothrust.
No rapid thrust changes.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-70 P 10/10

AFM V to W 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER

Ident.: TDU / ABN-90-00022912.0001001 / 14 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107655)
Impacted DU: 00017937 MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER
Belongs to TR52 Issue 1

Initiate a 180 ° turn.

Notify ATC.
Disconnect autothrust.
Reduce thrust (if conditions permit).
Use crew oxygen masks with no dilution.
Advise cabin crew.
Provide passengers with oxygen masks as required.
Turn on wing and engine anti-ice.
Set air flow to HI.
Turn off all cargo compartment isolation valves (if installed).
Monitor engine parameters and airspeed.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-90 P 1/6

AFM A 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - BOMB ON BOARD

Ident.: ABN-90-00017940.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

FLIGHT CREW PROCEDURES:

Establish communication between cockpit and cabin.
 If landing and evacuation possible within 30 min:
Notify ATC and company.
Land and initiate evacuation.
 If no immediate landing:
Notify ATC and company.
Level off.
Target speed: prefer low IAS.
Set cabin altitude mode to MAN in order not to increase the cabin altitude.
Descend the aircraft in order to reach aircraft altitude equal to cabin altitude +2 500 ft / MEA
- MORA.
 When aircraft altitude equal to cabin altitude +2 500 ft / MEA - MORA:
Turn off galleys.
Turn off PAX SYS.
Compute cruise performance with landing gear and flaps extended.
 If fuel permits:
Use at least FLAPS 1.
Extend landing gear.
During further descent, maintain a positive differential pressure of 1 PSI.
 For approach:
Set cabin altitude mode to AUTO.
 When on ground:
Initiate evacuation.
CABIN CREW PROCEDURES:
 If landing and evacuation not possible within 30 min and if the bomb can be moved:
Move the bomb to the prepared Least Risk Bomb Location according to CCOM procedure
Refer to CCOM/14-90 Bomb On Board.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-90 P 2/6

AFM B 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - CIRCLING WITH ONE ENG INOP

Ident.: ABN-90-00021241.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Check the aircraft landing weight.

 If the aircraft weight is above the maximum weight for circling in CONF 3:
Delay landing gear extension.

MISC - CKPT WINDOW CRACKED

Ident.: ABN-90-00017938.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If external layer cracked:

No limitation is applicable, if structure is not affected.
 If internal layer or both layers cracked, or no diagnosis possible:
Maximum flight level is the higher one of: FL 230 / MEA-MORA.
Set cabin altitude mode to MAN.
Set cabin altitude target according to the table below:
Flight level FL 100 FL 150 FL 200 FL 230
Cabin altitude Landing Field 3 000 ft 6 000 ft 8 000 ft
Elevation (LFE)

 If left (right) window/windshield affected:

Pull WHC 1 (WHC 2) reset button.
 If left and right window/windshield affected:
Pull WHC 1 and WHC 2 reset buttons.
Avoid icing conditions.
 At FL 100 :
Set cabin altitude mode to AUTO.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-90 P 3/6

AFM C to D 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - CKPT WINDOW ELEC ARCING

Ident.: ABN-90-00020952.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If left (right) window/windshield affected:

Pull WHC 1 (WHC 2) reset button.
 If left and right window/windshield affected:
Pull WHC 1 and WHC 2 reset buttons.
Avoid icing conditions.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-90 P 4/6

AFM E 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - OVERWEIGHT LDG

Ident.: ABN-90-00017718.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

If circumstances dictate, landing may be made at a weight corresponding to the maximum structural
takeoff weight.
 If sufficient time to decrease gross weight, and fuel jettison available:
Apply fuel jettison procedure. Refer to 00017720 **Not found**.
 If the overweight landing procedure follows a failure requesting to land in FLAPS 3 or
below:
Use the requested slats/flaps setting for landing and go-around.
 Otherwise:
 If approach climb performance requirements are met in configuration 3:
Use FLAPS FULL for landing.
 For go-around:
Select FLAPS 3.
 If approach climb performance requirements are not met in configuration 3:
Use FLAPS 3 for landing.
 For go-around:
Select FLAPS 1.
 If no failure requires to increase speed for landing:
Target VLS at runway threshold.
Increase flare height.
At main landing gear touchdown, use maximum available reverse thrust.
At nosewheel touchdown, apply brakes as necessary.
Apply necessary landing performance corrections.
Note: 1. For overweight landing, the maximum touchdown vertical speed should not exceed
360 ft/min.
2. Approach climb requirements must be checked.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-90 P 5/6

AFM F 01 OCT 15
 ABNORMAL PROCEDURES
MISCELLANEOUS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER

Ident.: ABN-90-00017937.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00022912 MISC - VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER

Initiate a 180 ° turn.

Notify ATC.
Disconnect autothrust.
Reduce thrust (if conditions permit).
Use crew oxygen masks with no dilution.
Advise cabin crew.
Provide passengers with oxygen masks as required.
Turn on wing and engine anti-ice.
Set air flow to HI.
Turn off all cargo compartment isolation valves (if installed).
Use APU as required.
Monitor engine parameters and airspeed.

TAIL STRIKE
Ident.: ABN-90-00020154.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In flight:
LAND ANSA
Maximum flight level is the higher one of : FL 100 or MEA-MORA.
Turn off both packs.
Turn on RAM AIR.
Turn off CAB FANS.

THA 350-941 FLEET ABN-90 P 6/6

AFM G to H 01 OCT 15
 

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Intentionally left blank
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

NORM-GEN GENERAL
Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................A

NORM-PFLT PREFLIGHT CHECKS

Batteries................................................................................................................................................................... A
Dispatch Messages..................................................................................................................................................B
Cockpit Door............................................................................................................................................................ C

NORM-TO TAKEOFF
Takeoff Procedure................................................................................................................................................... A

NORM-FLT FLIGHT
Buffet Onset............................................................................................................................................................. A
Severe Turbulence...................................................................................................................................................B

NORM-LDG APPROACH AND LANDING

Normal Landing........................................................................................................................................................A
Balked Landing (All Engines Operating)................................................................................................................. B
Reverse Thrust........................................................................................................................................................ C
Autobrake.................................................................................................................................................................D
Brake To Vacate (BTV)........................................................................................................................................... E
Use of BTV in Low Visibility Conditions (CAT II, CAT III).......................................................................................F
Runway Overrun Warning / Runway Overrun Protection (ROW/ROP).................................................................. G

NORM-22 AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM

NORM-22-CONF Demonstrated System Configuration
AP/FD, Speed Modes, Autothrust........................................................................................................................... A
Takeoff..................................................................................................................................................................... B
Climb, Cruise, Descent............................................................................................................................................C
Approaches.............................................................................................................................................................. D
CAT I ILS Approach................................................................................................................................................ E
CAT II ILS Approach............................................................................................................................................... F
CAT II/III ILS Approach with Autoland....................................................................................................................G
Maximum Encountered Wind during Flight Tests (CAT II/III)................................................................................. H
Go-Around................................................................................................................................................................. I
Altitude Loss after Automatic Go-Around Initiation..................................................................................................J
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-PLP-TOC P 1/2

AFM 03 SEP 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

NORM-22-APPR Approach Guidance
General.....................................................................................................................................................................A
Approach with FLS.................................................................................................................................................. B
Approach with NAV Mode.......................................................................................................................................C
CAT II and CAT III Automatic Approach with or without Autoland......................................................................... D

NORM-22-REQT Required equipment for approach

Required Equipment for CAT II and CAT III Approach with Autoland.................................................................... A

NORM-30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

Engine Ground Ice Procedure.................................................................................................................................A
Operations in Icing Conditions................................................................................................................................ B
Rain Repellent......................................................................................................................................................... C

NORM-34 NAVIGATION
Inertial Reference System (IRS)..............................................................................................................................A
Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM)..................................................................................................... B
Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)..................................................................................................C
Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS)............................................................................................ D
Windshear Warning................................................................................................................................................. E

NORM-49 AUXILIARY POWER UNIT

Auxiliary Power Unit................................................................................................................................................ A

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-PLP-TOC P 2/2

AFM 03 SEP 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: NORM-GEN-00017773.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The procedures contained in this chapter have been established and are recommended by the
aircraft manufacturer.
Only particular operations which are considered useful to highlight are presented. The procedures
which are considered to be basic airmanship are therefore not covered.
When actions depend on a condition, a dot (•) or a square (■) identifies this condition. The square is
used when there is a choice between one or more conditions and only one is applicable.
They are approved by the Airworthiness Authorities as acceptable procedures for a convenient use
of the aircraft. This approval does not prevent the operator from developing equivalent procedures
provided these procedures are approved by appropriate operational authorities.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-GEN P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-GEN P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
PREFLIGHT CHECKS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

BATTERIES
Ident.: NORM-PFLT-00020973.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The batteries condition must be checked at each aircraft power on.

BATTERIES CONDITION CHECK:
While all batteries (1 + 2 + EMER 1 + EMER 2) are off, check batteries voltage is at least 25 V.
If batteries voltage is below 25 V, perform a 45 min charging cycle.

DISPATCH MESSAGES
Ident.: NORM-PFLT-00021007.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Before each flight, display all active dispatch messages by depressing the DISPCH pushbutton and
check that the dispatch messages are compatible with MMEL.

COCKPIT DOOR
Ident.: NORM-PFLT-00018037.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If required by local Airworthiness Authorities:

Check that the cockpit door is closed and locked before each flight.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-PFLT P 1/2

AFM A to C 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
PREFLIGHT CHECKS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-PFLT P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TAKEOFF PROCEDURE
Ident.: NORM-TO-00017753.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set slats, flaps and horizontal stabilizer as required.

Perform flight controls checks using the pedals and each sidestick.
Arm ground spoilers and select autobrake.
Apply 25 % THR on both engines with brakes on.
Note: Brakes may be released so as to perform a rolling takeoff.
 If crosswind at or below 25 kt and no tailwind:
Release brakes with stick half forward.
Apply thrust up to FLX/TOGA thrust whilst maintaining stick half forward up to 80 kt.
 If crosswind above 25 kt or tailwind:
Release brakes with stick full forward.
Increase progressively N1 to reach CL detent at 20 kt ground speed and FLX/TOGA detent at
40 kt ground speed, whilst maintaining stick full forward up to 80 kt.
Note: If the aircraft takeoff weight is below 160 t (352 739 lb), perform a derated takeoff with
derate level D12 or above.
Note: 1. FADEC includes a Keep Out Zone (KOZ), which is designed to avoid steady state
operation inside a specific N1 range. Inside this zone, discontinuous thrust behavior will
occur.
2. Once the throttle is set to MCT/FLX detent, any change to FLEX TEMP setting will not be
taken into account by the FADEC for THR target computation.
Then release stick progressively to reach neutral at 100 kt.
Before reaching 80 kt, check takeoff thrust is set (i.e. check that the actual thrust of each engine has
reached thrust rating limit value).
 At VR:
Rotate the aircraft with a positive sidestick input to achieve a normal and continuous rotation rate
to the pitch attitude necessary to reach an airspeed at or above V2+10 kt.
 Once airborne and with a positive rate of climb:
Retract the landing gear.
SRS guidance should be followed when FD pitch order is established.
Note: Following SRS guidance will ensure to reach the V2+10 kt speed objective at 400 ft.
 At safe height:
Perform acceleration and flaps/slats retraction.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-TO P 1/2

AFM A→ 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Disarm ground spoilers.

Note: If takeoff is performed with packs off, the first pack should be selected ON after thrust
reduction to CLB.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-TO P 2/2

AFM ←A 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

BUFFET ONSET
Ident.: NORM-FLT-00016928.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

At any flight conditions, it is possible to determine maneuvering margins before buffet onset occurs,
by reference to the following graphs.
Example:
‐ Data:
‐ M = 0.85
‐ Flight Level = 350
‐ CG = 35 %
‐ Weight = 270 t (595 klb)
‐ Results: Buffet onset at
‐ M = 0.85 at 1.51 g
‐ Low Speed (1 g): M = 0.66

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-FLT P 1/4

AFM A→ 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Buffet Onset (Weight in kg)

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-FLT P 2/4

AFM ←A→ 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Buffet Onset (Weight in lb)

SEVERE TURBULENCE
Ident.: NORM-FLT-00017713.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 In the case of flight in severe turbulence:

Turn on cabin signs.
The recommended speed for turbulence penetration (VRA/MRA) is between Green Dot speed
and 300 kt/M 0.85.
Keep on autopilot.
Secure cabin and cockpit.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-FLT P 3/4

AFM ← A to B → 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
FLIGHT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Use speed brakes as required.

 If excessive thrust variations:
Disconnect autothrust.
Consider descent to optimum altitude or below.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-FLT P 4/4

AFM ←B 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
APPROACH AND LANDING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

NORMAL LANDING
Ident.: NORM-LDG-00017739.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The minimum final approach speed is the higher one of: VMCL or 1.23 VS1G of the landing
configuration.
Note: The flare height should be increased for landing at high altitude airports particularly with
high approach speeds or for approaches with increased glide slope or to uphill sloping
runways.

BALKED LANDING (ALL ENGINES OPERATING)

Ident.: NORM-LDG-00017747.0002001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107050)

Set the thrust levers to the TOGA detent to ensure engagement of go-around mode.
Then, set the thrust levers to FLX/MCT detent to engage the go-around soft mode.
 At any time of the procedure, if TOGA thrust is desired:
Set the thrust levers to TOGA detent.
Rotate the aircraft to achieve positive rate climb.
Establish the required pitch attitude as directed by SRS pitch command bar.
Retract slats/flaps one step.
 When positive rate of climb is established:
Retract landing gear.

REVERSE THRUST
Ident.: NORM-LDG-00017738.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum reverse thrust may be applied down to 70 kt IAS.

AUTOBRAKE
Ident.: NORM-LDG-00021045.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Autobrake may be used provided the available landing distance is compatible with the associated
braking performance.
Its use does not relieve the pilot of the responsibility to achieve a safe stop within the available
runway length, if necessary by taking over brake control with brake pedals.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-LDG P 1/4

AFM A to D → 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
APPROACH AND LANDING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Disengagement of automatic braking system may be done either by firm action on the brake pedals
or by pressing the autothrust instinctive disconnect pushbutton.

BRAKE TO VACATE (BTV)

Ident.: NORM-LDG-00018137.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

When BTV is armed, crosscheck the LDA displayed on the ND (left upper corner) and the one
published on the airport chart.
When inconsistency is detected between the LDA displayed on the ND, and the LDA of the airport
charts, BTV must not be used on the affected runway.
When information restricting the runway landing distance available exists, BTV must not be used on
this runway unless runway threshold or runway end shortening is entered on the ND to reflect the
actual Landing Distance Available (LDA).

USE OF BTV IN LOW VISIBILITY CONDITIONS (CAT II, CAT III)

Ident.: NORM-LDG-00022664.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

If the aircraft ground speed is more than 10 kt when the aircraft reaches the beginning of the runway
end centerline continuous red lights, takeover brake control with brake pedals.

RUNWAY OVERRUN WARNING / RUNWAY OVERRUN PROTECTION (ROW/ROP)

Ident.: NORM-LDG-00018138.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Set the appropriate RWY COND/BRAKING ACTION.

If required (e.g. due to a NOTAM), enter the runway length reduction in the ANF.
The ROW/ROP function may trigger several alerts.
 From descent preparation:
 If the amber RWY TOO SHORT message is displayed on the ND:
Select an appropriate landing runway.
Note: The flight crew must not begin an approach if the ROW landing distance is above
the Landing Distance Available (LDA), unless a specific authorization is obtained
from the appropriate authority to deactivate the ROW/ROP.
 Final approach:
 If the amber RWY TOO SHORT message is displayed on the PFD:
Consider go-around procedure (Refer to NORM-LDG Balked Landing (All Engines
Operating)).

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-LDG P 2/4

AFM ← D to G → 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
APPROACH AND LANDING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

 If the red RWY TOO SHORT alert is triggered:

Apply go-around procedure (Refer to NORM-LDG Balked Landing (All Engines Operating)).
 On ground:
 If the BRAKE, MAX BRAKING audio alert is triggered:
Apply and keep maximum brakes as long as necessary.
Apply and keep maximum reverse, keeping maximum brakes, as long as necessary.
 If the SET MAX REVERSE audio alert is triggered:
Apply and keep maximum reverse.
 If the KEEP MAX REVERSE audio alert is triggered:
Maintain maximum reverse as long as necessary.
Note: In the case of a failure that affects landing performance, ROW/ROP does not prevent
runway overrun. Nevertheless, in the case of a ROW/ROP alert, the flight crew must
apply the associated procedures.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-LDG P 3/4

AFM ←G 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
APPROACH AND LANDING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-LDG P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DEMONSTRATED SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

AP/FD, SPEED MODES, AUTOTHRUST

Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00018111.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

All AP/FD modes may be used with or without autothrust, except if specified.
Autothrust may be used with or without AP/FD, in selected or managed speed/Mach.
Note: In flight, the flight crew can engage the AP, even if the sidestick or the rudder pedals are
deflected. However, the AP becomes active only if the flight crew reverts the sidestick and
rudder pedals to neutral position within 6 s. If not, the AP disengages.

TAKEOFF
Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00018112.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Autopilot engagement is approved with use of SRS + (HDG, TRACK, RWY TRK, or NAV) 5 seconds
after lift off.
Use of FD is approved in the same modes after the rotation.

CLIMB, CRUISE, DESCENT

Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00018113.0002001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 106693)

The use of AP or FD is approved in the following modes:

‐ Lateral modes: HDG, TRACK, NAV.
‐ Vertical modes: V/S, FPA, ALT*, ALT, ALT CRZ*, ALT CRZ, ALT CST*, ALT CST, OP CLB, OP
DES, CLB, DES, TCAS, APP-DES.

APPROACHES
Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00018114.0002001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 106693)

The use of the following modes is approved with AP and/or FD:

‐ Lateral modes: LOC*, LOC, LOC B/C*, LOC B/C, NAV, HDG, TRACK, F-LOC*, F-LOC.
‐ Vertical modes: ALT*, ALT, V/S, FPA, F-G/S*, F-G/S, G/S, APP-DES.

CAT I ILS APPROACH

Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00019169.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The use of AP and/or FD with or without autothrust is approved in APPR modes (G/S*, LOC*, G/S,
LOC, LAND).

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-CONF P 1/4

AFM A to E → 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DEMONSTRATED SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Dual AP engagement is approved.

CAT II ILS APPROACH

Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00022665.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The use of AP with or without FD with or without autothrust is approved in APPR modes (G/S*,
LOC*, G/S, LOC, LAND) in configuration 3 and FULL.
Dual AP engagement is approved.
Note: Compliance with CAT II approach criteria has been demonstrated with CAT II and CAT III
performance quality ILS beam only.

CAT II/III ILS APPROACH WITH AUTOLAND

Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00022666.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The use of AP with or without FD with autothrust for CAT III, with or without autothrust for CAT II is
approved in APPR modes (G/S*, LOC*, G/S, LOC, LAND, FLARE, ROLL OUT) in configuration 3
and FULL.
Dual AP engagement is approved.
Note: Compliance with CAT II and CAT III approach and landing criteria has been demonstrated
with CAT II and CAT III performance quality ILS beam only.

MAXIMUM ENCOUNTERED WIND DURING FLIGHT TESTS (CAT II/III)

Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00022667.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum encountered wind during flight tests for CAT II or CAT III automatic approach or automatic
landing and roll out:
‐ Headwind: 44 kt
‐ Tailwind: 18 kt
‐ Crosswind: 29 kt.

GO-AROUND
Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00019176.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The use of AP and/or FD is approved with use of SRS + (GA TRK, HDG, TRACK or NAV modes).
Dual AP use is approved.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-CONF P 2/4

AFM ← E to I 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DEMONSTRATED SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

ALTITUDE LOSS AFTER AUTOMATIC GO-AROUND INITIATION

Ident.: NORM-22-CONF-00019177.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Initiation Height Height Loss

10 ft 7 ft
20 ft 9 ft
40 ft 24 ft
60 ft 24 ft
80 ft 23 ft
100 ft 24 ft

Note: These height losses are average values based on results of flight tests performed at
medium weight and CG with all engines operative in ISA conditions.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-CONF P 3/4

AFM J 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DEMONSTRATED SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-CONF P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL APPROACH GUIDANCE

GENERAL
Ident.: NORM-22-APPR-00019178.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The final approach (FAF or FAP to runway or MAP), as extracted from the navigation database and
inserted in the primary F-PLN including altitude constraints, must not be modified by the crew. Before
starting the approach, the crew must check the lateral and vertical profile of the FMS approach
against the published approach chart.

APPROACH WITH FLS

Ident.: NORM-22-APPR-00019182.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

APPROACH BASED ON RADIO NAVAID WITH FLS

The following procedure applies to:
‐ VOR, VOR/DME approach, or
‐ Baro-VNAV guidance with ILS (G/S out), LOC, LOC-BC approach (in association with LOC or
LOC-BC modes).
 Before starting the approach:
Verify that FLS beam is correctly located and oriented using PFD and ND data to check:
‐ The approach course, the approach vertical flight path angle and the FLS beam anchor
point location
‐ The FLS beam compatibility with the underlying FMS F-PLN.
Check that QNH baro setting is selected.
WARNING Obstacle clearance is not guaranteed:
‐ If erroneous baro setting is selected
‐ If the FLS guidance is used outside the published approach.
Check that the temperature is entered in the MFD FMS PERF page to ensure cold weather
correction if necessary.
Check that approach capability is F-APP or F-APP + RAW on FMA.
 During the approach:
Check the final descent point with a means appropriate for the approach.
 If NAV PRIMARY LOST indication appears on only one ND:
Continue the approach using the FLS data associated with the side for which NAV
PRIMARY is still available.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-APPR P 1/6

AFM A to B → 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL APPROACH GUIDANCE

 If F-APP capability is lost with F-APP + RAW displayed on FMA:

Continue the approach using the FLS data provided the reference navaid is monitored and
indicates correct navigation.
 If F-APP or F-APP + RAW capability is lost with RAW ONLY displayed on FMA:
Continue the approach in selected vertical and lateral AP/FD modes or without AP/FD. LS
data must be deselected and appropriate ND display must be used for navigation with the
reference navaids raw data.
 Below Minima:
Use outside visual observation as primary reference.
Note: FLS deviations can be used for advisory purpose when approach axis is aligned with
the runway.
RNAV(GNSS) APPROACH WITH FLS
The following procedure applies to an RNAV(GNSS) approach with:
‐ LNAV Minimum, or
‐ LNAV/VNAV Minimum.
 Before starting the approach:
Verify that FLS beam is correctly located and oriented using PFD and ND data to check:
‐ The approach course, the approach vertical flight path angle and the FLS beam anchor
point location
‐ The FLS beam compatibility with the underlying FMS F-PLN.
Check that QNH baro setting is selected.
WARNING Obstacle clearance is not guaranteed:
‐ If erroneous baro setting is selected
‐ If the FLS guidance is used outside the published approach.
Check that the temperature (OAT) is entered in the MFD FMS PERF page (APPR panel) to
ensure cold weather correction if necessary.
Check that approach capability is F-APP on FMA.
 During the approach:
Check the final descent point with a means appropriate for the approach.
 If NAV PRIMARY LOST indication appears on only one ND:
Continue the approach using the FLS data associated with the side for which NAV
PRIMARY is still available.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-APPR P 2/6

AFM ←B→ 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL APPROACH GUIDANCE

 If F-APP capability is lost and F-APP + RAW or RAW ONLY is displayed on FMA:
Discontinue the approach.
 Between the FAP and the Minima:
 For an RNAV(GNSS) approach with LNAV/VNAV Minimum:
Discontinue the approach as soon as the F-G/S deviation exceeds half a dot below the
F-G/S beam unless external visual references are sufficient.
 Below Minima:
Use outside visual observation as primary reference.
Note: FLS deviations can be used for advisory purpose when approach axis is aligned with
the runway.

APPROACH WITH NAV MODE

Ident.: NORM-22-APPR-00019184.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

APPROACH BASED ON RADIO NAVAID WITH NAV MODE

The following procedure applies to a VOR, VOR/DME approach.
 For an approach initiated with NAV PRIMARY on both sides:
 If NAV PRIMARY LOST indication appears on one ND only.
Continue the approach in NAV mode using the AP/FD associated with the side for which
NAV PRIMARY is still available.
 If NAV PRIMARY LOST indication appears on both ND:
Continue the approach in NAV mode provided GNSS is not required and aircraft
navigation accuracy is confirmed against the reference navaid raw data.
 In the case of discrepancy between aircraft position and navaid raw data, or if the
NAV GNSS / ACFT POS DISAGREE ECAM caution is triggered:
The approach may be continued using selected vertical and lateral AP/FD modes or
without AP/FD, based on the reference navaid raw data only.
 For an approach where GNSS is not required and initiated with NAV PRIMARY LOST on
both sides:
Before starting the approach, check that navigation accuracy is HIGH.
NAV mode may be used provided the navigation accuracy is confirmed against the reference
navaid raw data.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-APPR P 3/6

AFM ← B to C → 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL APPROACH GUIDANCE

 In the case of discrepancy between aircraft position and navaid raw data, or if LOW
accuracy is displayed on both sides:
The approach may be continued using the selected vertical and lateral AP/FD modes or
without AP/FD, based on the reference navaid raw data.
RNAV(GNSS) APPROACH WITH NAV MODE
 During the approach:
 If NAV PRIMARY LOST indication appears on one ND only:
Continue the approach in NAV mode using the AP/FD associated with the side for which
NAV PRIMARY is still available.
 If NAV PRIMARY LOST indication appears on both ND or if NAV GNSS / ACFT POS
DISAGREE ECAM caution is triggered:
Discontinue the approach.

CAT II AND CAT III AUTOMATIC APPROACH WITH OR WITHOUT AUTOLAND

Ident.: NORM-22-APPR-00019187.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 Before the approach:

Select DA/DH (RADIO), or "NO", if applicable.
 During interception of final approach:
Select APPR to arm LOC and G/S modes.
Check approach phase is active on MFD PERF PAGE.
Engage second autopilot if available.
Engage autothrust (not required for CAT II).
Note: Approach speed is VLS + wind correction (minimum wind correction: 5 kt, maximum
wind correction: 15 kt).
Check that the FMA displays the desired approach and landing capability.
If APPR is selected at high altitude, only APPR1 will be displayed initially on FMA. The valid
capability will be displayed at lower altitude.
 For an automatic landing:
At 350 ft RA, check "LAND" is displayed on PFD and ILS course on heading scale.
At 30 ft RA, check "FLARE" is displayed on PFD.
At 10 ft RA, reduce thrust to idle.
At touchdown, check "ROLL OUT" is displayed on PFD.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-APPR P 4/6

AFM ← C to D → 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL APPROACH GUIDANCE

At the latest when leaving the runway, disengage the autopilot.

Note: 1. For CAT II/IIIA automatic approach, the autopilot may be disconnected at touchdown, if
visual reference are sufficient.
2. A callout indicating that a flight parameter is exceeded must be made if:
‐ Speed goes below VApp - 5 kt or above VApp +10 kt
‐ Pitch attitude goes below 0 ° or above +10 ° nose up
‐ Bank angle goes above 6.5 °
‐ Descent rate goes above 1 200 ft/min
‐ Excessive LOC or GLIDE deviation occurs.
3. Whenever the required runway length for automatic landing is above the required runway
length for manual landing, corrections to be added to the required runway length for
manual landing (provided by the performance engineering program/AFM_OCTO at the
latest approved revision reported in performance chapter of this manual) are given in
the landing performance chapter of this manual (Refer to PERF-LDG Autoland Landing
Distance Increment).
The required runway length for automatic landing is calculated with the same braking
conditions as for manual landing (i.e. full pilot braking at main landing gear touch down)
but with a lower multiplicative coefficient (1.15 instead of 1.66).

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-APPR P 5/6

AFM ←D 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL APPROACH GUIDANCE

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-APPR P 6/6

AFM 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL REQUIRED EQUIPMENT FOR APPROACH

REQUIRED EQUIPMENT FOR CAT II AND CAT III APPROACH WITH AUTOLAND
Ident.: NORM-22-REQT-00019190.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Before initiating a CAT II or CAT III approach with autoland, the crew should check that the
equipment or functions listed in the following tables are available. For the required equipment
monitored by the FG, the loss of an equipment is announced by:
‐ A degradation of the approach and landing capability displayed on the FMA
‐ An assigned alert, or by the AUTO FLT APPROACH CAPABILITY DOWNGRADED alert.
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT NOT MONITORED BY FG:
The following table presents equipment, not monitored by the FG, required to perform CAT II or
CAT III approach, and landing:
Required Equipment LAND2 LAND3 SINGLE LAND3 DUAL
Not Monitored by FG
AP pb, or CAPT sidestick 2 2 2
pushbutton, or F/O
sidestick pushbutton
Autoland light 1 1 1
AP OFF alert Available Available Available
DH Indication 1 for PM 1 for PM 1 for PM
Attitude indication on PFD 2 2 2
Attitude indication on 1 1 1
standby instrument
Windshield wiper, 1 for PF 1 for PF 1 for PF
or rain repellent
Windshield heating 1 for PF 1 for PF 1 for PF

REQUIRED EQUIPMENT MONITORED BY FG:

The following table presents equipment, monitored by the FG, required to perform CAT II or CAT
III approach, and landing:
Required Equipment LAND2 LAND3 SINGLE LAND3 DUAL
Monitored by FG
AP 1 AP engaged 1 AP engaged 2 APs engaged
Autothrust Not required Active Active
PRIM 1 1 2
SEC SEC 2 or SEC 3 SEC 2 or SEC 3 SEC 2 or SEC 3
North reference MAG MAG MAG
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-REQT P 1/4

AFM A→ 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL REQUIRED EQUIPMENT FOR APPROACH

Continued from the previous page

Required Equipment LAND2 LAND3 SINGLE LAND3 DUAL
Monitored by FG
Slat and Flap Systems (SLAT SYS 1 (SLAT SYS 1 (SLAT SYS 1
and FLAP SYS 1) and FLAP SYS 1) and FLAP SYS 2)
or or or
(SLAT SYS 2 (SLAT SYS 2 (SLAT SYS 2
and FLAP SYS 2) and FLAP SYS 2) and FLAP SYS 1)
(4) (4) (4)

Elevator 1 1 1
Rudder actuation, rudder Available Available Available
position and rudder trim
Normal or Alternate law Available Available Available
Hydraulic circuit 1 1 2
AFS CP, or CAPT AFS CP 1 1 1
backup, or F/O AFS CP
backup
PFD display 2 2 2
FWS, including the audio 1 1 2
function
FCDC 1 1 2
Braking Systems (BCS) Not required Not required 1
Symetrical braking Not required Not required Available
Antiskid Not required Not required Available
and ON
Nosewheel Steering Not required Not required Available
(1)

Ground spoilers Available Available Available

Radio Altimeter 1 2 2
MMR tuned with ILS 2 2 2
frequency
(2)

ADR 2 2 3
IRS in NAV mode 2 2 3
Angle of Attack 2 2 3
Sideslip angle 2 2 2
Engine 1 1 1
AC busbar (3) (3) 4
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-REQT P 2/4

AFM ←A→ 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL REQUIRED EQUIPMENT FOR APPROACH

Continued from the previous page

Required Equipment LAND2 LAND3 SINGLE LAND3 DUAL
Monitored by FG
Supply of AC busbars (3) (3) 2 independent AC busbars
Supply of DC busbars (3) (3) 2 independent DC
emergency busbars
(1)  In LAND3 DUAL, the nosewheel steering must be able to receive AP guidance orders.
(2)  In addition, the tuning of both ILS must be consistent.
If the tuning of both ILS in MMR is not consistent, the NAV LS TUNING DISAGREE alert triggers.
(3)  In accordance with the failure, and the associated equipment loss, capability downgrade may
occur.
(4) 
The approach and landing capability downgrades to APPR1 if all of the following are applicable:
‐ A failure leads to the loss of the Slat system (i.e. F/CTL SLAT SYS 1+2 FAULT) or to the loss of the
Flap system (i.e. F/CTL FLAP SYS 1+2 FAULT)
‐ The configuration is not set to CONF 3 or CONF FULL.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-REQT P 3/4

AFM ←A 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL REQUIRED EQUIPMENT FOR APPROACH

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-22-REQT P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

ENGINE GROUND ICE PROCEDURE

Ident.: NORM-30-00017714.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 If ENG 1(2) STATOR A-ICE VLV CLOSED alert is displayed on the WD:
Delay takeoff.
Request maintenance action for manual engine de-icing.
 If ENG 1(2) STATOR A-ICE VLV CLOSED alert is not displayed on the WD:
Ground Static Air Maximum Cumulative Taxi-Time
Temperature (SAT) in Freezing Fog Conditions
SAT at or above -9 °C (16 °F) 120 min
SAT below -9 °C (16 °F) 80 min

 When taxiing in icing conditions with freezing fog conditions (FZFG), and the above
maximum cumulative taxi-time is exceeded:
Delay takeoff.
Request maintenance action for manual engine de-icing.

OPERATIONS IN ICING CONDITIONS

Ident.: NORM-30-00019763.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For icing conditions definition: Refer to LIM-GEN Icing Conditions Definition

 When icing conditions are encountered:
‐ The flight crew must turn on the engine anti-ice
‐ The flight crew may turn on the wing anti-ice to prevent ice accretion on the wing leading edge
‐ The flight crew must turn on the wing anti-ice if there is evidence of ice accretion, such as ice
on the visual indicators or on the wipers, or if the alert A-ICE SEVERE ICE DETECTED is
displayed.
 When the aircraft is no longer in icing conditions and the detection system does not
indicate that ice is accreting:
The use of the wing or engine anti-ice is not required.
For additional information about the use of engine anti-ice: Refer to LIM-70 Operations in Icing
Conditions.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-30 P 1/2

AFM A to B → 03 SEP 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

 If there is evidence of significant ice accretion and to take into account ice formation on
non heated structure:
 If CONF FULL or CONF 3:
Minimum speed: VLS + 5 kt
 If CONF below 3:
Minimum speed: VLS
CAUTION 1. Extended flight in icing conditions with slats extended should be avoided.
2. Apply the performance adjustments according to note of Approach Climb and
Landing Climb (Refer to PERF-LDG Approach Climb and Landing Climb) and
Approach and Landing Speeds (Refer to PERF-LDG Approach and Landing
Speeds).

RAIN REPELLENT
Ident.: NORM-30-00019764.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Use rain repellent in the case of heavy rain only.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-30 P 2/2

AFM ← B to C 03 SEP 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM (IRS)

Ident.: NORM-34-00020938.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Ensure IRS alignment is complete and all IR are in the NAV mode before the aircraft is moved.
 When an IR is in the ATT mode:
Magnetic heading will drift after initialization in a manner similar to a directional gyro and requires
crew monitoring and periodic manual heading updates to ensure adequate accuracy.

REDUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION MINIMUM (RVSM)

Ident.: NORM-34-00020939.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The following table gives the minimum equipment/functions to begin RVSM operation.
Required Equipment/Functions Quantity
ADR 2
ATC transponder 1
FWC (for ALTITUDE ALERT function) 1
Autopilot 1
PFD function (for altitude indication) 2
AFS Control Panel (for altitude target selection and OP CLB/OP DES mode engagement) 1
Minimum Equipment/Functions Required to Begin RVSM Operation

TERRAIN AWARENESS AND WARNING SYSTEM (TAWS)

Ident.: NORM-34-00018030.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 When a warning occurs:

Pull up using full back stick.
Apply takeoff thrust and climb until the warning ceases.
For TAWS predictive function, in addition to climbing, a turning maneuver can be initiated after
verifying the aircraft position and if the crew concludes turning is the safest way of action.
Note: The TAWS does not take account of specific aircraft configuration and climb
performance. Therefore, a "pull up" maneuver on its own, for certain situations, may not
ensure terrain clearance.
Warnings may be considered cautionary during daylight VMC conditions provided the cause of
the warning can be identified immediately.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-34 P 1/4

AFM A to C → 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

 When a caution occurs:

Adjust the flight path/configuration so that the caution alert ceases.
Climb and/or turn as necessary based on analysis of all available instruments and information.

TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (TCAS)

Ident.: NORM-34-00018060.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

GENERAL
TCAS Traffic Advisory (TA) and Resolution Advisory (RA) modes can be used without any
restriction when operating within the certified limits of the aircraft flight envelope.
Aircraft may deviate from the current ATC clearance to the extent necessary to comply with a
TCAS II RA.
TCAS function complies with TCAS II Change 7.1 Airworthiness requirements contained in the
AMC 20-15 and the AC 20-151A.
PROCEDURES
For normal TCAS operation, set:
‐ Transponder : AUTO
‐ ALT report : ON
‐ TCAS : TA/RA
Select TA for:
‐ Engine failure
‐ Operation near parallel runways that are separated by less than 1 200 ft.
Maneuvers must not be based only on information presented on the traffic display.
Compliance with a TCAS II RA is always required unless the pilot considers it unsafe to do so.
Compliance with a RA is required, even if there is a conflict between the RA and an Air Traffic
Control (ATC) instruction to maneuver.
Go-around procedure must be considered when a RA "Climb" or "Increase Climb" is triggered on
final approach.
CAUTION Once a RA has been issued, safe separation could be compromised if current
vertical speed is changed, except as necessary to comply with the RA. This is
because TCAS II-to-TCAS II coordination may be in progress with the intruder
aircraft, and any change in vertical speed that does not comply with the RA may
negate the effectiveness of the other aircraft's compliance with the RA.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-34 P 2/4

AFM ← C to D → 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

 If AP/FD TCAS mode available:

CAUTION If for any reason during a RA, the aircraft vertical speed does not reach the
green area of the vertical speed scale, the pilot flying should disconnect the
AP, and override the FD orders, in order to lead the aircraft vertical speed out
of the red area of the vertical speed scale.
Note: Following a TCAS II "Clear of Conflict" advisory, the pilot should expeditiously return to
the applicable ATC clearance unless otherwise directed by ATC.

WINDSHEAR WARNING
Ident.: NORM-34-00018096.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Windshear detection is available below 1 300 ft at takeoff, approach and go-around.

In the case of warning, TOGA power application provides guidance in SRS mode, using FD or AP at
takeoff.
AP may be used for go-around.
FD guidance may lead to speeds down to VALPHAMAX.
The aircraft configuration should not be changed before end of windshear conditions.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-34 P 3/4

AFM ← D to E 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-34 P 4/4

AFM 06 AUG 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AUXILIARY POWER UNIT

Ident.: NORM-49-00014684.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

STARTING IN FLIGHT
The APU can be started in the aircraft flight envelope (Refer to LIM-OPS Environmental
Envelope).
AIR BLEED EXTRACTION IN FLIGHT
Air bleed extraction is able to assist engine start in flight up to 25 000 ft.
Air bleed extraction is able to supply pressurization and air conditioning in flight up to:
‐ 25 000 ft for single pack operation
‐ 22 500 ft for dual pack operation.
Note: Air bleed extraction for wing anti-ice is not permitted.

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-49 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 NORMAL PROCEDURES
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET NORM-49 P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 

PERFORMANCE
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

PERF-GEN GENERAL
Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................A
Aircraft Configuration............................................................................................................................................... B
Maximum Demonstrated Crosswind at Takeoff and Landing................................................................................. C

PERF-CAL AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION

PERF-CAL-TO TAKEOFF
Speed Corrections in Ground Effect....................................................................................................................... A
Speed Corrections out of Ground Effect.................................................................................................................B
Altitude Corrections................................................................................................................................................. C

PERF-CAL-CRU CRUISE (Clean Configuration)

Speed and Mach Corrections..................................................................................................................................A
Altitude Correction................................................................................................................................................... B

PERF-CAL-LDG LANDING
Speed Corrections................................................................................................................................................... A
Altitude Corrections..................................................................................................................................................B

PERF-TO TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE

Speeds Definitions................................................................................................................................................... A
Distances Definitions............................................................................................................................................... B
Takeoff Performance............................................................................................................................................... C
Takeoff Flight Path.................................................................................................................................................. D

PERF-FLT IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE

In-Flight Performance.............................................................................................................................................. A

PERF-LDG LANDING PERFORMANCE

Approach Climb and Landing Climb....................................................................................................................... A
Approach and Landing Speeds............................................................................................................................... B
Landing Distances Definitions................................................................................................................................. C
Landing Performance.............................................................................................................................................. D
Autoland Landing Distance Increment.................................................................................................................... E

PERF-OCTO PERFORMANCE DATABASE

Performance Database............................................................................................................................................ A

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-PLP-TOC P 1/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 PERFORMANCE
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-PLP-TOC P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 PERFORMANCE
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: PERF-GEN-00017814.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

In compliance with airworthiness regulations, an aircraft is cleared to take off from any airport if the
weight allows it to achieve the takeoff, "en route", and landing performance included in this chapter.
Note: The performance and speeds of the lowest weight at which the Performance Engineer's
Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module is able to give results can be considered as
valid from this weight down to the certified minimum weight.
The considered atmosphere is the international standard atmosphere.
Performance are related to VS1G.
Wind speed is measured at the height of 10 m (32.8 ft).
The results provided by the Performance Engineer's Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module
must be used in compliance with the weight, operational and environmental limits given in the
LIMITATIONS chapter of this AFM.

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-GEN P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 PERFORMANCE
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION
Ident.: PERF-GEN-00017819.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The performance has been established in the following configuration:

Slats/Flaps Engine Thrust Remarks
Takeoff 1+F Takeoff thrust Ground spoilers armed.
2 Dry runway
3 Acceleration Stop Distance (ASD) made using only wheel
brakes, brakes supplied by green and yellow hydraulic
systems, antiskid ON and ground spoilers.
Wet runway
Acceleration Stop Distance (ASD) made using only wheel
brakes, brakes supplied by green and yellow hydraulic
systems, antiskid ON, ground spoilers and with or without
thrust reversers.
En route 0 Maximum Continuous
Thrust (MCT)
Go-Around 2 Go-around
3 thrust (TOGA)
Landing 3 Landing distances established with brakes pedals
FULL depressed upon main landing gear touchdown, brakes
supplied by green and yellow hydraulic systems, antiskid
ON and using ground spoilers.

Systems which may be ON or OFF:

‐ Air conditioning
‐ Wing anti-ice or engine anti-ice.
Note: For normal operation, the use of thrust reversers is recommended.

MAXIMUM DEMONSTRATED CROSSWIND AT TAKEOFF AND LANDING

Ident.: PERF-GEN-00019586.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Note: The demonstrated crosswind values exceed the maximum crosswind values allowed for the
engines as defined in the limitations chapter. Refer to LIM-70 Crosswind
Maximum demonstrated crosswind:
‐ At takeoff: 41 kt (gust included)
‐ At landing: 42 kt (gust included).

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-GEN P 2/2

AFM B to C 06 AUG 15
 PERFORMANCE
AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAKEOFF

SPEED CORRECTIONS IN GROUND EFFECT

Ident.: PERF-CAL-TO-00021198.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

SPEED CORRECTIONS - CAPTAIN (ADIRS 1) OR FIRST OFFICER (ADIRS 2) IN GROUND

EFFECT

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-CAL-TO P 1/4

AFM A→ 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAKEOFF

SPEED CORRECTIONS - STANDBY (ADIRS 3) IN GROUND EFFECT

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-CAL-TO P 2/4

AFM ←A→ 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAKEOFF

SPEED CORRECTIONS - ISIS AIRSPEED INDICATION IN GROUND EFFECT

SPEED CORRECTIONS OUT OF GROUND EFFECT

Ident.: PERF-CAL-TO-00021197.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

SPEED CORRECTION - CAPTAIN (ADIRS 1), FIRST OFFICER (ADIRS 2) AND STANDBY
(ADIRS 3) OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
Less than ± 2 kt
SPEED CORRECTION - ISIS AIRSPEED INDICATOR OUT OF GROUND EFFECT
Less than ± 2.5 kt

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-CAL-TO P 3/4

AFM ← A to B 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAKEOFF

ALTITUDE CORRECTIONS
Ident.: PERF-CAL-TO-00021199.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

ALTITUDE CORRECTION - CAPTAIN (ADIRS 1), FIRST OFFICER (ADIRS 2) AND STANDBY
(ADIRS 3)
Less than ± 20 ft
ALTITUDE CORRECTION - ISIS ALTITUDE INDICATOR
Less than ± 50 ft

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-CAL-TO P 4/4

AFM C 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL CRUISE (CLEAN CONFIGURATION)

SPEED AND MACH CORRECTIONS

Ident.: PERF-CAL-CRU-00021202.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

SPEED AND MACH CORRECTIONS - CAPTAIN (ADIRS 1), FIRST OFFICER (ADIRS 2) AND
STANDBY (ADIRS 3)
Speed and Mach: Negligible
SPEED AND MACH CORRECTIONS - ISIS AIRSPEED INDICATOR
‐ Speed: Less than ± 3.5 kt
‐ Mach: Less than ± M 0.01.

ALTITUDE CORRECTION
Ident.: PERF-CAL-CRU-00021203.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

ALTITUDE CORRECTION
Less than ± 20 ft

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-CAL-CRU P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL CRUISE (CLEAN CONFIGURATION)

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-CAL-CRU P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LANDING

SPEED CORRECTIONS
Ident.: PERF-CAL-LDG-00021200.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

SPEED CORRECTION - CAPTAIN (ADIRS 1), FIRST OFFICER (ADIRS 2) AND STANDBY
(ADIRS 3)
Less than ± 2.5 kt
SPEED CORRECTION - ISIS AIRSPEED INDICATOR
Less than ± 3 kt

ALTITUDE CORRECTIONS
Ident.: PERF-CAL-LDG-00021201.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

ALTITUDE CORRECTION - CAPTAIN (ADIRS 1), FIRST OFFICER (ADIRS 2) AND STANDBY
(ADIRS 3)
Less than ± 20 ft
ALTITUDE CORRECTION - ISIS ALTITUDE INDICATOR
Less than ± 50 ft

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-CAL-LDG P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
AIRSPEED AND ALTITUDE CALIBRATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LANDING

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-CAL-LDG P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

SPEEDS DEFINITIONS
Ident.: PERF-TO-00017946.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

V1
V1 is the highest speed at which the decision must be made:
‐ To continue the takeoff, or
‐ To stop the aircraft.
VR
VR is the speed at which rotation is initiated to reach V2 before an altitude of 35 ft.
V2
V2 is the takeoff safety speed reached before the altitude of 35 ft with one engine failed and
providing not less than the minimum second segment gradient (2.4 %).

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-TO P 1/4

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

DISTANCES DEFINITIONS
Ident.: PERF-TO-00017947.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

TAKEOFF RUN AVAILABLE (TORA)

Length of runway available and suitable for the ground run of an aircraft taking off.
STOPWAY (SWY)
Extension to runway, adequate for deceleration of the aircraft in the case of aborted takeoff.
CLEARWAY (CWY)
Area beyond the runway which can be taken into account for TOD calculation.
ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE (ASDA)
Sum of the TORA and the SWY available.
TAKEOFF DISTANCE AVAILABLE (TODA)
Sum of the TORA and the CWY available.
TAKEOFF DISTANCE (TOD)
Distance covered from the brake release to a point at which the aircraft is at the 35 ft height (15 ft
height on wet runway). The TOD must not exceed the TODA.
TAKEOFF RUN (TOR)
Distance covered from the brake release to a point at which the aircraft is half of the segment
between the liftoff speed (VLOF) and the 35 ft height (15 ft height on wet runway). The TOR must
not exceed the TORA.
ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE (ASD)
Distance necessary to accelerate the aircraft of V1, reject the takeoff at V1 and come to a full stop.
The ASD must not exceed the ASDA.

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-TO P 2/4

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
Ident.: PERF-TO-00017948.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For takeoff performance determination on dry and wet runways, the Performance Engineer's
Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module at the latest approved revision must be used. Refer to
PERF-OCTO Performance Database.
CAUTION For takeoff performance on wet runways, the takeoff weight must be the lowest of
the computed one on dry runways and the computed one on wet runways.

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-TO P 3/4

AFM C 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

TAKEOFF FLIGHT PATH

Ident.: PERF-TO-00017950.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Takeoff Flight Path (One Engine Inoperative)

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-TO P 4/4

AFM D 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

IN-FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
Ident.: PERF-FLT-00017951.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For en-route net flight path (single engine cruise) performance determination, the Performance
Engineer's Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module at the latest approved revision must be
used. Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database
Note: To take into account ice formation on the non-heated structure, select “Ice accretion” in the
AFM_OCTO input data interface.

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-FLT P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-FLT P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING PERFORMANCE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

APPROACH CLIMB AND LANDING CLIMB

Ident.: PERF-LDG-00017952.0002001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 107050)

The approach climb speed is at least 1.23 VS1G of the approach configuration, approach climb
speed up to 1.3 VS1G is permitted.
For approach and landing climb limiting weight determination, the Performance Engineer's
Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module at the latest approved revision must be used. Refer to
PERF-OCTO Performance Database
Note: 1. To take into account ice formation on the non-heated structure, select "Ice accretion" in
the AFM_OCTO input data interface.
2. The all engines go-around soft mode gradient in approach climb configuration is
at or above the approach climb gradient calculated by the Performance Engineer's
Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module.
3. The go-around soft mode gradient in landing climb configuration is the lower of
5 % and the landing climb gradient calculated by the Performance Engineer's
Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module.

APPROACH AND LANDING SPEEDS

Ident.: PERF-LDG-00017953.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The final approach speed (landing speed) is the minimum recommended speed at 50 ft height for
normal landing. It is equal to 1.23 VS1G of the landing configuration.
Note: To take into account ice formation on the non-heated structure:
‐ The minimum speed is VLS + 5 kt
‐ For landing distance determination, select "Ice accretion" in the AFM_OCTO input data
interface.

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-LDG P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING PERFORMANCE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

LANDING DISTANCES DEFINITIONS

Ident.: PERF-LDG-00017954.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

LANDING DISTANCE
The landing distance represents the distance from the 50 ft height point to complete stop on a
smooth, dry, hard-surfaced runway. It is determined with brake pedals depressed at main landing
gear touchdown, and assumes the use of ground spoilers and antiskid. In normal operation, the
use of thrust reversers is recommended.
REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCE (RLD)
The Required Landing Distance (RLD) is the landing distance divided by 0.6 assuming the surface
is dry.
Under wet runway conditions, the Required Landing Distance (RLD) is increased by 15 %.

LANDING PERFORMANCE
Ident.: PERF-LDG-00017955.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For landing distance determination, the Performance Engineer's Programs/AFM_OCTO approved

FM module at the latest approved revision must be used. Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance
Database.

AUTOLAND LANDING DISTANCE INCREMENT

Ident.: PERF-LDG-00021190.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The required landing distance in automatic landing is below the required landing distance calculated
by the Performance Engineer's Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module at the latest approved
revision (Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database). Therefore no increment on the required
landing distance must be applied.

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-LDG P 2/2

AFM C to E 06 AUG 15
 PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE DATABASE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

PERFORMANCE DATABASE
Ident.: PERF-OCTO-00017704.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Takeoff, final takeoff, en route net flight path (single engine cruise), go-around and landing
performance are provided in the Performance Engineer's Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM
module:
‐ At the revision 32.1 or higher using approved aircraft database reference AJ941A03.
Note: Only the PC version of this program is approved.

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-OCTO P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE DATABASE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET PERF-OCTO P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 

APPENDICES AND
SUPPLEMENTS
Intentionally left blank
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

APP-NOI EXTERNAL NOISE

General.....................................................................................................................................................................A
External Noise..........................................................................................................................................................B

APP-INOP DISPATCH WITH INOPERATIVE ITEMS

General.....................................................................................................................................................................A
Performance.............................................................................................................................................................B

APP-DTO DERATED TAKEOFF

APP-DTO-GEN GENERAL
General.....................................................................................................................................................................A

APP-DTO-LIM LIMITATIONS
Limitations................................................................................................................................................................ A
Limitations................................................................................................................................................................ B

APP-DTO-PROC PROCEDURES
Normal Procedures.................................................................................................................................................. A

APP-DTO-PERF PERFORMANCE
General.....................................................................................................................................................................A
Takeoff Performance............................................................................................................................................... B

APP-ETOPS EXTENDED OPERATIONS (ETOPS)

General.....................................................................................................................................................................A
Limitations................................................................................................................................................................ B
Procedures...............................................................................................................................................................C
Performance.............................................................................................................................................................D

APP-HAO HIGH ALTITUDE AIRPORTS OPERATIONS

APP-HAO-GEN GENERAL
General.....................................................................................................................................................................A

APP-HAO-PROC PROCEDURES
Takeoff from Airports with an Elevation of 9000ft or Above................................................................................... A
Landing on Airports with an Elevation of 9000ft or Above......................................................................................B

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-PLP-TOC P 1/2

AFM 01 OCT 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-PLP-TOC P 2/2

AFM 01 OCT 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
EXTERNAL NOISE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: APP-NOI-00019833.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
No determination has been made by the EASA that the noise levels of this aircraft are or should be
acceptable for operation at, into or out of any airport.
NOISE LEVELS
Noise levels shown in this supplement comply with EASA CS-36, 14 CFR (FAR) Part 36 Stage
4, and ICAO Annex 16 Volume I Chapter 4, noise requirements and were obtained by analysis
of approved data from approved noise tests. Identification of the maximum takeoff and landing
weights applicable to a particular aircraft is provided in the LIMITATIONS chapter of this AFM
(Refer to LIM-WGHT Weight Limitations).
NOISE CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES
Compliance with EASA CS-36, 14 CFR (FAR) Part 36, and ICAO Annex 16 Volume I included in
the following procedures:
‐ An all-engine takeoff configuration 1+F was used with a constant climb speed equal to the
all-engine operating speed at 35 ft, which is at least V2 + 10 kt and not above V2 + 20 kt, with a
thrust cutback procedure initiated before over-flight of the flyover noise control point, with APU
off, air conditioning system off, mid center of gravity and landing gear retracted
‐ Landing approach on a 3 ° glide slope, at a speed of VREF + 10kt, was used with APU on,
air conditioning system on, forward center of gravity, landing gear extended and configuration
FULL.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-NOI P 1/6

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
EXTERNAL NOISE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

EXTERNAL NOISE
Ident.: APP-NOI-00019841.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

CONFIGURATION
Model: A350–941.
Engines: Rolls-Royce Trent XWB-84 — 84 000 lb ideal sea level static thrust.
CERTIFICATED NOISE LEVELS
EASA CS-36, ICAO Annex 16 Volume I Chapter 4 and 14 CFR (FAR) Part 36 Stage 4 certificated
noise levels are determined by entering these graphs at the maximum weights defined in the
LIMITATIONS chapter of this AFM (Refer to LIM-WGHT Weight Limitations).

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-NOI P 2/6

AFM B→ 06 AUG 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
EXTERNAL NOISE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Flyover Noise Levels

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-NOI P 3/6

AFM ←B→ 06 AUG 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
EXTERNAL NOISE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Lateral Noise Levels

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-NOI P 4/6

AFM ←B→ 06 AUG 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
EXTERNAL NOISE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Approach Noise Levels

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-NOI P 5/6

AFM ←B 06 AUG 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
EXTERNAL NOISE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-NOI P 6/6

AFM 06 AUG 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DISPATCH WITH INOPERATIVE ITEMS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: APP-INOP-00019830.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

This supplement is applicable to dispatch the aircraft with inoperative items affecting the certified
AFM performance.
The provision of performance data in this section does not constitute authorization to operate the
aircraft with the specified items inoperative.
Unless amended in this supplement, all the chapters of this AFM remain applicable.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-INOP P 1/4

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DISPATCH WITH INOPERATIVE ITEMS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

PERFORMANCE
Ident.: APP-INOP-00019831.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For takeoff, en route net flight path and landing performance determination, the Performance
Engineer’s Programs / AFM_OCTO approved FM module at the latest approved revision must be
used. Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database.
Select the relevant failure case in the SPECIAL CASES field of the input data for AFM performance
calculation.
The following table summarizes all the permitted dispatch cases and gives the affected AFM
performance:
Dispatch Case Affected Performance
ATA 27 One spoiler or one pair of spoilers
‐ Takeoff Distance (TOD)
inoperative in the retracted position
‐ Takeoff Run (TOR)
‐ Accelerate Stop Distance (ASD) and
decision speed limited by maximum
brakes energy
‐ Landing distance
Ground spoiler system inoperative
‐ Takeoff Distance (TOD)
‐ Takeoff Run (TOR)
‐ Accelerate Stop Distance (ASD) and
decision speed limited by maximum
brakes energy
‐ Landing distance
Differential Flap Setting (DFS)
‐ Takeoff flight path
inoperative
‐ Final takeoff
‐ En-route net flight path
Rudder actuator inoperative
‐ Takeoff Distance (TOD)
‐ Takeoff Run (TOR)
‐ Accelerate Stop Distance (ASD)
‐ Takeoff flight path

ATA 29 Engine Driven Pump (EDP) inoperative

‐ Takeoff Distance (TOD)
‐ Takeoff Run (TOR)
‐ Accelerate Stop Distance (ASD) and
decision speed limited by maximum
brakes energy
‐ Second segment
‐ Takeoff flight path
‐ Final takeoff
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-INOP P 2/4

AFM B→ 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DISPATCH WITH INOPERATIVE ITEMS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

Dispatch Case Affected Performance
‐ En-route net flight path
‐ Approach climb
‐ Landing distance

ATA 30 One or both engine anti-ice valve in

‐ Takeoff Distance (TOD)
open position
‐ Takeoff Run (TOR)
‐ Accelerate Stop Distance (ASD)
‐ First and second segments
‐ Takeoff flight path
‐ Final takeoff
‐ En-route net flight path
‐ Approach and landing climb

ATA 32 One brake or one tachometer

‐ Accelerate Stop Distance (ASD) and
inoperative on one or both main landing
decision speed limited by maximum
gears
brakes energy
‐ Landing distance

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-INOP P 3/4

AFM ←B 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DISPATCH WITH INOPERATIVE ITEMS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-INOP P 4/4

AFM 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DERATED TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GENERAL

GENERAL
Ident.: APP-DTO-GEN-00020988.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

This supplement is applicable to derated takeoff thrust operations.

Six derate levels are available (04, 08, 12, 16, 20 and 24%).
Unless amended in this supplement, all the chapters of this AFM remain applicable.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-DTO-GEN P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DERATED TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GENERAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-DTO-GEN P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DERATED TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LIMITATIONS

LIMITATIONS
Ident.: TDU / APP-DTO-LIM-00023020.0001001 / 23 SEP 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted DU: 00020992 Limitations
Belongs to TR64 Issue 1

Selection of full takeoff thrust by setting thrust levers at TOGA is not permitted when a derated
takeoff is performed, except when requested in any abnormal or emergency procedure.
The use of reduced thrust takeoff (flexible takeoff) is not permitted in conjunction with derated
takeoff.
The use of derated takeoff is permitted whatever the runway condition (dry, wet or contaminated).
For derated takeoff at derate level D12, D16, D20 or D24 and a takeoff weight at or below 210 t
(462 971 lb), maximum headwind: 20 kt.

LIMITATIONS
Ident.: APP-DTO-LIM-00020992.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW
Impacted by TDU: 00023020 Limitations

Selection of full takeoff thrust by setting thrust levers at TOGA is not permitted when a derated
takeoff is performed, except when requested in any abnormal or emergency procedure.
The use of reduced thrust takeoff (flexible takeoff) is not allowed in conjunction with derated takeoff.
The use of derated takeoff is permitted whatever the runway condition (dry, wet or contaminated).

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-DTO-LIM P 1/2

AFM A to B 01 OCT 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DERATED TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LIMITATIONS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-DTO-LIM P 2/2

AFM 01 OCT 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DERATED TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PROCEDURES

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Ident.: APP-DTO-PROC-00020993.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The applicable derate level (D04, D08, D12, D16, D20 or D24) must be entered in the MFD before
takeoff.
Relevant derated takeoff thrust is obtained by setting the throttle levers in the FLX/MCT detent.
Normal procedure for takeoff remains unchanged.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-DTO-PROC P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DERATED TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PROCEDURES

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-DTO-PROC P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DERATED TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PERFORMANCE

GENERAL
Ident.: APP-DTO-PERF-00020994.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

It is important that the flight crew considers all operational conditions before they make any decision
to perform either a derated takeoff or a reduced thrust takeoff (flexible takeoff). In most cases,
the flight crew should use reduced thrust takeoff because this type of takeoff ensures a higher
performance margin.
The use of derated takeoff thrust enables the flight crew to reduce the minimum control speeds,
and as a result may reduce the takeoff speeds on short and contaminated runways. Higher
performance-limited takeoff weights may therefore be achieved. However, during a derated takeoff,
the flight crew must not select TOGA thrust, except when requested in any abnormal or emergency
procedure.

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
Ident.: APP-DTO-PERF-00021194.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For derated takeoff thrust performance determination, the Performance Engineer's

Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module at the latest approved revision must be used, Refer to
PERF-OCTO Performance Database.
Select the relevant derate level (D04, D08, D12, D16, D20 or D24) in the ENGINE OPTION field of
the input data for Flight Manual performance calculation.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-DTO-PERF P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
DERATED TAKEOFF
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PERFORMANCE

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-DTO-PERF P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
EXTENDED OPERATIONS (ETOPS)
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: APP-ETOPS-00021122.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

This supplement is applicable to extended operations (ETOPS/EDTO).

ETOPS/EDTO requirements apply to operations of two engine aircraft beyond the applicable
threshold specified by the national authority.
The type-design reliability and performance of this aircraft-engine combination has been
evaluated and found to comply with the criteria of CS25.1535 and AMC 20-6 for operations
between 60 min and 180 min diversion time when the configuration, maintenance, and
procedures standards contained in EASA approved Airbus ETOPS CMP document reference
“XWB/EASA:CS25.1535/CMP” at the latest applicable revision are met.
The actual maximum approved diversion time for this aircraft may be less based on its most limiting
system time capability.
This supplement does not constitute an operational approval. Such authorization must be obtained
by the operator from the appropriate authorities.
Unless amended in this supplement, all the chapters of this AFM remain applicable.

LIMITATIONS
Ident.: APP-ETOPS-00021124.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Maximum diversion time at planning may not exceed 180 min at one engine cruising speed, under
standard conditions and still air.
The time capability of the cargo fire suppression system is 195 min.
The time capability of all the other ETOPS significant systems exceeds 195 min.

PROCEDURES
Ident.: APP-ETOPS-00021125.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The procedures given in the approved Airbus ETOPS CMP document are applicable.
 In addition to diversion cases covered in EMERGENCY PROCEDURES and ABNORMAL
PROCEDURES chapters of this AFM (LAND ASAP, LAND ANSA and fire procedures),
diversion becomes mandatory during ETOPS in the case of:
Only one generator (either one VFG or APU GEN) remaining available following multiple failure.
 In the case of failure of one engine or two VFGs:
Start APU and use the APU electrical channel.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-ETOPS P 1/2

AFM A to C 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
EXTENDED OPERATIONS (ETOPS)
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL

PERFORMANCE
Ident.: APP-ETOPS-00021126.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For en route net flight path performance determination associated with the speed used for chosen
diversion procedure, the Performance Engineer's Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module at the
latest approved revision must be used. Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database.
The following in-flight performance information are provided by the IFP module of the Performance
Engineer's Programs:
‐ Fuel flow
‐ Fuel increment for flight in icing conditions.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-ETOPS P 2/2

AFM D 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
HIGH ALTITUDE AIRPORTS OPERATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GENERAL

GENERAL
Ident.: APP-HAO-GEN-00020920.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

This supplement is applicable for operations on airports with an elevation of 9 000 ft or above.
Unless amended in this supplement, all the chapters of this AFM remain applicable.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-HAO-GEN P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
HIGH ALTITUDE AIRPORTS OPERATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GENERAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-HAO-GEN P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
HIGH ALTITUDE AIRPORTS OPERATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PROCEDURES

TAKEOFF FROM AIRPORTS WITH AN ELEVATION OF 9000FT OR ABOVE

Ident.: APP-HAO-PROC-00020922.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

At least one pilot must use the oxygen mask continuously until the memo HI ALT ARPT disappears.
Note: The triggering threshold of CAB PRESS EXCESS CAB ALT alert is shifted from 9 550 ft to
takeoff airfield elevation +1 000 ft. This shift occurs when takeoff airfield elevation is at or
above 8 550 ft.

LANDING ON AIRPORTS WITH AN ELEVATION OF 9000FT OR ABOVE

Ident.: APP-HAO-PROC-00020924.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

 Below FL 250 and when the memo HI ALT ARPT is triggered:

At least one pilot must use the oxygen mask continuously until landing.
Note: The triggering threshold of CAB PRESS EXCESS CAB ALT alert is shifted from
9 550 ft to landing airfield elevation +1 000 ft. This shift occurs when landing airfield
elevation is at or above 8 550 ft.

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-HAO-PROC P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS
HIGH ALTITUDE AIRPORTS OPERATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PROCEDURES

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET APP-HAO-PROC P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 

MASTER CONFIGURATION
DEVIATION LIST
Intentionally left blank
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

MCDL-GEN GENERAL
MCDL-GEN-INTR Introduction
Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................A

MCDL-GEN-LIM Limitations
Limitations................................................................................................................................................................ A

MCDL-GEN-PERF Performance
Performance Determination Method........................................................................................................................A
Performance Penalties published in the MCDL Chapter of the AFM......................................................................B
Performance Penalties Calculated with OCTO_AFM Software.............................................................................. C

MCDL-21 AIR CONDITIONING

MCDL-21-01 Aft Outflow Valve
Aft Outflow Valve..................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Aft Outflow Valve................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-21-02 Overboard Valve

Overboard Valve...................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Overboard Valve.................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-21-03 Forward Venturi Nozzle

Forward Venturi Nozzle........................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Forward Venturi Nozzle......................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-23 COMMUNICATIONS
MCDL-23-01 Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger
Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger....................................................................................................................A
Illustration Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger.................................................................................................. B

MCDL-23-02 Aileron Static Discharger

Aileron Static Discharger......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Aileron Static Discharger....................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-23-03 VTP Static Discharger

VTP Static Discharger............................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration VTP Static Discharger............................................................................................................................B

MCDL-23-04 HTP Static Discharger

HTP Static Discharger............................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration HTP Static Discharger........................................................................................................................... B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 1/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-23-05 VHF Antenna
VHF Antenna........................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration VHF Antenna..........................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-23-06 WACS Antenna

WACS Antenna........................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration WACS Antenna...................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-23-08 SATCOM Antenna

SATCOM Antenna................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration SATCOM Antenna................................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-23-09 ELT Antenna

ELT Antenna............................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration ELT Antenna.......................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-23-10 VTP Taxi Aid Camera

VTP Taxi Aid Camera............................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration VTP Taxi Aid Camera............................................................................................................................B

MCDL-23-11 Belly Taxi Aid Camera

Belly Taxi Aid Camera.............................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Belly Taxi Aid Camera........................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27 FLIGHT CONTROLS

MCDL-27-01 Droop Nose Inboard Seal
Droop Nose Inboard Seal........................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Droop Nose Inboard Seal...................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27-02 Droop Nose Outboard Seal

Droop Nose Outboard Seal.....................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Droop Nose Outboard Seal................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27-03 Droop Nose Lower Seal

Droop Nose Lower Seal.......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Droop Nose Lower Seal........................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-27-04 Droop Nose Pressure Seal

Droop Nose Pressure Seal..................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Droop Nose Pressure Seal.................................................................................................................... B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 2/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-27-05 Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge Seal
Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge Seal............................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge Seal............................................................................................................B

MCDL-27-06 Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge Seal

Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge Seal............................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge Seal............................................................................................................B

MCDL-27-07 Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge Seal

Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge Seal............................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge Seal............................................................................................................B

MCDL-27-08 Slat Track Flipper Seal

Slat Track Flipper Seal............................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Slat Track Flipper Seal.......................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27-09 Slat Blade Seal

Slat Blade Seal........................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Slat Blade Seal...................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27-10 Slat Track Pressure Seal

Slat Track Pressure Seal........................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Slat Track Pressure Seal.......................................................................................................................B

MCDL-27-11 Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing

Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing........................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing...................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27-14 Flap Track Fairing Attachment Point Cover

Flap Track Fairing Attachment Point Cover............................................................................................................ A
Illustration Flap Track Fairing Attachment Point Cover...........................................................................................B

MCDL-27-15 Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal

Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal..................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal....................................................................................................................B

MCDL-27-16 Flap Track Forward Fairing Seal

Flap Track Forward Fairing Seal.............................................................................................................................A
Illustration Flap Track Forward Fairing Seal........................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27-17 Fixed to Moveable Fairing Seal

Fixed to Moveable Fairing Seal.............................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Fixed to Moveable Fairing Seal.............................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 3/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-27-18 Inner Flap Inner Seal
Inner Flap Inner Seal...............................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Inner Flap Inner Seal............................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-27-19 Inner to Outer Flap Seal

Inner to Outer Flap Seal......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Inner to Outer Flap Seal........................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-27-20 Outer Flap Outer Seal

Outer Flap Outer Seal............................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Outer Flap Outer Seal........................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap

Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap.................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap.................................................................................................B

MCDL-27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap

Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap................................................................................................ B

MCDL-27-23 Aileron End Seal

Aileron End Seal......................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Aileron End Seal.................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-27-24 Seal of FTE Upper Panel to Aileron

Seal of FTE Upper Panel to Aileron....................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Seal of FTE Upper Panel to Aileron......................................................................................................B

MCDL-27-25 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Aileron

Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Aileron....................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Aileron......................................................................................................B

MCDL-28 FUEL
MCDL-28-02 External Refuel Panel Access Door
External Refuel Panel Access Door........................................................................................................................A
Illustration External Refuel Panel Access Door...................................................................................................... B

MCDL-30 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION

MCDL-30-01 Wiper Arm
Wiper Arm................................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Wiper Arm.............................................................................................................................................. B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 4/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-30-02 Wiper Motor
Wiper Motor............................................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Wiper Motor............................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-30-03 Spray Nozzle

Spray Nozzle............................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Spray Nozzle..........................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-30-04 Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator

Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator.....................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-30-05 Ice Detector

Ice Detector..............................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Ice Detector............................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-30-06 Ice Fence

Ice Fence................................................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Ice Fence............................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-32 LANDING GEAR

MCDL-32-01 Nose Landing Gear Tow Fitting
Nose Landing Gear Tow Fitting.............................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Tow Fitting.............................................................................................................B

MCDL-32-02 Nose Wheel Steering Disconnect Panel Access Door

Nose Wheel Steering Disconnect Panel Access Door............................................................................................A
Illustration Nose Wheel Steering Disconnect Panel Access Door.......................................................................... B

MCDL-32-03 Nose Gear Maintenance Panel Access Door

Nose Gear Maintenance Panel Access Door......................................................................................................... A
Illustration Nose Gear Maintenance Panel Access Door........................................................................................ B

MCDL-32-04 Nose Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap

Nose Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap........................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap.......................................................................................................B

MCDL-32-05 Brake Wear Pin Indicator

Brake Wear Pin Indicator........................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Brake Wear Pin Indicator.......................................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 5/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-32-07 Main Landing Gear Brake Rod Lanyard
Main Landing Gear Brake Rod Lanyard................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Main Landing Gear Brake Rod Lanyard................................................................................................B

MCDL-32-08 Main Landing Gear Axle Sleeve Button

Main Landing Gear Axle Sleeve Button..................................................................................................................A
Illustration Main Landing Gear Axle Sleeve Button................................................................................................ B

MCDL-32-09 Main Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap

Main Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap.........................................................................................................................A
Illustration Main Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap....................................................................................................... B

MCDL-32-10 Tire Pressure Sensor

Tire Pressure Sensor...............................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Tire Pressure Sensor............................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-32-11 Nose Landing Gear Torque Link Noise Cap

Nose Landing Gear Torque Link Noise Cap...........................................................................................................A
Illustration Nose Landing Gear Torque Link Noise Cap......................................................................................... B

MCDL-33 LIGHTS
MCDL-33-01 HTP Logo Light
HTP Logo Light........................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration HTP Logo Light......................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-33-02 Rear Strobe Light Glazing

Rear Strobe Light Glazing.......................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Rear Strobe Light Glazing..................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-33-03 Rear Navigation Light Glazing

Rear Navigation Light Glazing.................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Rear Navigation Light Glazing............................................................................................................... B

MCDL-33-04 Lower Beacon Light Cover

Lower Beacon Light Cover......................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Lower Beacon Light Cover.................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-33-05 Upper Beacon Light Cover

Upper Beacon Light Cover......................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Upper Beacon Light Cover.................................................................................................................... B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 6/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-33-06 Evacuation Area Light
Evacuation Area Light............................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Evacuation Area Light............................................................................................................................B

MCDL-33-07 Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light Glazing

Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light Glazing......................................................................................................................A
Illustration Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light Glazing.................................................................................................... B

MCDL-33-08 Wing and Engine Scan Light

Wing and Engine Scan Light...................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Wing and Engine Scan Light................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-34 NAVIGATION
MCDL-34-01 DME Antenna
DME Antenna...........................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration DME Antenna.........................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-34-02 Marker Antenna

Marker Antenna....................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Marker Antenna......................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-34-03 Radio Altimeter Antenna

Radio Altimeter Antenna..........................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Radio Altimeter Antenna........................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-34-04 TCAS Antenna

TCAS Antenna......................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration TCAS Antenna....................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-34-05 GNSS Antenna

GNSS Antenna........................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration GNSS Antenna.......................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-38 WATER/WASTE
MCDL-38-01 Water Waste Drain Mast
Water Waste Drain Mast......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Water Waste Drain Mast........................................................................................................................B

MCDL-38-02 Waste Service Panel Access Door

Waste Service Panel Access Door......................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Waste Service Panel Access Door........................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 7/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-38-03 Potable Water Panel Access Door
Potable Water Panel Access Door..........................................................................................................................A
Illustration Potable Water Panel Access Door........................................................................................................ B

MCDL-38-04 Forward Drain Valve

Forward Drain Valve................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Forward Drain Valve.............................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-38-05 Drainage Pipe

Drainage Pipe.......................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Drainage Pipe........................................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-52 DOORS
MCDL-52-01 Passenger Door Scuff Plate
Passenger Door Scuff Plate....................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Passenger Door Scuff Plate.................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-52-02 Rain Gutter

Rain Gutter...............................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Rain Gutter.............................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-52-03 Passenger Door Aerodynamic Seal

Passenger Door Aerodynamic Seal........................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Passenger Door Aerodynamic Seal.......................................................................................................B

MCDL-53 FUSELAGE
MCDL-53-01 SCS Ground Service Panel Access Door
SCS Ground Service Panel Access Door...............................................................................................................A
Illustration SCS Ground Service Panel Access Door..............................................................................................B

MCDL-53-02 Yellow Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door

Yellow Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door............................................................................................A
Illustration Yellow Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door.......................................................................... B

MCDL-53-03 Green Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door

Green Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door............................................................................................ A
Illustration Green Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door........................................................................... B

MCDL-53-04 Cargo Compartment Control Panel Access Door

Cargo Compartment Control Panel Access Door................................................................................................... A
Illustration Cargo Compartment Control Panel Access Door..................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 8/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-53-05 Cargo Door Operating Panel Access Door
Cargo Door Operating Panel Access Door.............................................................................................................A
Illustration Cargo Door Operating Panel Access Door............................................................................................B

MCDL-53-06 HP Ground Connection Access Door

HP Ground Connection Access Door......................................................................................................................A
Illustration HP Ground Connection Access Door.................................................................................................... B

MCDL-53-07 Tail Strike Indicator

Tail Strike Indicator..................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Tail Strike Indicator................................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-53-08 Interface Bolt Access Cover

Interface Bolt Access Cover....................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Interface Bolt Access Cover.................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-53-09 Aft Hoisting Point Cover

Aft Hoisting Point Cover.......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Aft Hoisting Point Cover........................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-53-10 Jacking Point Cover

Jacking Point Cover.................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Jacking Point Cover............................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-53-12 Ground Door Opening Handle

Ground Door Opening Handle.................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Ground Door Opening Handle............................................................................................................... B

MCDL-53-13 Seal of Belly Fairing to Fuselage

Seal of Belly Fairing to Fuselage............................................................................................................................A
Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to Fuselage.......................................................................................................... B

MCDL-53-14 Seal of Belly Fairing to Overwing

Seal of Belly Fairing to Overwing............................................................................................................................A
Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to Overwing.......................................................................................................... B

MCDL-53-15 Seal of Belly Fairing to Underwing

Seal of Belly Fairing to Underwing..........................................................................................................................A
Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to Underwing........................................................................................................ B

MCDL-53-16 Belly Fairing to Flap Upper Surface Seal

Belly Fairing to Flap Upper Surface Seal............................................................................................................... A
Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Upper Surface Seal.............................................................................................. B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 9/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-53-17 Belly Fairing to Flap Seal (197FL,198FR)
Belly Fairing to Flap Seal (197FL,198FR)...............................................................................................................A
Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Seal (197FL,198FR)............................................................................................. B

MCDL-53-18 Belly Fairing to Flap Forward Seal

Belly Fairing to Flap Forward Seal..........................................................................................................................A
Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Forward Seal........................................................................................................ B

MCDL-53-19 RAT Door Seal

RAT Door Seal........................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration RAT Door Seal.......................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-53-20 MLG Door FWD Seal

MLG Door FWD Seal.............................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration MLG Door FWD Seal.............................................................................................................................B

MCDL-53-21 MLG Door Seal (197BL,198BR)

MLG Door Seal (197BL,198BR)..............................................................................................................................A
Illustration MLG Door Seal (197BL,198BR)............................................................................................................ B

MCDL-53-22 MLG Door Seal (197FB,198EB)

MLG Door Seal (197FB,198EB)..............................................................................................................................A
Illustration MLG Door Seal (197FB,198EB)............................................................................................................ B

MCDL-53-23 MLG Door Seal (197EL,198ER)

MLG Door Seal (197EL,198ER)..............................................................................................................................A
Illustration MLG Door Seal (197EL,198ER)............................................................................................................ B

MCDL-53-24 MLG Door Seal (197CL,198CR)

MLG Door Seal (197CL,198CR)............................................................................................................................. A
Illustration MLG Door Seal (197CL,198CR)............................................................................................................B

MCDL-53-25 MLG Door Seal (FLX01)

MLG Door Seal (FLX01)......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX01)........................................................................................................................B

MCDL-53-26 MLG Door Seal (FLX02)

MLG Door Seal (FLX02)......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX02)........................................................................................................................B

MCDL-53-27 MLG Door Seal (FLX03)

MLG Door Seal (FLX03)......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX03)........................................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 10/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-53-28 MLG Door Seal (FLX04)
MLG Door Seal (FLX04)......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX04)........................................................................................................................B

MCDL-53-29 ERAI Seal

ERAI Seal................................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration ERAI Seal...............................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-53-30 Water Drain Valve Extension Access Door

Water Drain Valve Extension Access Door.............................................................................................................A
Illustration Water Drain Valve Extension Access Door........................................................................................... B

MCDL-53-31 NSA Adapter

NSA Adapter............................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration NSA Adapter.......................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-54 PYLON
MCDL-54-01 Seal between APF and RSS
Seal between APF and RSS...................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Seal between APF and RSS................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-54-02 Seal between Gutter and Taco Shell

Seal between Gutter and Taco Shell...................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Seal between Gutter and Taco Shell.....................................................................................................B

MCDL-55 STABILIZERS
MCDL-55-01 VTP Lower Rudder Seal
VTP Lower Rudder Seal......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration VTP Lower Rudder Seal........................................................................................................................B

MCDL-55-02 VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal

VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal...............................................................................................................B

MCDL-55-03 Rudder Hoisting Point Cover

Rudder Hoisting Point Cover...................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Rudder Hoisting Point Cover................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-55-04 Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point Cover

Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point Cover..............................................................................................................................A
Illustration Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point Cover............................................................................................................ B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 11/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-55-05 VTP Leading Edge Panel Hoisting Point Cover
VTP Leading Edge Panel Hoisting Point Cover......................................................................................................A
Illustration VTP Leading Edge Panel Hoisting Point Cover.................................................................................... B

MCDL-55-06 VTP Shell Hoisting Point Cover

VTP Shell Hoisting Point Cover.............................................................................................................................. A
Illustration VTP Shell Hoisting Point Cover.............................................................................................................B

MCDL-55-07 VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover

VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover................................................................................................................B

MCDL-55-08 HTP Trailing Edge Seal

HTP Trailing Edge Seal...........................................................................................................................................A
Illustration HTP Trailing Edge Seal......................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-55-09 HTP Outboard Elevator Seal

HTP Outboard Elevator Seal...................................................................................................................................A
Illustration HTP Outboard Elevator Seal................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-55-10 HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover

HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover............................................................................................................... B

MCDL-55-11 HTP Elevator Hoisting Point Cover

HTP Elevator Hoisting Point Cover.........................................................................................................................A
Illustration HTP Elevator Hoisting Point Cover....................................................................................................... B

MCDL-55-12 HTP Tip Maintenance Door

HTP Tip Maintenance Door.....................................................................................................................................A
Illustration HTP Tip Maintenance Door................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-55-13 Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal

Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal............................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal.......................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-55-14 VTP Lower Trailing Edge Panel Seal

VTP Lower Trailing Edge Panel Seal..................................................................................................................... A
Illustration VTP Lower Trailing Edge Panel Seal.................................................................................................... B

MCDL-55-15 HTP Karman Fairing Seal

HTP Karman Fairing Seal....................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration HTP Karman Fairing Seal......................................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 12/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-57 WINGS
MCDL-57-01 Winglet Tip Cap
Winglet Tip Cap....................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Winglet Tip Cap..................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-02 Aileron Hoisting Point Cover

Aileron Hoisting Point Cover................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Aileron Hoisting Point Cover..................................................................................................................B

MCDL-57-03 Winglet to Wingtip Seal

Winglet to Wingtip Seal........................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Winglet to Wingtip Seal......................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-04 FLE Lower Panel Inspection Cover

FLE Lower Panel Inspection Cover........................................................................................................................ A
Illustration FLE Lower Panel Inspection Cover....................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler

Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler....................................................................................................................A
Illustration Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler.................................................................................................. B

MCDL-57-06 Spoiler End Seal

Spoiler End Seal......................................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Spoiler End Seal.................................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-07 Under-Wing Jacking Point Cover

Under-Wing Jacking Point Cover............................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Under-Wing Jacking Point Cover...........................................................................................................B

MCDL-57-08 FTE Access Plug Cover

FTE Access Plug Cover.......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration FTE Access Plug Cover........................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-57-09 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel

Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel...........................................................................................................A
Illustration Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel......................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-10 Droop Panel End Seal

Droop Panel End Seal.............................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Droop Panel End Seal........................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-11 EHA Air Duct

EHA Air Duct........................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration EHA Air Duct..........................................................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 13/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-57-12 Aileron Hinge Fairing
Aileron Hinge Fairing............................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Aileron Hinge Fairing............................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-57-13 Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal

Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal...................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal.....................................................................................................................B

MCDL-57-14 Wingtip Leading Edge Fairing Seal

Wingtip Leading Edge Fairing Seal.........................................................................................................................A
Illustration Wingtip Leading Edge Fairing Seal....................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-15 Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing Seal

Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing Seal.......................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing Seal.........................................................................................................B

MCDL-57-16 Outer Falsework Lower Seal

Outer Falsework Lower Seal...................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Outer Falsework Lower Seal................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-57-17 Outer Falsework Upper Seal

Outer Falsework Upper Seal...................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Outer Falsework Upper Seal................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-57-18 FLE Slat Track Seal

FLE Slat Track Seal................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration FLE Slat Track Seal...............................................................................................................................B

MCDL-57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal

Slat Transition Cable Seal.......................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Slat Transition Cable Seal..................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-20 FTE Panel 1 Seal

FTE Panel 1 Seal.................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration FTE Panel 1 Seal.................................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-57-21 FTE Panel 3 Seal

FTE Panel 3 Seal.................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration FTE Panel 3 Seal.................................................................................................................................. B

MCDL-57-22 FTE to MLG Door Seal

FTE to MLG Door Seal........................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration FTE to MLG Door Seal..........................................................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 14/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-57-23 Hinged Door Seal
Hinged Door Seal.................................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Hinged Door Seal...................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-57-24 MLG-Hinged Door Seal

MLG-Hinged Door Seal........................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration MLG-Hinged Door Seal..........................................................................................................................B

MCDL-57-25 Outer Falsework Seal Plate

Outer Falsework Seal Plate.....................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Outer Falsework Seal Plate................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-26 Outer Falsework Upper Surface Corner Seal

Outer Falsework Upper Surface Corner Seal......................................................................................................... A
Illustration Outer Falsework Upper Surface Corner Seal........................................................................................B

MCDL-57-27 Wing Box Dry Bay Access Cover

Wing Box Dry Bay Access Cover........................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Wing Box Dry Bay Access Cover..........................................................................................................B

MCDL-57-28 Slat Track Aperture Seal

Slat Track Aperture Seal......................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Slat Track Aperture Seal....................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-29 Slat Track Baffle Seal

Slat Track Baffle Seal..............................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Slat Track Baffle Seal............................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-57-30 FTE Lower Panel 16 Chordwise Seal

FTE Lower Panel 16 Chordwise Seal.....................................................................................................................A
Illustration FTE Lower Panel 16 Chordwise Seal................................................................................................... B

MCDL-57-31 FTE Lower Panel to Belly Fairing Seal

FTE Lower Panel to Belly Fairing Seal...................................................................................................................A
Illustration FTE Lower Panel to Belly Fairing Seal................................................................................................. B

MCDL-57-32 Outer Aileron to Wingtip Lower Surface Seal

Outer Aileron to Wingtip Lower Surface Seal......................................................................................................... A
Illustration Outer Aileron to Wingtip Lower Surface Seal........................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 15/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-71 POWER PLANT
MCDL-71-01 Fan Cowl HOR
Fan Cowl HOR........................................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Fan Cowl HOR.......................................................................................................................................B

MCDL-71-02 Fan Cowl Hoisting Point Cover

Fan Cowl Hoisting Point Cover............................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Fan Cowl Hoisting Point Cover..............................................................................................................B

MCDL-71-04 Fan Cowl HOR Remote Release System

Fan Cowl HOR Remote Release System...............................................................................................................A
Illustration Fan Cowl HOR Remote Release System..............................................................................................B

MCDL-71-05 Fan Cowl Latch Access Panel

Fan Cowl Latch Access Panel................................................................................................................................ A
Illustration Fan Cowl Latch Access Panel...............................................................................................................B

MCDL-71-06 Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser Bumper

Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser Bumper.................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser Bumper...................................................................................................B

MCDL-71-07 Air Inlet External Aerofiller

Air Inlet External Aerofiller.......................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Air Inlet External Aerofiller..................................................................................................................... B

MCDL-71-08 Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover

Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover.................................................................................................................................. A
Illustration Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-71-10 Fan Cowl Opening Actuator

Fan Cowl Opening Actuator.................................................................................................................................... A
Illustration Fan Cowl Opening Actuator...................................................................................................................B

MCDL-78 EXHAUST
MCDL-78-01 Thrust Reverser HOR
Thrust Reverser HOR..............................................................................................................................................A
Illustration Thrust Reverser HOR............................................................................................................................ B

MCDL-78-02 Thrust Reverser Latch Access Door Lanyard

Thrust Reverser Latch Access Door Lanyard......................................................................................................... A
Illustration Thrust Reverser Latch Access Door Lanyard........................................................................................B
Continued on the following page

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 16/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued from the previous page

MCDL-78-04 Thrust Reverser Inhibition Pin Cover Plate
Thrust Reverser Inhibition Pin Cover Plate.............................................................................................................A
Illustration Thrust Reverser Inhibition Pin Cover Plate........................................................................................... B

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 17/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-PLP-TOC P 18/18

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: MCDL-GEN-INTR-00019114.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Operation of the aircraft without certain secondary airframe and engine parts is possible as indicated
in this Master Configuration Deviation List (MCDL). Any item not included in this list must be
considered as necessary.
It is important to repair the aircraft at the first airport where repairs or replacements may reasonably
be made, since additional malfunctions may require the aircraft to be taken out of service.
Letter (m) associated to an item indicates that a maintenance procedure is necessary to permit
flight with this item missing. The MCDL maintenance procedures are published in the AirN@v Line
Maintenance. The MCDL item number may be used to find the associated task in the AirN@v Line
Maintenance.
When a maintenance action requires high speed tape application, it is necessary, before each flight
or at the specified interval, to check that the tape is still in position and in good condition. It is the
Operator’s responsibility to define the tasksharing for their flight and maintenance crews, and to
ensure that all maintenance procedures are correctly performed.
Note: 1. The sign “-” in “Quantity installed” column indicates that the quantity is variable.
2. The illustrations included in this Master Configuration Deviation List are given only
for information to facilitate location of missing items and must not be considered as
approved data.
3. Items numbering is used for item identification only. As a consequence there may
be some gaps in the item numbering sequence of a given aircraft. In such a case,
completeness of the MCDL may be checked by referring to the LEDU.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-GEN-INTR P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL INTRODUCTION

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-GEN-INTR P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LIMITATIONS

LIMITATIONS
Ident.: MCDL-GEN-LIM-00019115.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

No more than one item of one ATA chapter may be missing except if otherwise specified. Items of
different ATA chapters may be simultaneously missing, unless otherwise specified in this list.
When a missing item introduces additional limitation(s), this limitation is indicated in the dispatch
condition of the item of this list. This limitation comes in addition to the ones of the LIMITATIONS
chapter of this Airplane Flight Manual. It must be clearly indicated by a placard on the captain's
instrument panel.
When an MCDL dispatch condition refers to the MMEL, the minimum number of equipment required
for dispatch is the most limiting of the two documents.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-GEN-LIM P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LIMITATIONS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-GEN-LIM P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PERFORMANCE

PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION METHOD

Ident.: MCDL-GEN-PERF-00019116.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

There are two approved ways of determining the performance impact of CDL items missing:
‐ Using the MCDL chapter of the Airplane Flight Manual, or
‐ Using OCTO_AFM software.
The MCDL performance penalties associated to the missing items when published in this chapter
are envelope penalties. More accurate penalties can be determined by using OCTO_AFM software.
According to the operations, operators can select the most adequate method.
If no performance data are available in OCTO_AFM for a given item listed in this MCDL chapter, the
penalties published in this MCDL chapter must be used.

PERFORMANCE PENALTIES PUBLISHED IN THE MCDL CHAPTER OF THE AFM

Ident.: MCDL-GEN-PERF-00019117.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Performance penalties are cumulative unless specific penalties for particular combinations of missing
items are indicated.
These takeoff, en-route and landing penalties apply to the most limiting corresponding weight.
If performance penalties are not indicated for removed items, no more than three of such items can
be missing without taking further penalty. If more than three of such items are missing together, the
following performance penalties are applicable per missing item:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 50 kg (110 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 160 kg (353 lb) (i.e. corresponding to a 60 ft
decrease of en-route net ceiling).

PERFORMANCE PENALTIES CALCULATED WITH OCTO_AFM SOFTWARE

Ident.: MCDL-GEN-PERF-00019118.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

The takeoff, approach climb, and en-route performance with MCDL items missing can be determined
by selecting the missing items in the "CDL item..." menu of the AFM_OCTO interface, using the
database given in PERFORMANCE chapter (Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database) of
this manual associated to [Link] file at issue 3.1 or higher using AFM_OCTO approved FM
module at the revision 32.1 or higher.
Items for which no performance penalty is indicated in this MCDL chapter are referenced as
negligible items. Select the number of negligible items in the "CDL item..." menu to determine
performance impact when four or more of such items are missing.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-GEN-PERF P 1/2

AFM A to C → 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
GENERAL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PERFORMANCE

CAUTION The most limiting performance between the one computed with items missing and
the one computed without item missing must be used.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-GEN-PERF P 2/2

AFM ←C 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
AIR CONDITIONING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AFT OUTFLOW VALVE

21-01 Aft Outflow Valve

Ident.: MCDL-21-01-00019440.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

21-01 Quantity installed

AFT OUTFLOW VALVE 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-21-31-58-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered.
The aft outflow valve must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-21-31 Outflow Valve
Control).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-21 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-21-01 Illustration Aft Outflow Valve

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-21-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
AIR CONDITIONING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AFT OUTFLOW VALVE

ILLUSTRATION AFT OUTFLOW VALVE

Ident.: MCDL-21-01-00019441.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 21-01 Aft Outflow Valve.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-21-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
AIR CONDITIONING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OVERBOARD VALVE

21-02 Overboard Valve

Ident.: MCDL-21-02-00020888.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

21-02 Quantity installed

OVERBOARD VALVE 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-21-26-59-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the doubler is not damaged and the hole is covered.
Both overboard valve flaps must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-21-26 Avionics
Overboard Valve Big Flap and Refer to MMEL/MI-21-26 Avionics Overboard Valve Small
Flap).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-21 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-21-02 Illustration Overboard Valve

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-21-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
AIR CONDITIONING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OVERBOARD VALVE

ILLUSTRATION OVERBOARD VALVE

Ident.: MCDL-21-02-00020889.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 21-02 Overboard Valve.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-21-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
AIR CONDITIONING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FORWARD VENTURI NOZZLE

21-03 Forward Venturi Nozzle

Ident.: MCDL-21-03-00022680.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 100374)

a)
21-03 Quantity installed
FORWARD VENTURI NOZZLE 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-00-XX-08ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover and the affected venturi
nozzle is deactivated.
The affected venturi nozzle must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-21-23
Lavatory and Galley Isolation Valve).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-21 chapter.
– or –
b)
21-03 Quantity installed
FORWARD VENTURI NOZZLE 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-XX-XX-07ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected
venturi nozzle is deactivated.
The affected venturi nozzle must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-21-23
Lavatory and Galley Isolation Valve).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-21 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-21-03 Illustration Forward Venturi Nozzle

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-21-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
AIR CONDITIONING
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FORWARD VENTURI NOZZLE

ILLUSTRATION FORWARD VENTURI NOZZLE

Ident.: MCDL-21-03-00022681.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: (XW and 100374)

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 21-03 Forward Venturi Nozzle.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-21-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGLET AND WINGTIP STATIC DISCHARGER

23-01 Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger

Ident.: MCDL-23-01-00018793.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

23-01 Quantity installed

WINGLET AND WINGTIP STATIC DISCHARGER 18
Two per wing may be missing.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter
2. No more than 20 % of all the aircraft static dischargers may be missing when
combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 23-02 (Refer to 23-02 Aileron Static Discharger)
‐ 23-03 (Refer to 23-03 VTP Static Discharger)
‐ 23-04 (Refer to 23-04 HTP Static Discharger).
Refer to MCDL-23-01 Illustration Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGLET AND WINGTIP STATIC DISCHARGER

ILLUSTRATION WINGLET AND WINGTIP STATIC DISCHARGER

Ident.: MCDL-23-01-00018794.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-01 Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON STATIC DISCHARGER

23-02 Aileron Static Discharger

Ident.: MCDL-23-02-00020354.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

23-02 Quantity installed

AILERON STATIC DISCHARGER 6
One per wing may be missing.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter
2. No more than 20 % of all the aircraft static dischargers may be missing when
combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 23-01 (Refer to 23-01 Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger)
‐ 23-03 (Refer to 23-03 VTP Static Discharger)
‐ 23-04 (Refer to 23-04 HTP Static Discharger).
Refer to MCDL-23-02 Illustration Aileron Static Discharger

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON STATIC DISCHARGER

ILLUSTRATION AILERON STATIC DISCHARGER

Ident.: MCDL-23-02-00020356.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-02 Aileron Static Discharger.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP STATIC DISCHARGER

23-03 VTP Static Discharger

Ident.: MCDL-23-03-00018795.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

23-03 Quantity installed

VTP STATIC DISCHARGER 8
Two may be missing.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter
2. No more than 20 % of all the aircraft static dischargers may be missing when
combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 23-01 (Refer to 23-01 Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger)
‐ 23-02 (Refer to 23-02 Aileron Static Discharger)
‐ 23-04 (Refer to 23-04 HTP Static Discharger).
Refer to MCDL-23-03 Illustration VTP Static Discharger

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP STATIC DISCHARGER

ILLUSTRATION VTP STATIC DISCHARGER

Ident.: MCDL-23-03-00019568.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-03 VTP Static Discharger.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP STATIC DISCHARGER

23-04 HTP Static Discharger

Ident.: MCDL-23-04-00018791.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

23-04 Quantity installed

HTP STATIC DISCHARGER 18
Two per HTP side may be missing.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter
2. No more than 20 % of all the aircraft static dischargers may be missing when
combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 23-01 (Refer to 23-01 Winglet and Wingtip Static Discharger)
‐ 23-02 (Refer to 23-02 Aileron Static Discharger)
‐ 23-03 (Refer to 23-03 VTP Static Discharger).
Refer to MCDL-23-04 Illustration HTP Static Discharger

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP STATIC DISCHARGER

ILLUSTRATION HTP STATIC DISCHARGER

Ident.: MCDL-23-04-00018792.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-04 HTP Static Discharger.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VHF ANTENNA

23-05 VHF Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-23-05-00019500.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

23-05 Quantity installed

VHF ANTENNA 3
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-23-12-11-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected VHF antenna is
deactivated.
Depending on the affected antenna(s), one or more VHF antenna must be considered
inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-23-12 VHF Voice and Refer to MMEL/MI-23-12 VHF 3
Datalink).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-23-05 Illustration VHF Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VHF ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION VHF ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-23-05-00019501.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-05 VHF Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WACS ANTENNA

23-06 WACS Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-23-06-00019521.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

23-06 Quantity installed

WACS ANTENNA 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-23-25-11-01ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the antenna is deactivated.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-23-06 Illustration WACS Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-06 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WACS ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION WACS ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-23-06-00019522.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-06 WACS Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-06 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SATCOM ANTENNA

23-08 SATCOM Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-23-08-00019517.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

23-08 Quantity installed

SATCOM ANTENNA 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-23-28-11-01ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the SATCOM is deactivated.
The SATCOM must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-23-28 SATCOM).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-23-08 Illustration SATCOM Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-08 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SATCOM ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION SATCOM ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-23-08-00019518.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-08 SATCOM Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-08 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ELT ANTENNA

23-09 ELT Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-23-09-00019519.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

23-09 Quantity installed

ELT ANTENNA 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-25-69-11-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the ELT is deactivated.
The ELT must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-25-69 Fixed Emergency Locator
Transmitter).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-23-09 Illustration ELT Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-09 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ELT ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION ELT ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-23-09-00019520.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-09 ELT Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-09 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP TAXI AID CAMERA

23-10 VTP Taxi Aid Camera

Ident.: MCDL-23-10-00018797.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 100349)

23-10 Quantity installed

VTP TAXI AID CAMERA 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-23-75-17-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the camera is deactivated.
The camera must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-23-75 Taxiing Aid Camera).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter.

Refer to MCDL-23-10 Illustration VTP Taxi Aid Camera

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-10 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP TAXI AID CAMERA

ILLUSTRATION VTP TAXI AID CAMERA

Ident.: MCDL-23-10-00018798.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: (XW and 100349)

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-10 VTP Taxi Aid Camera.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-10 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BELLY TAXI AID CAMERA

23-11 Belly Taxi Aid Camera

Ident.: MCDL-23-11-00021245.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 100349)

23-11 Quantity installed

BELLY TAXI AID CAMERA 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-23-75-17-01ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the camera is deactivated.
The camera must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-23-75 Taxiing Aid Camera).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-23 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-23-11 Illustration Belly Taxi Aid Camera

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-11 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
COMMUNICATIONS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BELLY TAXI AID CAMERA

ILLUSTRATION BELLY TAXI AID CAMERA

Ident.: MCDL-23-11-00021246.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: (XW and 100349)

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 23-11 Belly Taxi Aid Camera.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-23-11 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP NOSE INBOARD SEAL

27-01 Droop Nose Inboard Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-01-00020113.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-01 Quantity installed

DROOP NOSE INBOARD SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 143 cm (56 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 35 kg (78 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 276 cm (108 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 58 kg (128 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-01 Illustration Droop Nose Inboard Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP NOSE INBOARD SEAL

ILLUSTRATION DROOP NOSE INBOARD SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-01-00020114.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-01 Droop Nose Inboard Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP NOSE OUTBOARD SEAL

27-02 Droop Nose Outboard Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-02-00020116.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-02 Quantity installed

DROOP NOSE OUTBOARD SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 100 cm (39 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 50 kg (111 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 193 cm (75 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 83 kg (183 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-02 Illustration Droop Nose Outboard Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP NOSE OUTBOARD SEAL

ILLUSTRATION DROOP NOSE OUTBOARD SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-02-00020117.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-02 Droop Nose Outboard Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP NOSE LOWER SEAL

27-03 Droop Nose Lower Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-03-00020118.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-03 Quantity installed

DROOP NOSE LOWER SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 278 cm (109 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 18 kg (40 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 552 cm (217 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 29 kg (64 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 1 112 cm (437 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by
0.018 % per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-03 Illustration Droop Nose Lower Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP NOSE LOWER SEAL

ILLUSTRATION DROOP NOSE LOWER SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-03-00020119.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-03 Droop Nose Lower Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP NOSE PRESSURE SEAL

27-04 Droop Nose Pressure Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-04-00020149.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-04 Quantity installed

DROOP NOSE PRESSURE SEAL 30
Up to 15.24 cm (6 in) of seal per wing may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal
material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-27-04 Illustration Droop Nose Pressure Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP NOSE PRESSURE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION DROOP NOSE PRESSURE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-04-00020150.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-04 Droop Nose Pressure Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT 2 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

27-05 Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-05-00020140.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-05 Quantity installed

SLAT 2 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 91 cm (35 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 55 kg (122 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 176 cm (69 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 91 kg (201 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 364 cm (143 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by
0.055 % per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-05 Illustration Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT 2 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT 2 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-05-00020141.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-05 Slat 2 Lower Trailing Edge Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT 6 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

27-06 Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-06-00020142.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-06 Quantity installed

SLAT 6 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 500 cm (196 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 10 kg (23 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-06 Illustration Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-06 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT 6 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT 6 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-06-00020143.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-06 Slat 6 Lower Trailing Edge Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-06 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT 7 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

27-07 Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-07-00020144.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-07 Quantity installed

SLAT 7 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 250 cm (98 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 20 kg (45 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 458 cm (179 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 35 kg (78 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-07 Illustration Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-07 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT 7 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT 7 LOWER TRAILING EDGE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-07-00020145.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-07 Slat 7 Lower Trailing Edge Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-07 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRACK FLIPPER SEAL

27-08 Slat Track Flipper Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-08-00020146.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-08 Quantity installed

SLAT TRACK FLIPPER SEAL 10
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-27-08 Illustration Slat Track Flipper Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-08 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRACK FLIPPER SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK FLIPPER SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-08-00020147.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-08 Slat Track Flipper Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-08 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT BLADE SEAL

27-09 Slat Blade Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-09-00020138.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-09 Quantity installed

SLAT BLADE SEAL 14
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 46 cm (18 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 109 kg (241 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 89 cm (34 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 180 kg (397 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 182 cm (71 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.11 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-09 Illustration Slat Blade Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-09 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT BLADE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT BLADE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-09-00020139.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-09 Slat Blade Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-09 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRACK PRESSURE SEAL

27-10 Slat Track Pressure Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-10-00020152.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-10 Quantity installed

SLAT TRACK PRESSURE SEAL 100
Up to 15.24 cm (6 in) of seal per slat may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal
material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-27-10 Illustration Slat Track Pressure Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-10 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRACK PRESSURE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK PRESSURE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-10-00020153.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-10 Slat Track Pressure Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-10 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLAP TRACK AFT TIP FAIRING

27-11 Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing

Ident.: MCDL-27-11-00019569.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-11 Quantity installed

FLAP TRACK AFT TIP FAIRING 6
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-57-57-XX-03ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing fairing:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 338 kg (746 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 561 kg (1 237 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.34 %.

Refer to MCDL-27-11 Illustration Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-11 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLAP TRACK AFT TIP FAIRING

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK AFT TIP FAIRING

Ident.: MCDL-27-11-00019570.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-11 Flap Track Aft Tip Fairing.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-11 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLAP TRACK FAIRING ATTACHMENT POINT COVER

27-14 Flap Track Fairing Attachment Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-27-14-00019583.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-14 Quantity installed

FLAP TRACK FAIRING ATTACHMENT POINT COVER 54
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-57-57-61-03ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-27-14 Illustration Flap Track Fairing Attachment Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-14 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLAP TRACK FAIRING ATTACHMENT POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK FAIRING ATTACHMENT POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-27-14-00019585.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-14 Flap Track Fairing Attachment Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-14 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLAP TRACK AFT FAIRING SEAL

27-15 Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-15-00020234.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-15 Quantity installed

FLAP TRACK AFT FAIRING SEAL 6
Up to 200 cm (78 in) of seal per fairing may be missing provided that any loose or flapping
seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 40 cm (15 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 125 kg (276 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 78 cm (30 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 207 kg (457 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 160 cm (62 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.125 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-15 Illustration Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-15 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLAP TRACK AFT FAIRING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK AFT FAIRING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-15-00020235.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-15 Flap Track Aft Fairing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-15 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLAP TRACK FORWARD FAIRING SEAL

27-16 Flap Track Forward Fairing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-16-00020237.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-16 Quantity installed

FLAP TRACK FORWARD FAIRING SEAL 6
Up to 250 cm (98 in) of seal per fairing may be missing provided that any loose or flapping
seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Limitations:
If forward fairing seal is missing on flap track 3, refueling is permitted for a maximum of 10
days.

• Procedures:
If forward fairing seal is missing on flap track 3, for refuel, apply high speed tape along the
wing chord forming a ridge of 7 mm (0.25 in) high inboard of NACA/Burst Disk.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 100 cm (39 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 50 kg (111 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 193 cm (75 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 83 kg (183 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-16 Illustration Flap Track Forward Fairing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-16 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLAP TRACK FORWARD FAIRING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FLAP TRACK FORWARD FAIRING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-16-00020238.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-16 Flap Track Forward Fairing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-16 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FIXED TO MOVEABLE FAIRING SEAL

27-17 Fixed to Moveable Fairing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-17-00020239.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-17 Quantity installed

FIXED TO MOVEABLE FAIRING SEAL 24
Up to 2 m (78 in) of seal per wing may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal
material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 50 cm (19 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 100 kg (221 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 97 cm (38 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 165 kg (364 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 200 cm (78 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.1 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-17 Illustration Fixed to Moveable Fairing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-17 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FIXED TO MOVEABLE FAIRING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FIXED TO MOVEABLE FAIRING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-17-00020240.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-17 Fixed to Moveable Fairing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-17 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL INNER FLAP INNER SEAL

27-18 Inner Flap Inner Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-18-00020241.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-18 Quantity installed

INNER FLAP INNER SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter, except:
‐ 27-19 (Refer to 27-19 Inner to Outer Flap Seal)
‐ 27-20 (Refer to 27-20 Outer Flap Outer Seal).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing seal:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 298 kg (657 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 495 kg (1 092 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.3 %.

Refer to MCDL-27-18 Illustration Inner Flap Inner Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-18 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL INNER FLAP INNER SEAL

ILLUSTRATION INNER FLAP INNER SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-18-00020242.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-18 Inner Flap Inner Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-18 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL INNER TO OUTER FLAP SEAL

27-19 Inner to Outer Flap Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-19-00020243.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-19 Quantity installed

INNER TO OUTER FLAP SEAL 4
One per wing may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter, except:
‐ 27-18 (Refer to 27-18 Inner Flap Inner Seal)
‐ 27-20 (Refer to 27-20 Outer Flap Outer Seal).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing seal:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 298 kg (657 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 495 kg (1 092 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.3 %.

Refer to MCDL-27-19 Illustration Inner to Outer Flap Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-19 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL INNER TO OUTER FLAP SEAL

ILLUSTRATION INNER TO OUTER FLAP SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-19-00020244.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-19 Inner to Outer Flap Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-19 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FLAP OUTER SEAL

27-20 Outer Flap Outer Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-20-00020245.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-20 Quantity installed

OUTER FLAP OUTER SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter, except:
‐ 27-18 (Refer to 27-18 Inner Flap Inner Seal)
‐ 27-19 (Refer to 27-19 Inner to Outer Flap Seal).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing seal:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 298 kg (657 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 495 kg (1 092 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.3 %.

Refer to MCDL-27-20 Illustration Outer Flap Outer Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-20 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FLAP OUTER SEAL

ILLUSTRATION OUTER FLAP OUTER SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-20-00020246.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-20 Outer Flap Outer Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-20 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO INNER FLAP

27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap

Ident.: MCDL-27-21-00020250.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-21 Quantity installed

SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO INNER FLAP 10
Up to 200 cm (78 in) of seal may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material
is cut off.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.
2. Must not be combined with MCDL item 57-05 (Refer to 57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge
Panel to Spoiler).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 23 cm (8 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 219 kg (483 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 45 cm (17 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 363 kg (801 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 91 cm (35 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.22 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-21 Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-21 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO INNER FLAP

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO INNER FLAP

Ident.: MCDL-27-21-00020251.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-21 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO OUTER FLAP

27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap

Ident.: MCDL-27-22-00020252.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-22 Quantity installed

SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO OUTER FLAP 18
Up to 200 cm (78 in) of seal may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material
is cut off.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.
2. Must not be combined with MCDL item 57-05 (Refer to 57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge
Panel to Spoiler).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 24 cm (9 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 209 kg (461 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 47 cm (18 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 347 kg (766 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 96 cm (37 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.21 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-22 Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-22 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO OUTER FLAP

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO OUTER FLAP

Ident.: MCDL-27-22-00020253.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-22 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON END SEAL

27-23 Aileron End Seal

Ident.: MCDL-27-23-00020254.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-23 Quantity installed

AILERON END SEAL 6
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing seal:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 100 kg (221 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 165 kg (364 lb)
‐ If 2 seals or more are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.1 % per missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-23 Illustration Aileron End Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-23 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON END SEAL

ILLUSTRATION AILERON END SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-27-23-00020255.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-23 Aileron End Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-23 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF FTE UPPER PANEL TO AILERON

27-24 Seal of FTE Upper Panel to Aileron

Ident.: MCDL-27-24-00020256.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-24 Quantity installed

SEAL OF FTE UPPER PANEL TO AILERON 2
Up to 250 cm (98 in) of seal may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material
is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 42 cm (16 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 120 kg (265 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 81 cm (31 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 198 kg (437 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 167 cm (65 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.12 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-24 Illustration Seal of FTE Upper Panel to Aileron

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-24 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF FTE UPPER PANEL TO AILERON

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF FTE UPPER PANEL TO AILERON

Ident.: MCDL-27-24-00020257.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-24 Seal of FTE Upper Panel to Aileron.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-24 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO AILERON

27-25 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Aileron

Ident.: MCDL-27-25-00020258.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

27-25 Quantity installed

SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO AILERON 2
Up to 250 cm (98 in) of seal may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material
is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-27 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 56 cm (21 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 90 kg (199 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 108 cm (42 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 149 kg (329 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 223 cm (87 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.09 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-27-25 Illustration Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Aileron

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-25 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FLIGHT CONTROLS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO AILERON

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF FTE LOWER PANEL TO AILERON

Ident.: MCDL-27-25-00020259.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 27-25 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Aileron.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-27-25 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL EXTERNAL REFUEL PANEL ACCESS DOOR

28-02 External Refuel Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-28-02-00019578.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
28-02 Quantity installed
EXTERNAL REFUEL PANEL ACCESS DOOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-28-25-XX-0BZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the switch is disconnected.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-28 chapter.

• Limitations:
Flight in forecast lightning conditions is not permitted.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 129 kg (285 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 214 kg (472 lb).

– or –
b)
28-02 Quantity installed
EXTERNAL REFUEL PANEL ACCESS DOOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-52-42-75-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the switch is disconnected.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-28 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-28-02 Illustration External Refuel Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-28-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUEL
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL EXTERNAL REFUEL PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION EXTERNAL REFUEL PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-28-02-00019579.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 28-02 External Refuel Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-28-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WIPER ARM

30-01 Wiper Arm

Ident.: MCDL-30-01-00021001.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

30-01 Quantity installed

WIPER ARM 2
All may be missing.
The associated wiper must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-30-45 Windshield
Wiper).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-30-01 Illustration Wiper Arm

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WIPER ARM

ILLUSTRATION WIPER ARM

Ident.: MCDL-30-01-00021002.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 30-01 Wiper Arm.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WIPER MOTOR

30-02 Wiper Motor

Ident.: MCDL-30-02-00019852.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
30-02 Quantity installed
WIPER MOTOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-45-XX-03ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover and the affected wiper
is deactivated.
The affected wiper must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-30-45 Windshield
Wiper).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.
– or –
b)
30-02 Quantity installed
WIPER MOTOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-45-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected
wiper is deactivated.
The affected wiper must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-30-45 Windshield
Wiper).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-30-02 Illustration Wiper Motor

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WIPER MOTOR

ILLUSTRATION WIPER MOTOR

Ident.: MCDL-30-02-00019853.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 30-02 Wiper Motor.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SPRAY NOZZLE

30-03 Spray Nozzle

Ident.: MCDL-30-03-00019855.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
30-03 Quantity installed
SPRAY NOZZLE 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-45-XX-02ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover and the affected nozzle
nipple rain repellent is deactivated.
The affected nozzle nipple rain repellent must be considered inoperative (Refer to
MMEL/MI-30-45 Rain Repellent).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.
– or –
b)
30-03 Quantity installed
SPRAY NOZZLE 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-45-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected
nozzle nipple rain repellent is deactivated.
The affected nozzle nipple rain repellent must be considered inoperative (Refer to
MMEL/MI-30-45 Rain Repellent).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-30-03 Illustration Spray Nozzle

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SPRAY NOZZLE

ILLUSTRATION SPRAY NOZZLE

Ident.: MCDL-30-03-00019856.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 30-03 Spray Nozzle.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL COCKPIT ICE VISUAL INDICATOR

30-04 Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator

Ident.: MCDL-30-04-00020844.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
30-04 Quantity installed
COCKPIT ICE VISUAL INDICATOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-81-00-03ZZZ-560Z-A
One may be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.
– or –
b)
30-04 Quantity installed
COCKPIT ICE VISUAL INDICATOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-81-XX-02ZZZ-560Z-A
One may be missing provided that the hole is covered with high speed tape.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-30-04 Illustration Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL COCKPIT ICE VISUAL INDICATOR

ILLUSTRATION COCKPIT ICE VISUAL INDICATOR

Ident.: MCDL-30-04-00020845.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 30-04 Cockpit Ice Visual Indicator.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ICE DETECTOR

30-05 Ice Detector

Ident.: MCDL-30-05-00020846.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
30-05 Quantity installed
ICE DETECTOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-81-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover and the affected ice
detector is deactivated.
If both ice detectors are failed, the ice detection system must be considered inoperative (Refer
to MMEL/MI-30-81 Ice Detection System).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.
– or –
b)
30-05 Quantity installed
ICE DETECTOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-81-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected ice
detector is deactivated.
The affected ice detector must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-30-81 Ice
Detection System).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-30-05 Illustration Ice Detector

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ICE DETECTOR

ILLUSTRATION ICE DETECTOR

Ident.: MCDL-30-05-00020847.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 30-05 Ice Detector.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ICE FENCE

30-06 Ice Fence

Ident.: MCDL-30-06-00019731.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

30-06 Quantity installed

ICE FENCE 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-30 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-30-06 Illustration Ice Fence

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-06 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ICE FENCE

ILLUSTRATION ICE FENCE

Ident.: MCDL-30-06-00019730.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 30-06 Ice Fence.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-30-06 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE LANDING GEAR TOW FITTING

32-01 Nose Landing Gear Tow Fitting

Ident.: MCDL-32-01-00019915.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

32-01 Quantity installed

NOSE LANDING GEAR TOW FITTING –
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-32-21-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.

• Procedures:
Towbarless operations should be considered for towing (Refer to LIM-09 Towbarless
Operations).

Refer to MCDL-32-01 Illustration Nose Landing Gear Tow Fitting

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE LANDING GEAR TOW FITTING

ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR TOW FITTING

Ident.: MCDL-32-01-00019916.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-01 Nose Landing Gear Tow Fitting.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE WHEEL STEERING DISCONNECT PANEL ACCESS DOOR

32-02 Nose Wheel Steering Disconnect Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-32-02-00019917.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

32-02 Quantity installed

NOSE WHEEL STEERING DISCONNECT PANEL ACCESS 1
DOOR
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-32-51-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing for 5 flight cycles provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-02 Illustration Nose Wheel Steering Disconnect Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE WHEEL STEERING DISCONNECT PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION NOSE WHEEL STEERING DISCONNECT PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-32-02-00019918.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-02 Nose Wheel Steering Disconnect Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE GEAR MAINTENANCE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

32-03 Nose Gear Maintenance Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-32-03-00019919.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

32-03 Quantity installed

NOSE GEAR MAINTENANCE PANEL ACCESS DOOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-32-21-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing for 5 flight cycles provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-03 Illustration Nose Gear Maintenance Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE GEAR MAINTENANCE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION NOSE GEAR MAINTENANCE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-32-03-00019920.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-03 Nose Gear Maintenance Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE LANDING GEAR WHEEL HUBCAP

32-04 Nose Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap

Ident.: MCDL-32-04-00019921.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

32-04 Quantity installed

NOSE LANDING GEAR WHEEL HUBCAP 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-32-41-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the associated tire pressure sensor is deactivated.
The associated tire pressure sensor is considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-32-07 Tire
Pressure Monitoring on the WHEEL SD page).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-04 Illustration Nose Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE LANDING GEAR WHEEL HUBCAP

ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR WHEEL HUBCAP

Ident.: MCDL-32-04-00019922.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-04 Nose Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BRAKE WEAR PIN INDICATOR

32-05 Brake Wear Pin Indicator

Ident.: MCDL-32-05-00020003.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

32-05 Quantity installed

BRAKE WEAR PIN INDICATOR 16
One per wheel may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-05 Illustration Brake Wear Pin Indicator

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BRAKE WEAR PIN INDICATOR

ILLUSTRATION BRAKE WEAR PIN INDICATOR

Ident.: MCDL-32-05-00020004.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-900

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-05 Brake Wear Pin Indicator.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MAIN LANDING GEAR BRAKE ROD LANYARD

32-07 Main Landing Gear Brake Rod Lanyard

Ident.: MCDL-32-07-00020007.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

32-07 Quantity installed

MAIN LANDING GEAR BRAKE ROD LANYARD 4
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-32-11-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the associated brake rod is visually checked before each
flight.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-07 Illustration Main Landing Gear Brake Rod Lanyard

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-07 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MAIN LANDING GEAR BRAKE ROD LANYARD

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR BRAKE ROD LANYARD

Ident.: MCDL-32-07-00020008.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-900

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-07 Main Landing Gear Brake Rod Lanyard.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-07 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MAIN LANDING GEAR AXLE SLEEVE BUTTON

32-08 Main Landing Gear Axle Sleeve Button

Ident.: MCDL-32-08-00020009.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

32-08 Quantity installed

MAIN LANDING GEAR AXLE SLEEVE BUTTON 8
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-08 Illustration Main Landing Gear Axle Sleeve Button

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-08 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MAIN LANDING GEAR AXLE SLEEVE BUTTON

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR AXLE SLEEVE BUTTON

Ident.: MCDL-32-08-00020010.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-900

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-08 Main Landing Gear Axle Sleeve Button.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-08 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MAIN LANDING GEAR WHEEL HUBCAP

32-09 Main Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap

Ident.: MCDL-32-09-00020835.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

32-09 Quantity installed

MAIN LANDING GEAR WHEEL HUBCAP 8
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-32-41-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
One may be missing provided that the associated tire pressure sensor is deactivated.
The associated tire pressure sensor is considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-32-07 Tire
Pressure Monitoring on the WHEEL SD page).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-09 Illustration Main Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-09 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MAIN LANDING GEAR WHEEL HUBCAP

ILLUSTRATION MAIN LANDING GEAR WHEEL HUBCAP

Ident.: MCDL-32-09-00020836.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-900

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-09 Main Landing Gear Wheel Hubcap.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-09 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR

32-10 Tire Pressure Sensor

Ident.: MCDL-32-10-00022622.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-900

32-10 Quantity installed

TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR 10
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-32-49-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing for 5 flight cycles provided that the associated tire pressure sensor is
deactivated.
The associated tire pressure sensor is considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-32-07 Tire
Pressure Monitoring on the WHEEL SD page).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-10 Illustration Tire Pressure Sensor

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-10 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR

ILLUSTRATION TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR

Ident.: MCDL-32-10-00022623.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-900

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-10 Tire Pressure Sensor.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-10 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE LANDING GEAR TORQUE LINK NOISE CAP

32-11 Nose Landing Gear Torque Link Noise Cap

Ident.: MCDL-32-11-00022624.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

32-11 Quantity installed

NOSE LANDING GEAR TORQUE LINK NOISE CAP 4
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-32 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-32-11 Illustration Nose Landing Gear Torque Link Noise Cap

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-11 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LANDING GEAR
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NOSE LANDING GEAR TORQUE LINK NOISE CAP

ILLUSTRATION NOSE LANDING GEAR TORQUE LINK NOISE CAP

Ident.: MCDL-32-11-00022625.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 32-11 Nose Landing Gear Torque Link Noise Cap.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-32-11 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP LOGO LIGHT

33-01 HTP Logo Light

Ident.: MCDL-33-01-00019422.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

33-01 Quantity installed

HTP LOGO LIGHT 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-33-47-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected light is deactivated.
The affected HTP logo light must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-33-40 Logo
Light).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-33 chapter provided that
associated MMEL conditions are respected.
Refer to MCDL-33-01 Illustration HTP Logo Light

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP LOGO LIGHT

ILLUSTRATION HTP LOGO LIGHT

Ident.: MCDL-33-01-00019423.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 33-01 HTP Logo Light.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL REAR STROBE LIGHT GLAZING

33-02 Rear Strobe Light Glazing

Ident.: MCDL-33-02-00019533.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

33-02 Quantity installed

REAR STROBE LIGHT GLAZING 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-33-48-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected light is deactivated.
The affected light must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-33-40 Strobe Light).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-33 chapter provided that
associated MMEL conditions are respected.
Refer to MCDL-33-02 Illustration Rear Strobe Light Glazing

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL REAR STROBE LIGHT GLAZING

ILLUSTRATION REAR STROBE LIGHT GLAZING

Ident.: MCDL-33-02-00019534.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 33-02 Rear Strobe Light Glazing.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL REAR NAVIGATION LIGHT GLAZING

33-03 Rear Navigation Light Glazing

Ident.: MCDL-33-03-00019424.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

33-03 Quantity installed

REAR NAVIGATION LIGHT GLAZING 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-33-41-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the light is deactivated.
The light must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-33-40 NAV Light 1 and Refer to
MMEL/MI-33-40 NAV Light 2 ).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-33 chapter provided that
associated MMEL conditions are respected.
Refer to MCDL-33-03 Illustration Rear Navigation Light Glazing

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL REAR NAVIGATION LIGHT GLAZING

ILLUSTRATION REAR NAVIGATION LIGHT GLAZING

Ident.: MCDL-33-03-00019425.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 33-03 Rear Navigation Light Glazing.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LOWER BEACON LIGHT COVER

33-04 Lower Beacon Light Cover

Ident.: MCDL-33-04-00019543.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

33-04 Quantity installed

LOWER BEACON LIGHT COVER 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-33-48-XX-02ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the light is deactivated.
The light must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-33-40 Beacon Light).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-33 chapter provided that
associated MMEL conditions are respected.
Refer to MCDL-33-04 Illustration Lower Beacon Light Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LOWER BEACON LIGHT COVER

ILLUSTRATION LOWER BEACON LIGHT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-33-04-00019544.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 33-04 Lower Beacon Light Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL UPPER BEACON LIGHT COVER

33-05 Upper Beacon Light Cover

Ident.: MCDL-33-05-00019866.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

33-05 Quantity installed

UPPER BEACON LIGHT COVER –
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-33-48-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
One may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected light is deactivated.
The affected light must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-33-40 Beacon Light).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-33 chapter provided that
associated MMEL conditions are respected.
Refer to MCDL-33-05 Illustration Upper Beacon Light Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL UPPER BEACON LIGHT COVER

ILLUSTRATION UPPER BEACON LIGHT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-33-05-00019867.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 33-05 Upper Beacon Light Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL EVACUATION AREA LIGHT

33-06 Evacuation Area Light

Ident.: MCDL-33-06-00019634.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

33-06 Quantity installed

EVACUATION AREA LIGHT 8
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-33-51-13-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected light is deactivated.
The affected light must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-33-50 Evacuation Area
Light).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-33 chapter provided that
associated MMEL conditions are respected.
Refer to MCDL-33-06 Illustration Evacuation Area Light

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-06 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL EVACUATION AREA LIGHT

ILLUSTRATION EVACUATION AREA LIGHT

Ident.: MCDL-33-06-00019635.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 33-06 Evacuation Area Light.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-06 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WING TAXI AID CAMERA LIGHT GLAZING

33-07 Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light Glazing

Ident.: MCDL-33-07-00014687.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: (XW and 100349)

33-07 Quantity installed

WING TAXI AID CAMERA LIGHT GLAZING 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-33-44-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected light is deactivated.
The affected light must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-33-40 Taxi Aid Camera
Light).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-33 chapter provided that
associated MMEL conditions are respected.
Refer to MCDL-33-07 Illustration Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light Glazing

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-07 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WING TAXI AID CAMERA LIGHT GLAZING

ILLUSTRATION WING TAXI AID CAMERA LIGHT GLAZING

Ident.: MCDL-33-07-00014689.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: (XW and 100349)

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 33-07 Wing Taxi Aid Camera Light Glazing.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-07 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WING AND ENGINE SCAN LIGHT

33-08 Wing and Engine Scan Light

Ident.: MCDL-33-08-00021243.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

33-08 Quantity installed

WING AND ENGINE SCAN LIGHT 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-33-49-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected light is deactivated.
The affected light must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-33-40 Wing and Engine
Scan Light).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-33 chapter provided that
associated MMEL conditions are respected.
Refer to MCDL-33-08 Illustration Wing and Engine Scan Light

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-08 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
LIGHTS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WING AND ENGINE SCAN LIGHT

ILLUSTRATION WING AND ENGINE SCAN LIGHT

Ident.: MCDL-33-08-00021244.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 33-08 Wing and Engine Scan Light.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-33-08 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DME ANTENNA

34-01 DME Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-34-01-00019566.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

34-01 Quantity installed

DME ANTENNA –
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-34-51-11-01ZZZ-560Z-A
One may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected DME is deactivated.
The affected DME must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-34-50 DME).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-34 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-34-01 Illustration DME Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DME ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION DME ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-34-01-00019567.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 34-01 DME Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MARKER ANTENNA

34-02 Marker Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-34-02-00019581.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

34-02 Quantity installed

MARKER ANTENNA 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-34-55-18-01ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the marker is deactivated.
The marker must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-34-50 Marker).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-34 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-34-02 Illustration Marker Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MARKER ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION MARKER ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-34-02-00019582.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 34-02 Marker Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL RADIO ALTIMETER ANTENNA

34-03 Radio Altimeter Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-34-03-00019593.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

34-03 Quantity installed

RADIO ALTIMETER ANTENNA 6
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-34-42-11-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected radio altimeter is
deactivated.
The affected radio altimeter must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-34-42 Radio
Altimeter).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-34 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-34-03 Illustration Radio Altimeter Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL RADIO ALTIMETER ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION RADIO ALTIMETER ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-34-03-00019594.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 34-03 Radio Altimeter Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TCAS ANTENNA

34-04 TCAS Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-34-04-00019602.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

34-04 Quantity installed

TCAS ANTENNA 4
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-34-71-11-01ZZZ-560Z-A
One antenna underneath the aircraft may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the
affected TCAS is deactivated.
The affected TCAS must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-34-71 TCAS).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-34 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-34-04 Illustration TCAS Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TCAS ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION TCAS ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-34-04-00019603.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 34-04 TCAS Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GNSS ANTENNA

34-05 GNSS Antenna

Ident.: MCDL-34-05-00019728.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

34-05 Quantity installed

GNSS ANTENNA 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-34-36-16-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered and the affected GNSS is deactivated.
The affected GNSS must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-34-50 GNSS).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-34 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-34-05 Illustration GNSS Antenna

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NAVIGATION
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GNSS ANTENNA

ILLUSTRATION GNSS ANTENNA

Ident.: MCDL-34-05-00019729.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 34-05 GNSS Antenna.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-34-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WATER WASTE DRAIN MAST

38-01 Water Waste Drain Mast

Ident.: MCDL-38-01-00019646.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
38-01 Quantity installed
WATER WASTE DRAIN MAST 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-30-71-56-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover and the affected drain
mast heating system is deactivated.
The affected drain mast heating system must be considered inoperative (Refer to
MMEL/MI-30-71 Drain Mast Heating System).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-38 chapter.
– or –
b)
38-01 Quantity installed
WATER WASTE DRAIN MAST 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-XX-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered with high speed tape and the affected
drain mast heating system is deactivated.
The affected drain mast heating system must be considered inoperative (Refer to
MMEL/MI-30-71 Drain Mast Heating System).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-38 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-38-01 Illustration Water Waste Drain Mast

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WATER WASTE DRAIN MAST

ILLUSTRATION WATER WASTE DRAIN MAST

Ident.: MCDL-38-01-00019647.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 38-01 Water Waste Drain Mast.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WASTE SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

38-02 Waste Service Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-38-02-00019649.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

38-02 Quantity installed

WASTE SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-52-42-74-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-38 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-38-02 Illustration Waste Service Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WASTE SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION WASTE SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-38-02-00019650.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 38-02 Waste Service Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL POTABLE WATER PANEL ACCESS DOOR

38-03 Potable Water Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-38-03-00019651.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

38-03 Quantity installed

POTABLE WATER PANEL ACCESS DOOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-47-61-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered and the connector is disconnected.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-38 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-38-03 Illustration Potable Water Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL POTABLE WATER PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION POTABLE WATER PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-38-03-00019652.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 38-03 Potable Water Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FORWARD DRAIN VALVE

38-04 Forward Drain Valve

Ident.: MCDL-38-04-00019724.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

38-04 Quantity installed

FORWARD DRAIN VALVE 7
All may be missing provided that a visual inspection is performed before each flight to ensure
there is no additional damage or contamination on the aircraft.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-38 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight is permitted.
Refer to MCDL-38-04 Illustration Forward Drain Valve

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FORWARD DRAIN VALVE

ILLUSTRATION FORWARD DRAIN VALVE

Ident.: MCDL-38-04-00019725.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 38-04 Forward Drain Valve.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DRAINAGE PIPE

38-05 Drainage Pipe

Ident.: MCDL-38-05-00019746.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

38-05 Quantity installed

DRAINAGE PIPE 12
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-38 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-38-05 Illustration Drainage Pipe

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WATER/WASTE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DRAINAGE PIPE

ILLUSTRATION DRAINAGE PIPE

Ident.: MCDL-38-05-00019747.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 38-05 Drainage Pipe.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-38-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PASSENGER DOOR SCUFF PLATE

52-01 Passenger Door Scuff Plate

Ident.: MCDL-52-01-00019726.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

52-01 Quantity installed

PASSENGER DOOR SCUFF PLATE 8
All may be missing provided that a visual inspection is performed before each flight to ensure
there is no additional damage or contamination on the aircraft.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-52 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 4 scuff plates or more are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting weights
are reduced by 15 kg (34 lb) per missing scuff plate
‐ If 7 scuff plates or more are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by
25 kg (56 lb) per missing scuff plate.

Refer to MCDL-52-01 Illustration Passenger Door Scuff Plate

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-52-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PASSENGER DOOR SCUFF PLATE

ILLUSTRATION PASSENGER DOOR SCUFF PLATE

Ident.: MCDL-52-01-00019727.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 52-01 Passenger Door Scuff Plate.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-52-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL RAIN GUTTER

52-02 Rain Gutter

Ident.: MCDL-52-02-00019850.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

52-02 Quantity installed

RAIN GUTTER 6
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-XX-XX-03ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the rivet holes are covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-52 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-52-02 Illustration Rain Gutter

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-52-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL RAIN GUTTER

ILLUSTRATION RAIN GUTTER

Ident.: MCDL-52-02-00019851.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 52-02 Rain Gutter.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-52-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PASSENGER DOOR AERODYNAMIC SEAL

52-03 Passenger Door Aerodynamic Seal

Ident.: MCDL-52-03-00020891.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

52-03 Quantity installed

PASSENGER DOOR AERODYNAMIC SEAL 8
One may be missing.
The associated cabin door must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-52-10 Cabin
Door).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-52 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If all the aerodynamic seals are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 56 kg (124 lb).

Refer to MCDL-52-03 Illustration Passenger Door Aerodynamic Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-52-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
DOORS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PASSENGER DOOR AERODYNAMIC SEAL

ILLUSTRATION PASSENGER DOOR AERODYNAMIC SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-52-03-00020892.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 52-03 Passenger Door Aerodynamic Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-52-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SCS GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

53-01 SCS Ground Service Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-53-01-00019587.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
53-01 Quantity installed
SCS GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter, except belly fairing
access panels.

• Limitations:
Flight in forecast lightning conditions is not permitted.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 112 kg (247 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 187 kg (413 lb).

– or –
b)
53-01 Quantity installed
SCS GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-52-41-78-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter, except belly fairing
access panels.
Refer to MCDL-53-01 Illustration SCS Ground Service Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SCS GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION SCS GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-53-01-00019588.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-01 SCS Ground Service Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL YELLOW HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

53-02 Yellow Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-53-02-00019589.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
53-02 Quantity installed
YELLOW HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS 1
DOOR
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter, except belly fairing
access panels.

• Limitations:
Flight in forecast lightning conditions is not permitted.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 350 kg (772 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 581 kg (1 281 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.352 %.

– or –
b)
53-02 Quantity installed
YELLOW HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS 1
DOOR
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-52-42-78-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter, except belly fairing
access panels.
Refer to MCDL-53-02 Illustration Yellow Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL YELLOW HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION YELLOW HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-53-02-00019590.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-02 Yellow Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GREEN HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

53-03 Green Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-53-03-00019591.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
53-03 Quantity installed
GREEN HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS 1
DOOR
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter, except belly fairing
access panels.

• Limitations:
Flight in forecast lightning conditions is not permitted.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 187 kg (413 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 310 kg (684 lb).

– or –
b)
53-03 Quantity installed
GREEN HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS 1
DOOR
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-52-42-79-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter, except belly fairing
access panels.
Refer to MCDL-53-03 Illustration Green Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GREEN HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION GREEN HYDRAULIC GROUND SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-53-03-00019592.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-03 Green Hydraulic Ground Service Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL CARGO COMPARTMENT CONTROL PANEL ACCESS DOOR

53-04 Cargo Compartment Control Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-53-04-00019656.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-04 Quantity installed

CARGO COMPARTMENT CONTROL PANEL ACCESS DOOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-XX-XX-04ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-04 Illustration Cargo Compartment Control Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL CARGO COMPARTMENT CONTROL PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION CARGO COMPARTMENT CONTROL PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-53-04-00019657.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-04 Cargo Compartment Control Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL CARGO DOOR OPERATING PANEL ACCESS DOOR

53-05 Cargo Door Operating Panel Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-53-05-00019658.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-05 Quantity installed

CARGO DOOR OPERATING PANEL ACCESS DOOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-XX-XX-05ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-05 Illustration Cargo Door Operating Panel Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL CARGO DOOR OPERATING PANEL ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION CARGO DOOR OPERATING PANEL ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-53-05-00019659.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-05 Cargo Door Operating Panel Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HP GROUND CONNECTION ACCESS DOOR

53-06 HP Ground Connection Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-53-06-00021328.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-06 Quantity installed

HP GROUND CONNECTION ACCESS DOOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-52-42-76-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter, except belly fairing
access panels.
Refer to MCDL-53-06 Illustration HP Ground Connection Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-06 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HP GROUND CONNECTION ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION HP GROUND CONNECTION ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-53-06-00021329.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-06 HP Ground Connection Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-06 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAIL STRIKE INDICATOR

53-07 Tail Strike Indicator

Ident.: MCDL-53-07-00019625.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

a)
53-07 Quantity installed
TAIL STRIKE INDICATOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-XX-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-B
May be missing provided that the hole is covered with a solid cover and the tail strike detection
system is deactivated.
The tail strike detection system must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-31-28 Tail
Strike Detection).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
– or –
b)
53-07 Quantity installed
TAIL STRIKE INDICATOR 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-XX-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered with high speed tape and the tail strike
detection system is deactivated.
The tail strike detection system must be considered inoperative (Refer to MMEL/MI-31-28 Tail
Strike Detection).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Limitations:
Only non-pressurized flight permitted.
Refer to MCDL-53-07 Illustration Tail Strike Indicator

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-07 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TAIL STRIKE INDICATOR

ILLUSTRATION TAIL STRIKE INDICATOR

Ident.: MCDL-53-07-00019626.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-07 Tail Strike Indicator.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-07 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL INTERFACE BOLT ACCESS COVER

53-08 Interface Bolt Access Cover

Ident.: MCDL-53-08-00019737.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-08 Quantity installed

INTERFACE BOLT ACCESS COVER 4
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-08 Illustration Interface Bolt Access Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-08 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL INTERFACE BOLT ACCESS COVER

ILLUSTRATION INTERFACE BOLT ACCESS COVER

Ident.: MCDL-53-08-00019736.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-08 Interface Bolt Access Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-08 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AFT HOISTING POINT COVER

53-09 Aft Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-53-09-00019733.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-09 Quantity installed

AFT HOISTING POINT COVER 4
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-09 Illustration Aft Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-09 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AFT HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION AFT HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-53-09-00019732.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-09 Aft Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-09 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL JACKING POINT COVER

53-10 Jacking Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-53-10-00019735.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-10 Quantity installed

JACKING POINT COVER 1
May be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-10 Illustration Jacking Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-10 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL JACKING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION JACKING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-53-10-00019734.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-10 Jacking Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-10 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GROUND DOOR OPENING HANDLE

53-12 Ground Door Opening Handle

Ident.: MCDL-53-12-00020509.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-12 Quantity installed

GROUND DOOR OPENING HANDLE 1
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-XX-XX-06ZZZ-560Z-A
May be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with seals listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 90 kg (199 lb).

Refer to MCDL-53-12 Illustration Ground Door Opening Handle

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-12 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GROUND DOOR OPENING HANDLE

ILLUSTRATION GROUND DOOR OPENING HANDLE

Ident.: MCDL-53-12-00020510.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 53-12 Ground Door Opening Handle.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-12 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO FUSELAGE

53-13 Seal of Belly Fairing to Fuselage

Ident.: MCDL-53-13-00022560.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-13 Quantity installed

SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO FUSELAGE 11
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-35-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-13 Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to Fuselage

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-13 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO FUSELAGE

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO FUSELAGE

Ident.: MCDL-53-13-00022561.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-13 Seal of Belly Fairing to Fuselage.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-13 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO OVERWING

53-14 Seal of Belly Fairing to Overwing

Ident.: MCDL-53-14-00022562.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-14 Quantity installed

SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO OVERWING 16
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-35-XX-02ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off and the hole is
covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-14 Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to Overwing

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-14 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO OVERWING

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO OVERWING

Ident.: MCDL-53-14-00022563.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-14 Seal of Belly Fairing to Overwing.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-14 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO UNDERWING

53-15 Seal of Belly Fairing to Underwing

Ident.: MCDL-53-15-00022564.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-15 Quantity installed

SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO UNDERWING 10
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-53-35-XX-03ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off and the hole is
covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-15 Illustration Seal of Belly Fairing to Underwing

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-15 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO UNDERWING

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF BELLY FAIRING TO UNDERWING

Ident.: MCDL-53-15-00022565.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-15 Seal of Belly Fairing to Underwing.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-15 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP UPPER SURFACE SEAL

53-16 Belly Fairing to Flap Upper Surface Seal

Ident.: MCDL-53-16-00022568.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-16 Quantity installed

BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP UPPER SURFACE SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing seal:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 206 kg (455 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 341 kg (752 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.207 %.

Refer to MCDL-53-16 Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Upper Surface Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-16 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP UPPER SURFACE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP UPPER SURFACE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-53-16-00022569.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-16 Belly Fairing to Flap Upper Surface Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-16 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP SEAL (197FL,198FR)

53-17 Belly Fairing to Flap Seal (197FL,198FR)

Ident.: MCDL-53-17-00022570.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-17 Quantity installed

BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP SEAL (197FL,198FR) 4
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing seal:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 70 kg (155 lb)
‐ If 2 seals or more are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by
116 kg (256 lb) per missing seal
‐ If 3 seals or more are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.071 % per missing
seal.

Refer to MCDL-53-17 Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Seal (197FL,198FR)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-17 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP SEAL (197FL,198FR)

ILLUSTRATION BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP SEAL (197FL,198FR)

Ident.: MCDL-53-17-00022571.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-17 Belly Fairing to Flap Seal (197FL,198FR).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-17 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP FORWARD SEAL

53-18 Belly Fairing to Flap Forward Seal

Ident.: MCDL-53-18-00022572.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-18 Quantity installed

BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP FORWARD SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-18 Illustration Belly Fairing to Flap Forward Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-18 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP FORWARD SEAL

ILLUSTRATION BELLY FAIRING TO FLAP FORWARD SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-53-18-00022573.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-18 Belly Fairing to Flap Forward Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-18 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL RAT DOOR SEAL

53-19 RAT Door Seal

Ident.: MCDL-53-19-00022574.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-19 Quantity installed

RAT DOOR SEAL 11
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-19 Illustration RAT Door Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-19 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL RAT DOOR SEAL

ILLUSTRATION RAT DOOR SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-53-19-00022575.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-19 RAT Door Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-19 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR FWD SEAL

53-20 MLG Door FWD Seal

Ident.: MCDL-53-20-00022576.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-20 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR FWD SEAL 4
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 2 or more seals are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are
reduced by 39 kg (86 lb) per missing seal
‐ If 3 or more seals are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 64 kg
(142 lb) per missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-53-20 Illustration MLG Door FWD Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-20 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR FWD SEAL

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR FWD SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-53-20-00022577.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-20 MLG Door FWD Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-20 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (197BL,198BR)

53-21 MLG Door Seal (197BL,198BR)

Ident.: MCDL-53-21-00022578.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-21 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR SEAL (197BL,198BR) 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 86 kg (190 lb) per
missing seal
‐ If both seals are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 284 kg
(627 lb).

Refer to MCDL-53-21 Illustration MLG Door Seal (197BL,198BR)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-21 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (197BL,198BR)

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR SEAL (197BL,198BR)

Ident.: MCDL-53-21-00022579.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-21 MLG Door Seal (197BL,198BR).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-21 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (197FB,198EB)

53-22 MLG Door Seal (197FB,198EB)

Ident.: MCDL-53-22-00022580.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-22 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR SEAL (197FB,198EB) 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-22 Illustration MLG Door Seal (197FB,198EB)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-22 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (197FB,198EB)

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR SEAL (197FB,198EB)

Ident.: MCDL-53-22-00022581.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-22 MLG Door Seal (197FB,198EB).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-22 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (197EL,198ER)

53-23 MLG Door Seal (197EL,198ER)

Ident.: MCDL-53-23-00022582.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-23 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR SEAL (197EL,198ER) 6
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-23 Illustration MLG Door Seal (197EL,198ER)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-23 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (197EL,198ER)

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR SEAL (197EL,198ER)

Ident.: MCDL-53-23-00022583.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-23 MLG Door Seal (197EL,198ER).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-23 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (197CL,198CR)

53-24 MLG Door Seal (197CL,198CR)

Ident.: MCDL-53-24-00022584.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-24 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR SEAL (197CL,198CR) 4
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 3 seals or more are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are
reduced by 17 kg (38 lb) per missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-53-24 Illustration MLG Door Seal (197CL,198CR)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-24 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (197CL,198CR)

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR SEAL (197CL,198CR)

Ident.: MCDL-53-24-00022585.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-24 MLG Door Seal (197CL,198CR).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-24 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX01)

53-25 MLG Door Seal (FLX01)

Ident.: MCDL-53-25-00022587.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-25 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX01) 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 100 kg (221 lb) per
missing seal
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 166 kg (366 lb) per missing seal
‐ If both seals are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.2 %.

Refer to MCDL-53-25 Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX01)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-25 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX01)

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX01)

Ident.: MCDL-53-25-00022589.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-25 MLG Door Seal (FLX01).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-25 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX02)

53-26 MLG Door Seal (FLX02)

Ident.: MCDL-53-26-00022590.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-26 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX02) 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-26 Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX02)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-26 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX02)

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX02)

Ident.: MCDL-53-26-00022591.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-26 MLG Door Seal (FLX02).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-26 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX03)

53-27 MLG Door Seal (FLX03)

Ident.: MCDL-53-27-00022592.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-27 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX03) 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 139 kg (307 lb) per
missing seal
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 230 kg (508 lb) per missing seal
‐ If both seals are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.28 %.

Refer to MCDL-53-27 Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX03)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-27 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX03)

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX03)

Ident.: MCDL-53-27-00022593.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-27 MLG Door Seal (FLX03).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-27 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX04)

53-28 MLG Door Seal (FLX04)

Ident.: MCDL-53-28-00022594.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-28 Quantity installed

MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX04) 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-28 Illustration MLG Door Seal (FLX04)

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-28 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX04)

ILLUSTRATION MLG DOOR SEAL (FLX04)

Ident.: MCDL-53-28-00022595.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-28 MLG Door Seal (FLX04).

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-28 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ERAI SEAL

53-29 ERAI Seal

Ident.: MCDL-53-29-00022596.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-29 Quantity installed

ERAI SEAL 4
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-29 Illustration ERAI Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-29 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL ERAI SEAL

ILLUSTRATION ERAI SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-53-29-00022597.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-29 ERAI Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-29 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WATER DRAIN VALVE EXTENSION ACCESS DOOR

53-30 Water Drain Valve Extension Access Door

Ident.: MCDL-53-30-00022598.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-30 Quantity installed

WATER DRAIN VALVE EXTENSION ACCESS DOOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-52-42-81-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-30 Illustration Water Drain Valve Extension Access Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-30 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WATER DRAIN VALVE EXTENSION ACCESS DOOR

ILLUSTRATION WATER DRAIN VALVE EXTENSION ACCESS DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-53-30-00022599.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-30 Water Drain Valve Extension Access Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-30 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NSA ADAPTER

53-31 NSA Adapter

Ident.: MCDL-53-31-00022600.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

53-31 Quantity installed

NSA ADAPTER 8
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-53 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-53-31 Illustration NSA Adapter

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-31 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
FUSELAGE
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL NSA ADAPTER

ILLUSTRATION NSA ADAPTER

Ident.: MCDL-53-31-00022601.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 53-31 NSA Adapter.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-53-31 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PYLON
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL BETWEEN APF AND RSS

54-01 Seal between APF and RSS

Ident.: MCDL-54-01-00020527.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

54-01 Quantity installed

SEAL BETWEEN APF AND RSS 2
Up to 1 m (39 in) of seal per pylon may be missing provided that it is only on one side of the
pylon and in the rear part of the APF.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-54 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 167 cm (66 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 30 kg (67 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-54-01 Illustration Seal between APF and RSS

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-54-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PYLON
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL BETWEEN APF AND RSS

ILLUSTRATION SEAL BETWEEN APF AND RSS

Ident.: MCDL-54-01-00020528.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 54-01 Seal between APF and RSS.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-54-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PYLON
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL BETWEEN GUTTER AND TACO SHELL

54-02 Seal between Gutter and Taco Shell

Ident.: MCDL-54-02-00020530.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

54-02 Quantity installed

SEAL BETWEEN GUTTER AND TACO SHELL 2
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-54 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-54-02 Illustration Seal between Gutter and Taco Shell

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-54-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
PYLON
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL BETWEEN GUTTER AND TACO SHELL

ILLUSTRATION SEAL BETWEEN GUTTER AND TACO SHELL

Ident.: MCDL-54-02-00020531.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 54-02 Seal between Gutter and Taco Shell.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-54-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP LOWER RUDDER SEAL

55-01 VTP Lower Rudder Seal

Ident.: MCDL-55-01-00018787.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-01 Quantity installed

VTP LOWER RUDDER SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 164 kg (362 lb) per
missing seal
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 272 kg (600 lb) per missing seal
‐ If both seals are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.33 %.

Refer to MCDL-55-01 Illustration VTP Lower Rudder Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP LOWER RUDDER SEAL

ILLUSTRATION VTP LOWER RUDDER SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-55-01-00018788.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-01 VTP Lower Rudder Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP TRAILING EDGE PANEL SEAL

55-02 VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal

Ident.: MCDL-55-02-00018789.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-02 Quantity installed

VTP TRAILING EDGE PANEL SEAL 42
Up to 50 cm (19 in) of seal may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is
cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-02 Illustration VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP TRAILING EDGE PANEL SEAL

ILLUSTRATION VTP TRAILING EDGE PANEL SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-55-02-00018790.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-02 VTP Trailing Edge Panel Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL RUDDER HOISTING POINT COVER

55-03 Rudder Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-55-03-00019704.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-03 Quantity installed

RUDDER HOISTING POINT COVER 6
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-03 Illustration Rudder Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL RUDDER HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION RUDDER HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-55-03-00019705.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-03 Rudder Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DORSAL FIN HOISTING POINT COVER

55-04 Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-55-04-00019706.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-04 Quantity installed

DORSAL FIN HOISTING POINT COVER 3
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-04 Illustration Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DORSAL FIN HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION DORSAL FIN HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-55-04-00019707.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-04 Dorsal Fin Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP LEADING EDGE PANEL HOISTING POINT COVER

55-05 VTP Leading Edge Panel Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-55-05-00019708.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-05 Quantity installed

VTP LEADING EDGE PANEL HOISTING POINT COVER 12
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-05 Illustration VTP Leading Edge Panel Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP LEADING EDGE PANEL HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION VTP LEADING EDGE PANEL HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-55-05-00019709.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-05 VTP Leading Edge Panel Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP SHELL HOISTING POINT COVER

55-06 VTP Shell Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-55-06-00019710.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-06 Quantity installed

VTP SHELL HOISTING POINT COVER 4
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-06 Illustration VTP Shell Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-06 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP SHELL HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION VTP SHELL HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-55-06-00019711.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-06 VTP Shell Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-06 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP TIP HOISTING POINT COVER

55-07 VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-55-07-00019712.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-07 Quantity installed

VTP TIP HOISTING POINT COVER 2
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-07 Illustration VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-07 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP TIP HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION VTP TIP HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-55-07-00019713.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-07 VTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-07 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP TRAILING EDGE SEAL

55-08 HTP Trailing Edge Seal

Ident.: MCDL-55-08-00019714.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-08 Quantity installed

HTP TRAILING EDGE SEAL 58
Up to 130 cm (51 in) of seal may be missing, limited to 65 cm (25 in) per HTP side.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 24 cm (10 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 210 kg (463 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 46 cm (19 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 349 kg (770 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 95 cm (38 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.211 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-55-08 Illustration HTP Trailing Edge Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-08 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP TRAILING EDGE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION HTP TRAILING EDGE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-55-08-00019715.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-08 HTP Trailing Edge Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-08 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP OUTBOARD ELEVATOR SEAL

55-09 HTP Outboard Elevator Seal

Ident.: MCDL-55-09-00019716.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-09 Quantity installed

HTP OUTBOARD ELEVATOR SEAL 8
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal is fully removed.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 3 seals or more are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are
reduced by 24 kg (53 lb) per missing seal
‐ If 4 seals or more are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 40 kg
(89 lb) per missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-55-09 Illustration HTP Outboard Elevator Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-09 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP OUTBOARD ELEVATOR SEAL

ILLUSTRATION HTP OUTBOARD ELEVATOR SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-55-09-00019717.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-09 HTP Outboard Elevator Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-09 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP TIP HOISTING POINT COVER

55-10 HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-55-10-00019718.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-10 Quantity installed

HTP TIP HOISTING POINT COVER 2
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-10 Illustration HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-10 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP TIP HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION HTP TIP HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-55-10-00019719.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-10 HTP Tip Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-10 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP ELEVATOR HOISTING POINT COVER

55-11 HTP Elevator Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-55-11-00019720.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-11 Quantity installed

HTP ELEVATOR HOISTING POINT COVER 6
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-11 Illustration HTP Elevator Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-11 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP ELEVATOR HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION HTP ELEVATOR HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-55-11-00019721.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-11 HTP Elevator Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-11 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP TIP MAINTENANCE DOOR

55-12 HTP Tip Maintenance Door

Ident.: MCDL-55-12-00020787.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-12 Quantity installed

HTP TIP MAINTENANCE DOOR 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-55-14-61-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-12 Illustration HTP Tip Maintenance Door

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-12 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP TIP MAINTENANCE DOOR

ILLUSTRATION HTP TIP MAINTENANCE DOOR

Ident.: MCDL-55-12-00020788.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-12 HTP Tip Maintenance Door.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-12 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DORSAL FIN FAIRING SEAL

55-13 Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-55-13-00021004.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-13 Quantity installed

DORSAL FIN FAIRING SEAL 1
May be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 597 kg (1 317 lb)
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 991 kg (2 185 lb)
‐ Fuel consumption is increased by 0.589 %.

Refer to MCDL-55-13 Illustration Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-13 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DORSAL FIN FAIRING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION DORSAL FIN FAIRING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-55-13-00021005.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-13 Dorsal Fin Fairing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-13 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP LOWER TRAILING EDGE PANEL SEAL

55-14 VTP Lower Trailing Edge Panel Seal

Ident.: MCDL-55-14-00021247.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-14 Quantity installed

VTP LOWER TRAILING EDGE PANEL SEAL 4
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-14 Illustration VTP Lower Trailing Edge Panel Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-14 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL VTP LOWER TRAILING EDGE PANEL SEAL

ILLUSTRATION VTP LOWER TRAILING EDGE PANEL SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-55-14-00021248.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-14 VTP Lower Trailing Edge Panel Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-14 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP KARMAN FAIRING SEAL

55-15 HTP Karman Fairing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-55-15-00022634.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

55-15 Quantity installed

HTP KARMAN FAIRING SEAL 4
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-55-15-61-00ZZZ-560Z-A
Only the forward part of each seal may be missing, limited to 50 % of the seal length, provided
that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off and a visual inspection is performed.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-55 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-55-15 Illustration HTP Karman Fairing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-15 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
STABILIZERS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HTP KARMAN FAIRING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION HTP KARMAN FAIRING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-55-15-00022635.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 55-15 HTP Karman Fairing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-55-15 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGLET TIP CAP

57-01 Winglet Tip Cap

Ident.: MCDL-57-01-00020025.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-01 Quantity installed

WINGLET TIP CAP 2
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-01 Illustration Winglet Tip Cap

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGLET TIP CAP

ILLUSTRATION WINGLET TIP CAP

Ident.: MCDL-57-01-00020026.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-01 Winglet Tip Cap.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON HOISTING POINT COVER

57-02 Aileron Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-57-02-00020029.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-02 Quantity installed

AILERON HOISTING POINT COVER 12
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-02 Illustration Aileron Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION AILERON HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-57-02-00020030.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-02 Aileron Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGLET TO WINGTIP SEAL

57-03 Winglet to Wingtip Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-03-00020032.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-03 Quantity installed

WINGLET TO WINGTIP SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-03 Illustration Winglet to Wingtip Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-03 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGLET TO WINGTIP SEAL

ILLUSTRATION WINGLET TO WINGTIP SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-03-00020033.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-03 Winglet to Wingtip Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-03 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLE LOWER PANEL INSPECTION COVER

57-04 FLE Lower Panel Inspection Cover

Ident.: MCDL-57-04-00020034.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-04 Quantity installed

FLE LOWER PANEL INSPECTION COVER 24
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-57-4X-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-04 Illustration FLE Lower Panel Inspection Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLE LOWER PANEL INSPECTION COVER

ILLUSTRATION FLE LOWER PANEL INSPECTION COVER

Ident.: MCDL-57-04-00020035.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-04 FLE Lower Panel Inspection Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF TRAILING EDGE PANEL TO SPOILER

57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler

Ident.: MCDL-57-05-00020036.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-05 Quantity installed

SEAL OF TRAILING EDGE PANEL TO SPOILER 26
Up to 200 cm (78 in) of seal may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material
is cut off.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter, except:
‐ 57-19 (Refer to 57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal)
‐ 57-28 (Refer to 57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal).
2. If combined with MCDL item 57-09 (Refer to 57-09 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to
Droop Panel), up to 200 cm (78 in) of seal may be missing.
3. Must not be combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 27-21 (Refer to 27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap)
‐ 27-22 (Refer to 27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 42 cm (16 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 120 kg (265 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 81 cm (31 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 198 kg (437 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 167 cm (65 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.12 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.
The following corrections are applicable per meter (39 in) of missing seal:
‐ VAPP: Increased by 0.5 kt
‐ Landing distance: Increased by 1 %.

Refer to MCDL-57-05 Illustration Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF TRAILING EDGE PANEL TO SPOILER

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF TRAILING EDGE PANEL TO SPOILER

Ident.: MCDL-57-05-00020037.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SPOILER END SEAL

57-06 Spoiler End Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-06-00020038.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-06 Quantity installed

SPOILER END SEAL 28
Up to 400 cm (157 in) of seal may be missing, limited to 200 cm (78 in) per wing, provided that
any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
2. If combined with MCDL item 57-10 (Refer to 57-10 Droop Panel End Seal), up to
400 cm (157 in) of seal may be missing, limited to 200 cm (78 in) per wing.
3. Must not be combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 27-21 (Refer to 27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap)
‐ 27-22 (Refer to 27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 84 cm (32 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 60 kg (133 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 162 cm (63 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 99 kg (219 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 334 cm (131 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.06 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-57-06 Illustration Spoiler End Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-06 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SPOILER END SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SPOILER END SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-06-00020039.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-06 Spoiler End Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-06 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL UNDER-WING JACKING POINT COVER

57-07 Under-Wing Jacking Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-57-07-00020088.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-07 Quantity installed

UNDER-WING JACKING POINT COVER 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-57-2X-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-07 Illustration Under-Wing Jacking Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-07 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL UNDER-WING JACKING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION UNDER-WING JACKING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-57-07-00020089.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-07 Under-Wing Jacking Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-07 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE ACCESS PLUG COVER

57-08 FTE Access Plug Cover

Ident.: MCDL-57-08-00020094.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-08 Quantity installed

FTE ACCESS PLUG COVER 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-57-5X-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-08 Illustration FTE Access Plug Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-08 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE ACCESS PLUG COVER

ILLUSTRATION FTE ACCESS PLUG COVER

Ident.: MCDL-57-08-00020095.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-08 FTE Access Plug Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-08 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF TRAILING EDGE PANEL TO DROOP PANEL

57-09 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel

Ident.: MCDL-57-09-00020124.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-09 Quantity installed

SEAL OF TRAILING EDGE PANEL TO DROOP PANEL 2
Up to 200 cm (78 in) of seal may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material
is cut off.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter, except:
‐ 57-19 (Refer to 57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal)
‐ 57-28 (Refer to 57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal).
2. If combined with MCDL item 57-05 (Refer to 57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to
Spoiler), up to 200 cm (78 in) of seal can be missing.
3. Must not be combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 27-21 (Refer to 27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap)
‐ 27-22 (Refer to 27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 42 cm (16 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 120 kg (265 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 81 cm (31 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 198 kg (437 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 167 cm (65 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.12 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.
The following corrections are applicable per meter (39 in) of missing seal:
‐ VAPP: Increased by 0.5 kt
‐ Landing distance: Increased by 1 %.

Refer to MCDL-57-09 Illustration Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-09 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SEAL OF TRAILING EDGE PANEL TO DROOP PANEL

ILLUSTRATION SEAL OF TRAILING EDGE PANEL TO DROOP PANEL

Ident.: MCDL-57-09-00020125.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-09 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-09 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP PANEL END SEAL

57-10 Droop Panel End Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-10-00020126.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-10 Quantity installed

DROOP PANEL END SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
2. If combined with MCDL item 57-06 (Refer to 57-06 Spoiler End Seal), up to 4 m
(157 in) of seal can be missing, limited to 2 m (78 in) per wing.
3. Must not be combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 27-21 (Refer to 27-21 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Inner Flap)
‐ 27-22 (Refer to 27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to Outer Flap).

• Performance:
When combined with MCDL item 57-06, the following performance penalties are
applicable:
‐ If 84 cm (32 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 60 kg (133 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 162 cm (63 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 99 kg (219 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 334 cm (131 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.06 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-57-10 Illustration Droop Panel End Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-10 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL DROOP PANEL END SEAL

ILLUSTRATION DROOP PANEL END SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-10-00020127.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-10 Droop Panel End Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-10 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL EHA AIR DUCT

57-11 EHA Air Duct

Ident.: MCDL-57-11-00020134.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-11 Quantity installed

EHA AIR DUCT 4
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 2 air ducts or more are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are
reduced by 25 kg (56 lb) per missing air duct
‐ If the 4 air ducts are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 168 kg
(371 lb).

Refer to MCDL-57-11 Illustration EHA Air Duct

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-11 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL EHA AIR DUCT

ILLUSTRATION EHA AIR DUCT

Ident.: MCDL-57-11-00020136.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-11 EHA Air Duct.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-11 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON HINGE FAIRING

57-12 Aileron Hinge Fairing

Ident.: MCDL-57-12-00020155.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-12 Quantity installed

AILERON HINGE FAIRING 8
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing fairing:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 80 kg (177 lb)
‐ If 2 fairings or more are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by
132 kg (292 lb) per missing fairing
‐ If 3 fairings or more are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.08 % per missing
fairing.

Refer to MCDL-57-12 Illustration Aileron Hinge Fairing

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-12 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON HINGE FAIRING

ILLUSTRATION AILERON HINGE FAIRING

Ident.: MCDL-57-12-00020156.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-12 Aileron Hinge Fairing.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-12 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON HINGE FAIRING SEAL

57-13 Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-13-00020157.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-13 Quantity installed

AILERON HINGE FAIRING SEAL 8
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 4 seals or more are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are
reduced by 16 kg (36 lb) per missing seal
‐ If 6 seals or more are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 27 kg
(60 lb) per missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-57-13 Illustration Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-13 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AILERON HINGE FAIRING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION AILERON HINGE FAIRING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-13-00020158.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-13 Aileron Hinge Fairing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-13 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGTIP LEADING EDGE FAIRING SEAL

57-14 Wingtip Leading Edge Fairing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-14-00020159.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-14 Quantity installed

WINGTIP LEADING EDGE FAIRING SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-14 Illustration Wingtip Leading Edge Fairing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-14 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGTIP LEADING EDGE FAIRING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION WINGTIP LEADING EDGE FAIRING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-14-00020160.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-14 Wingtip Leading Edge Fairing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-14 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGTIP STROBE LIGHT GLAZING SEAL

57-15 Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-15-00020161.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-15 Quantity installed

WINGTIP STROBE LIGHT GLAZING SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-15 Illustration Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-15 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WINGTIP STROBE LIGHT GLAZING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION WINGTIP STROBE LIGHT GLAZING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-15-00020162.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-15 Wingtip Strobe Light Glazing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-15 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FALSEWORK LOWER SEAL

57-16 Outer Falsework Lower Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-16-00020163.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-16 Quantity installed

OUTER FALSEWORK LOWER SEAL 6
All may be missing.
Note: 1. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
2. If combined with MCDL item 27-22 (Refer to 27-22 Seal of FTE Lower Panel to
Outer Flap), the total length of missing seals is limited to 2 m (78 in).
3. Must not be combined with the following MCDL items:
‐ 23-08 (Refer to 23-08 SATCOM Antenna)
‐ 34-02 (Refer to 34-02 Marker Antenna)
‐ 34-03 (Refer to 34-03 Radio Altimeter Antenna)
‐ The forward drain mast of MCDL item 38-01 (Refer to 38-01 Water Waste Drain
Mast)
‐ 38-04 (Refer to 38-04 Forward Drain Valve)
‐ The rain gutters of passenger doors 2 of MCDL item 52-02 (Refer to 52-02 Rain
Gutter).

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable per missing seal:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 60 kg (133 lb)
‐ If 2 seals or more are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 99 kg
(219 lb) per missing seal
‐ If 4 seals or more are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.06 % per missing
seal.

Refer to MCDL-57-16 Illustration Outer Falsework Lower Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-16 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FALSEWORK LOWER SEAL

ILLUSTRATION OUTER FALSEWORK LOWER SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-16-00020164.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-16 Outer Falsework Lower Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-16 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FALSEWORK UPPER SEAL

57-17 Outer Falsework Upper Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-17-00020165.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-17 Quantity installed

OUTER FALSEWORK UPPER SEAL 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-57-5X-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the end seal of spoiler 7 is also removed (Refer to 27-09 Slat
Blade Seal).
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-17 Illustration Outer Falsework Upper Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-17 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FALSEWORK UPPER SEAL

ILLUSTRATION OUTER FALSEWORK UPPER SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-17-00020166.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-17 Outer Falsework Upper Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-17 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLE SLAT TRACK SEAL

57-18 FLE Slat Track Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-18-00020218.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-18 Quantity installed

FLE SLAT TRACK SEAL 28
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-18 Illustration FLE Slat Track Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-18 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FLE SLAT TRACK SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FLE SLAT TRACK SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-18-00020219.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-18 FLE Slat Track Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-18 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRANSITION CABLE SEAL

57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-19-00020263.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-19 Quantity installed

SLAT TRANSITION CABLE SEAL 2
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter, except:
‐ 57-05 (Refer to 57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler)
‐ 57-09 (Refer to 57-09 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel)
‐ 57-28 (Refer to 57-28 Slat Track Aperture Seal).

• Performance:
The following corrections are applicable per missing seal:
‐ VAPP: Increased by 2 kt
‐ Landing distance: Increased by 1.6 %.

Refer to MCDL-57-19 Illustration Slat Transition Cable Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-19 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRANSITION CABLE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRANSITION CABLE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-19-00020264.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-19 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE PANEL 1 SEAL

57-20 FTE Panel 1 Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-20-00020400.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-20 Quantity installed

FTE PANEL 1 SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 100 cm (39 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 50 kg (111 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 193 cm (75 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 83 kg (183 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-57-20 Illustration FTE Panel 1 Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-20 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE PANEL 1 SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FTE PANEL 1 SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-20-00020401.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-20 FTE Panel 1 Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-20 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE PANEL 3 SEAL

57-21 FTE Panel 3 Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-21-00020402.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-21 Quantity installed

FTE PANEL 3 SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-21 Illustration FTE Panel 3 Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-21 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE PANEL 3 SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FTE PANEL 3 SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-21-00020403.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-21 FTE Panel 3 Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-21 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE TO MLG DOOR SEAL

57-22 FTE to MLG Door Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-22-00020404.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-22 Quantity installed

FTE TO MLG DOOR SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 143 cm (56 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 35 kg (78 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 276 cm (108 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 58 kg (128 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-57-22 Illustration FTE to MLG Door Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-22 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE TO MLG DOOR SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FTE TO MLG DOOR SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-22-00020405.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-22 FTE to MLG Door Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-22 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HINGED DOOR SEAL

57-23 Hinged Door Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-23-00020406.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-23 Quantity installed

HINGED DOOR SEAL 8
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If 100 cm (39 in) or more of seal are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 50 kg (111 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 193 cm (75 in) or more of seal are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is
reduced by 83 kg (183 lb) per meter (39 in) of missing seal
‐ If 400 cm (157 in) or more of seal are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.05 %
per meter (39 in) of missing seal.

Refer to MCDL-57-23 Illustration Hinged Door Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-23 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL HINGED DOOR SEAL

ILLUSTRATION HINGED DOOR SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-23-00020407.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-23 Hinged Door Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-23 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG-HINGED DOOR SEAL

57-24 MLG-Hinged Door Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-24-00020408.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-24 Quantity installed

MLG-HINGED DOOR SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If both seals are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced
by 90 kg (199 lb).

Refer to MCDL-57-24 Illustration MLG-Hinged Door Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-24 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL MLG-HINGED DOOR SEAL

ILLUSTRATION MLG-HINGED DOOR SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-24-00020409.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-24 MLG-Hinged Door Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-24 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FALSEWORK SEAL PLATE

57-25 Outer Falsework Seal Plate

Ident.: MCDL-57-25-00022612.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-25 Quantity installed

OUTER FALSEWORK SEAL PLATE 2
All may be missing provided that a visual inspection is performed before each flight.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 125 kg (276 lb) per
missing plate
‐ En-route performance limiting weight is reduced by 207 kg (457 lb) per missing plate
‐ If both plates are missing, fuel consumption is increased by 0.25 %.

Refer to MCDL-57-25 Illustration Outer Falsework Seal Plate

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-25 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FALSEWORK SEAL PLATE

ILLUSTRATION OUTER FALSEWORK SEAL PLATE

Ident.: MCDL-57-25-00022613.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-25 Outer Falsework Seal Plate.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-25 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FALSEWORK UPPER SURFACE CORNER SEAL

57-26 Outer Falsework Upper Surface Corner Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-26-00022614.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-26 Quantity installed

OUTER FALSEWORK UPPER SURFACE CORNER SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-26 Illustration Outer Falsework Upper Surface Corner Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-26 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER FALSEWORK UPPER SURFACE CORNER SEAL

ILLUSTRATION OUTER FALSEWORK UPPER SURFACE CORNER SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-26-00022615.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-26 Outer Falsework Upper Surface Corner Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-26 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WING BOX DRY BAY ACCESS COVER

57-27 Wing Box Dry Bay Access Cover

Ident.: MCDL-57-27-00020793.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-27 Quantity installed

WING BOX DRY BAY ACCESS COVER 6
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-57-27-XX-01ZZZ-560Z-A
The outer and mid access covers may be missing.
Note: 1. The inner access cover of each wing must not be missing.
2. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-27 Illustration Wing Box Dry Bay Access Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-27 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL WING BOX DRY BAY ACCESS COVER

ILLUSTRATION WING BOX DRY BAY ACCESS COVER

Ident.: MCDL-57-27-00020794.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-27 Wing Box Dry Bay Access Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-27 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRACK APERTURE SEAL

57-28 Slat Track Aperture Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-28-00021061.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-28 Quantity installed

SLAT TRACK APERTURE SEAL 26
Two per wing may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter, except:
‐ 57-05 (Refer to 57-05 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Spoiler)
‐ 57-09 (Refer to 57-09 Seal of Trailing Edge Panel to Droop Panel)
‐ 57-19 (Refer to 57-19 Slat Transition Cable Seal).

• Performance:
The following corrections are applicable per missing seal:
‐ VAPP: Increased by 1 kt
‐ Landing distance: Increased by 1 %.

Refer to MCDL-57-28 Illustration Slat Track Aperture Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-28 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRACK APERTURE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK APERTURE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-28-00021062.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-28 Slat Track Aperture Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-28 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRACK BAFFLE SEAL

57-29 Slat Track Baffle Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-29-00022602.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-29 Quantity installed

SLAT TRACK BAFFLE SEAL 56
One per slat may be missing provided that:
‐ The closest baffle seal of the adjacent slat is present
‐ Any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-29 Illustration Slat Track Baffle Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-29 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL SLAT TRACK BAFFLE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION SLAT TRACK BAFFLE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-29-00022603.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 57-29 Slat Track Baffle Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-29 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE LOWER PANEL 16 CHORDWISE SEAL

57-30 FTE Lower Panel 16 Chordwise Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-30-00022604.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-30 Quantity installed

FTE LOWER PANEL 16 CHORDWISE SEAL 6
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-30 Illustration FTE Lower Panel 16 Chordwise Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-30 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE LOWER PANEL 16 CHORDWISE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FTE LOWER PANEL 16 CHORDWISE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-30-00022605.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions, Refer to 57-30 FTE Lower Panel 16 Chordwise Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-30 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE LOWER PANEL TO BELLY FAIRING SEAL

57-31 FTE Lower Panel to Belly Fairing Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-31-00022616.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-31 Quantity installed

FTE LOWER PANEL TO BELLY FAIRING SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-31 Illustration FTE Lower Panel to Belly Fairing Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-31 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FTE LOWER PANEL TO BELLY FAIRING SEAL

ILLUSTRATION FTE LOWER PANEL TO BELLY FAIRING SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-31-00022617.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-31 FTE Lower Panel to Belly Fairing Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-31 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER AILERON TO WINGTIP LOWER SURFACE SEAL

57-32 Outer Aileron to Wingtip Lower Surface Seal

Ident.: MCDL-57-32-00022618.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

57-32 Quantity installed

OUTER AILERON TO WINGTIP LOWER SURFACE SEAL 2
All may be missing provided that any loose or flapping seal material is cut off.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-57 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-57-32 Illustration Outer Aileron to Wingtip Lower Surface Seal

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-32 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
WINGS
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL OUTER AILERON TO WINGTIP LOWER SURFACE SEAL

ILLUSTRATION OUTER AILERON TO WINGTIP LOWER SURFACE SEAL

Ident.: MCDL-57-32-00022619.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: XW

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 57-32 Outer Aileron to Wingtip Lower Surface Seal.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-57-32 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL HOR

71-01 Fan Cowl HOR

Ident.: MCDL-71-01-00019887.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

71-01 Quantity installed

FAN COWL HOR 8
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-71-13-63-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-71 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-71-01 Illustration Fan Cowl HOR

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL HOR

ILLUSTRATION FAN COWL HOR

Ident.: MCDL-71-01-00019888.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 71-01 Fan Cowl HOR.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL HOISTING POINT COVER

71-02 Fan Cowl Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-71-02-00019889.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

71-02 Quantity installed

FAN COWL HOISTING POINT COVER 12
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-71-13-61-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-71 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-71-02 Illustration Fan Cowl Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION FAN COWL HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-71-02-00019890.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 71-02 Fan Cowl Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL HOR REMOTE RELEASE SYSTEM

71-04 Fan Cowl HOR Remote Release System

Ident.: MCDL-71-04-00019893.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

71-04 Quantity installed

FAN COWL HOR REMOTE RELEASE SYSTEM 4
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-71-13-63-02ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing.
Note: 1. If only a bracket or a manual handle is missing, the attached cable must be
removed or stored properly.
2. May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-71 chapter, except 71-10
(Refer to 71-10 Fan Cowl Opening Actuator).
Refer to MCDL-71-04 Illustration Fan Cowl HOR Remote Release System

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL HOR REMOTE RELEASE SYSTEM

ILLUSTRATION FAN COWL HOR REMOTE RELEASE SYSTEM

Ident.: MCDL-71-04-00019894.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 71-04 Fan Cowl HOR Remote Release System.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL LATCH ACCESS PANEL

71-05 Fan Cowl Latch Access Panel

Ident.: MCDL-71-05-00020513.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

71-05 Quantity installed

FAN COWL LATCH ACCESS PANEL 2
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-71-13-65-01ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the 7 blanking plates are installed to cover hinges and
latches remaining holes in the fan cowl.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-71 chapter.
CAUTION If any latch is not correctly closed, the fan cowl doors can open in flight and
cause damage to the aircraft.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If both panels are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are
reduced by 80 kg (177 lb).

Refer to MCDL-71-05 Illustration Fan Cowl Latch Access Panel

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-05 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL LATCH ACCESS PANEL

ILLUSTRATION FAN COWL LATCH ACCESS PANEL

Ident.: MCDL-71-05-00020514.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 71-05 Fan Cowl Latch Access Panel.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-05 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL TO THRUST REVERSER BUMPER

71-06 Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser Bumper

Ident.: MCDL-71-06-00020522.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

71-06 Quantity installed

FAN COWL TO THRUST REVERSER BUMPER 4
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-71-13-XX-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-71 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-71-06 Illustration Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser Bumper

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-06 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL TO THRUST REVERSER BUMPER

ILLUSTRATION FAN COWL TO THRUST REVERSER BUMPER

Ident.: MCDL-71-06-00020523.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 71-06 Fan Cowl to Thrust Reverser Bumper.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-06 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AIR INLET EXTERNAL AEROFILLER

71-07 Air Inlet External Aerofiller

Ident.: MCDL-71-07-00020518.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

71-07 Quantity installed

AIR INLET EXTERNAL AEROFILLER 14
All may be missing.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ If both transverse aerofillers are missing, takeoff and landing performance limiting
weights are reduced by 60 kg (133 lb).

Refer to MCDL-71-07 Illustration Air Inlet External Aerofiller

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-07 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AIR INLET EXTERNAL AEROFILLER

ILLUSTRATION AIR INLET EXTERNAL AEROFILLER

Ident.: MCDL-71-07-00020519.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 71-07 Air Inlet External Aerofiller.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-07 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AIR INLET HOISTING POINT COVER

71-08 Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover

Ident.: MCDL-71-08-00020516.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

71-08 Quantity installed

AIR INLET HOISTING POINT COVER 16
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-71-60-XX-03ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing provided that the hole is covered.
Refer to MCDL-71-08 Illustration Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-08 P 1/2

AFM A 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL AIR INLET HOISTING POINT COVER

ILLUSTRATION AIR INLET HOISTING POINT COVER

Ident.: MCDL-71-08-00020517.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 71-08 Air Inlet Hoisting Point Cover.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-08 P 2/2

AFM B 06 MAY 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL OPENING ACTUATOR

71-10 Fan Cowl Opening Actuator

Ident.: MCDL-71-10-00022685.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

71-10 Quantity installed

FAN COWL OPENING ACTUATOR 4
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-71-13-XX-02ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-71 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-71-10 Illustration Fan Cowl Opening Actuator

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-10 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
POWER PLANT
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL FAN COWL OPENING ACTUATOR

ILLUSTRATION FAN COWL OPENING ACTUATOR

Ident.: MCDL-71-10-00022686.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 71-10 Fan Cowl Opening Actuator.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-71-10 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
EXHAUST
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL THRUST REVERSER HOR

78-01 Thrust Reverser HOR

Ident.: MCDL-78-01-00019895.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

78-01 Quantity installed

THRUST REVERSER HOR 4
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-78-3X-XX-02ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-78 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-78-01 Illustration Thrust Reverser HOR

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-78-01 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
EXHAUST
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL THRUST REVERSER HOR

ILLUSTRATION THRUST REVERSER HOR

Ident.: MCDL-78-01-00019896.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 78-01 Thrust Reverser HOR.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-78-01 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
EXHAUST
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL THRUST REVERSER LATCH ACCESS DOOR LANYARD

78-02 Thrust Reverser Latch Access Door Lanyard

Ident.: MCDL-78-02-00019897.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

78-02 Quantity installed

THRUST REVERSER LATCH ACCESS DOOR LANYARD 8
(m) Refer to Maintenance Procedure A350-A-78-32-65-00ZZZ-560Z-A
All may be missing.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-78 chapter.
Refer to MCDL-78-02 Illustration Thrust Reverser Latch Access Door Lanyard

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-78-02 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
EXHAUST
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL THRUST REVERSER LATCH ACCESS DOOR LANYARD

ILLUSTRATION THRUST REVERSER LATCH ACCESS DOOR LANYARD

Ident.: MCDL-78-02-00019898.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 78-02 Thrust Reverser Latch Access Door Lanyard.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-78-02 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
EXHAUST
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL THRUST REVERSER INHIBITION PIN COVER PLATE

78-04 Thrust Reverser Inhibition Pin Cover Plate

Ident.: MCDL-78-04-00020525.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: 350-941

78-04 Quantity installed

THRUST REVERSER INHIBITION PIN COVER PLATE 2
All may be missing provided that the thrust reverser is not inhibited.
Note: May be combined with any other item listed in MCDL-78 chapter.

• Performance:
The following performance penalties are applicable:
‐ Takeoff and landing performance limiting weights are reduced by 85 kg (188 lb) per
missing cover plate
‐ If both cover plates are missing, en-route performance limiting weight is reduced by
282 kg (622 lb).

Refer to MCDL-78-04 Illustration Thrust Reverser Inhibition Pin Cover Plate

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-78-04 P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 MASTER CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
EXHAUST
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL THRUST REVERSER INHIBITION PIN COVER PLATE

ILLUSTRATION THRUST REVERSER INHIBITION PIN COVER PLATE

Ident.: MCDL-78-04-00020526.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 FOR INFORMATION ONLY
Criteria: 350-941

For dispatch conditions: Refer to 78-04 Thrust Reverser Inhibition Pin Cover Plate.

THA 350-941 FLEET MCDL-78-04 P 2/2

AFM B 06 AUG 15
 

SUPPLEMENTARY
PERFORMANCE
Intentionally left blank
 SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPERF-CONT CONTAMINATED RUNWAY

SPERF-CONT-GEN GENERAL
General.....................................................................................................................................................................A
Description of Contaminated Runway States..........................................................................................................B

SPERF-CONT-LIM LIMITATIONS
Limitations................................................................................................................................................................ A

SPERF-CONT-PERF PERFORMANCE
Aircraft Configuration............................................................................................................................................... A
Takeoff and Landing Performance.......................................................................................................................... B

THA 350-941 FLEET SPERF-PLP-TOC P 1/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
PRELIMINARY PAGES
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET SPERF-PLP-TOC P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GENERAL

GENERAL
Ident.: SPERF-CONT-GEN-00017966.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

This chapter of the AFM gives the performance information for operations on contaminated runways
and the conditions used for their establishment.
Any actual condition different from those listed in this chapter may lead to different performance.
Refer to SPERF-CONT-PERF Aircraft Configuration

DESCRIPTION OF CONTAMINATED RUNWAY STATES

Ident.: SPERF-CONT-GEN-00021030.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

A runway is contaminated when more than 25 % of its surface is covered with:

‐ Compacted snow
The maintenance personnel use a snow groomer to compress the snow on a runway in order to
obtain a hard surface.
‐ More than 3 mm (0.12 in) of dry snow
Dry snow is snow that, if compacted by hand, does not stay compressed when released. The wind
can blow dry snow. The density of dry snow is approximately 0.2 kg/l (1.7 lb/US Gal).
‐ More than 3 mm (0.12 in) of wet snow
Wet snow is snow that, if compacted by hand, stays compressed when released, and with which
snowballs can be created. The density of wet snow is approximately 0.4 kg/l (3.35 lb/US Gal).
‐ More than 3 mm (0.12 in) of standing water
Standing water occurs due to heavy rain or not sufficient runway drainage.
‐ More than 3 mm (0.12 in) of slush
Slush is snow soaked with water, which spatters when stepped on firmly. Slush occurs at
temperatures of approximately 5 °C, and has a density of approximately 0.85 kg/l (7.1 lb/US Gal).
‐ Ice (cold and dry)
Situation in which ice occurs on the runway in cold and dry conditions.
‐ Wet ice
When the ice on a runway melts, or there are loose/fluid contaminants on top of the ice, the ice
is referred to as "wet ice". When there is wet ice on a runway, braking and directional control are
difficult or not possible, because the runway surface is very slippery.

THA 350-941 FLEET SPERF-CONT-GEN P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 MAY 15
 SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL GENERAL

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET SPERF-CONT-GEN P 2/2

AFM 06 MAY 15
 SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LIMITATIONS

LIMITATIONS
Ident.: SPERF-CONT-LIM-00017968.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

Reduced thrust takeoff (flexible takeoff) is not allowed on contaminated runways.

Dispatch from and to a runway covered with wet ice is not permitted, unless an effective friction
coefficient at or higher than 0.07 is demonstrated.

THA 350-941 FLEET SPERF-CONT-LIM P 1/2

AFM A 06 AUG 15
 SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL LIMITATIONS

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET SPERF-CONT-LIM P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15
 SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PERFORMANCE

AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION
Ident.: SPERF-CONT-PERF-00017969.0001001 / 20 JUL 15 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

TAKEOFF ON CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS

The takeoff performance has been established for slats/flaps configurations 1, 2 and 3 on runways
contaminated by:
‐ Compacted snow
‐ 10 mm and 100 mm of dry snow
‐ 5 mm, 15 mm and 20 mm of wet snow
‐ 6 mm and 15 mm of slush
‐ 6 mm and 15 mm of standing water
‐ Ice (cold and dry).
Ground spoilers are armed.
Accelerate stop distance (ASD) determination is made with or without thrust reversers and
considering the use of ground spoilers and wheel brakes with anti-skid ON.
LANDING ON CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS
Landing distance has been established for slats/flaps configurations 3 and FULL on runways
contaminated by:
‐ Compacted snow
‐ Dry snow
‐ Wet snow
‐ Slush
‐ Standing water
‐ Ice (cold and dry).
Ground spoilers are armed.
Landing distance determination is made with or without thrust reversers and considering the use of
ground spoilers and wheel brakes with anti-skid ON.

TAKEOFF AND LANDING PERFORMANCE

Ident.: SPERF-CONT-PERF-00017970.0001001 / 30 SEP 14 EASA APPROVED
Criteria: XW

For takeoff and landing performance determination on contaminated runways, the Performance
Engineer's Programs/AFM_OCTO approved FM module at the latest approved revision must be
used. Refer to PERF-OCTO Performance Database.

THA 350-941 FLEET SPERF-CONT-PERF P 1/2

AFM A to B 06 AUG 15
 SUPPLEMENTARY PERFORMANCE
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
350
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL PERFORMANCE

Intentionally left blank

THA 350-941 FLEET SPERF-CONT-PERF P 2/2

AFM 06 AUG 15